\ Journal of the New York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXII -asses* Published by the Society New York, N. Y. Business Press, Inc. ^Lancaster, Pennsylvania CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXII PAGE Alexander, Charles P. Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies (Tipulidag, Diptera), XXVIII 139 Battista, Guido W. Changes in the Fat Content of the Japanese Beetle (Popillia japonica Newman) During Metamorphosis 27 Book Notice 160 Boyle, W. Wayne Concerning the Status of Ischyrus graphicus Lacordaire, with Descriptions of Four New Erotylid Species from Western North America (Coleoptera: Erotylidae) 39 Brown, William L., Jr. The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith : Group of Saliens Mayr 55 Cummings, Edward D. Notes on Some Siphonaptera from Albany County, New New York 161 De La Torre y Callejas, Salvador Luis An Annotated List of the Butterflies and Skippers of Cuba (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) 1, 113, 189, 207 Gibbs, Robert H., Jr. and Sarah Preble Gibbs The Odonata of Cape Cod, Massachusetts 167 Hood, J. Douglas New American Terebrantian Thysanoptera 129 A New Arachisothrips from Argentina 99 Johnson, Phyllis T. Myodopsylla setosa and Tiarapsylla bella, New Species of Fleas from Peru 193 Levi, Herbert W. The Spider Genera Episinus and Spintharus from North America, Central America and the West Indies (Aranese: Theridiidas) 65 SCHNEIRLA, T. C. International Union for the Study of Social Insects 63 Smith, Marion It. and Merle W. Wing Redescription of Discothyrea testacea Roger, A Little- Known North American Ant, with Notes on the Genus (Hymenoptera : Formicidse) 105 Soraci, F. A. New Arrangements for Journal 98 Southwestern Research Station 206 Townsend, Lee H. Gibbium Psylloides Czempinski in Kentucky 26 Weiss, H. B. Joseph Cooper’s Papers on Insects 38 Exhibits of Insects in New York City before 1800 104 The Faneuil Hall Grasshopper and Shem Drown 166 Andrew S. Fuller, Early Economic Entomologist of New Jersey 185 Gaylord Crossette Hall, 1871-1954 153 Insects for Sale in New York City before 1800 104 “Tulane Studies in Zoology”, a New Periodical 54 Whelden, Roy M. Notes on the Bumble-Bee (Bombus fervidus Fabricius) and Its Chromosomes 91 IV No. 1 'i . . S ci r . 76 6 73 /N •$ £&'X“5 ' Vol. LXII MARCH, 1954 Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General / ' Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Dlf . u.s. »atl: was Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. W. TEALE JAMES MULLEN Subscription $5.00 per Year CONTENTS An Annotated List of the Butterflies and Skippers of Cuba (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) By Salvador Luis de la Torre y Callejas 1 Gibbium Psylloides Czempinski in Kentucky By Lee H. Townsend 26 Changes in the Fat Content of the Japanese Beetle (Popillia japonica Newman) During Metamorphosis By Guido W. Battista 27 Joseph Cooper’s Papers on Insects By H. B. Weiss . . 38 Concerning the Status of Ischyrus graphicus Lacordaire, With Descriptions of Four New Erotylid Species from Western North America (Coleoptera: Erotylidze) By W. Wayne Boyle 39 "Tulane Studies in Zoology”, a New Periodical By H. B. Weiss 54 The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith: Group of Saliens Mayr By William L. Brown, Jr 55 International Uniop for the Study of Social Insects By T. C. ScHNfeiRLA 63 NOTICE: Volume LXI, Number 4, of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on February 20, 1954. Published Quarterly for the Society By United Printing Services, Inc. 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, Dr. John Rehn, 90 Church St., New York City, N. Y. Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at New Haven, Conn., under the Act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate bf postage provided for in the Act of Feb- ruary 28, 1925, embodied in Paragraph (d-2) Section 34.40 P. L. & R. of 1948. JOURNAL OF THE New York Entomological Society Vol. LXII March, 1954 No, 1 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS OF CUBA (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) By Salvador Luis de la Torre y Callejas Professor of Zoology Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba PREFACE In view of the fact that since the year 1935 when Mr. Marston Bates published his paper entitled "The Butterflies of Cuba’X1), several species and subspecies of butterflies have been reported which had not previously been observed in Cuba, and bearing in mind that since the publication of Bates’ catalog there has developed an intense activity in the field of taxonomy, we have considered it necessary to rectify the classification of many of the species included in the above mentioned catalog and to publish this paper giving the correct names of all the species and subspecies of butterflies found in Cuba up to the year 1953. As we have consulted some publications not available to Bates, besides others edited after his work appeared, our bibliography will be found useful to those who desire to widen their knowledge of the Lepidoptera of Cuba. While assembling our data and consulting our bibliography we have had the help of many scientists and librarians to whom we wish to express our gratitude, among them Dr. William T. M. Forbes, of xSee Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, LXXVIII, No. 2, February, 1935, pp. 63-250. 2 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII the Department of Entomology of Cornell University; Dr. Charles D. Michener, Associate Curator of the American Museum of Natural History and now in the Department of Entomology of the University of Kansas; Ernest L. Bell, Dr. Alexander B. Klots and William P. Comstock, Research Associates of the American Museum of Natural History; the late Jose R. de la Torre-Bueno, who was editor of the Brooklyn Entomological Society; N. D. Riley, of the Department of Entomology of the British Museum; L. E. Commerford, Chief of Division of Publications of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington; Ralph L. Chermock, Assistant Professor of the Biology Department of the University of Alabama; Dr. Carlos G. Aguayo, Professor of Zoology of the University of Havana, Cuba; J. A. Ramos, Professor and Director of the Department of Biology of the University of Porto Rico; Dr. Oliveiro M. de Oliveira and Dr. Benedicto A. Monteiro Soares, Director and Sub-Director, respectively, of the Department of Zoology of the Ministry of Agricultura of Sao Paulo, Brazil; F. Martin Brown, of Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs; Romualdo Ferreira D’Almeida, of the Ministry of Education and Health of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; Dr. Charles L. Remington, editor of the Lepidop- terists’ News; Miss Anita Hoffmann, daughter of the late Carlos Hoff- mann, of Mexico; Rene Lichy, of Caracas, Venezuela; Dr. H. B. Hungerford, Head of the Department of Entomology of the Univer- sity of Kansas; Abel Dufrane, Conservateur Musee d’Histoire Nat- urelle, of Ville de Mons, Belgium; Dr. Leonila Vazquez, of the Instituto of Biology Mexico; Harry K. Clench, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College; Dr. Richard M. Fox, of the Department of Entomology of the Carnegie Museum; S. G. Kir- iakoff, of the University of Gent, Belgium; Zdenek Losenicky, of Plzen, Czechoslovakia; William D. Field, Associate Curator of the United States National Museum, Washington; Cyril F. dos Passos, of Mendham, N. J.; John S. Garth, of the University of Southern Cali- fornia and Ricardo N. Orfila, Chief Section Ent. Inst. Nac. Inv. Ciencias Nat., Buenos Aires, Argentina. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 3 Order LEPIDOPTERA Suborder Rhopalocera Superfamily PAPILIONOIDEA Family PAPILIONIDA3 Subfamily PAPILIONIN^E Genus Papilio Linnaeus Papilio Linnaeus, 1758: 458. Genotype: Papilio machaon Linnaeus, 1758. 1. papilio (hectorides) gundlachianus Felder & Felder Papilio gundlachianus Felder & Felder, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 124; id., 1891: 450; Bates, 1935: 106; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 27; Jaume, 1947: 91; Brown, 1950: 40. Papilio columbus : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 436. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 3, (venation); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 38-40, (scales); id., 1947b: pi. 1, f. 1. 2. papilio (l^rtias) devilliers Godart Papilio devilliers Godart, 1823; Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 514; Bates, 1935: 106; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 28; Jaume, 1947: 92; Brown, 1950: 41. Papilio devilliersii : Gundlach, 1881: 123. Papilio devilliersi : Holland, 1942: 313. Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. LXX, f. 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 1, f. 2. 3. papilio ( l^ertias) polydamus cubensis Dufrane Papilio {Pharmacophagus) polydamas cubensis Dufrane, 1946: 102. Papilio polydamas : Gundlach, 1881: 121; id., 1891: 450; Dethier, 1940: 22. Papilio polydamas polydamas : Rothschild Sc Jordan, 1906: 520; Bates, 1935: 108; Berger, 1939: 189; Comstock, 1944: 535; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 29; Jaume, 1947: 93. Papilio polydamus polydamus : Bruner, Scaramuzza Sc Otero, 1945: 17; Beebe, 1949: 123; Brown, 1950: 41. Papilio ( Lcertias ) polydamas cubensis : S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 184. 4 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII This subspecies was described by Abel Dufrane in 1946 (see "Pa- pilionidae”. Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgium, vol. 82, pp. 101-122). Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 1, f. 3; Beebe, 1949: pi. I, f. 9. 4. PAPILIO ( PAPILIO) POLYXENES POLYXENES Fabricius Papilio polyxenes Fabricius, 1775; Gundlach, 1881: 136; Comstock, 1944: 539. Papilio polyxenes polyxenes : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 547; Bates, 1935: 108; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 79, 128, 132; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 32; Jaume, 1947: 96. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 4, f. 15, 16. 5. PAPILIO (HERACLIDES) THOAS OVIEDO Gundlach Papilio oviedo Gundlach, 1866: 279; id., 1881: 133. Papilio thoas oviedo : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 557; Bates, 1935: 109; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 145, 188; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 37; Jaume, 1947: 94. Illustrations. — Gundlach, 1866: pi. 5, f. 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 43, 44, (scales); id., 1947b: pi. 3, f. 14. 6. * papilio (heraclides) cresphontes Cramer Papilio cresphontes Cramer, 1777; Gundlach, 1866: 279; id., 1881: 131; Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 562; Showalter, 1927: 109; Clark, 1932: 178; Hoffmann, 1933: 225; id, 1936: 262; id, 1940c: 659; Fazzini, 1934: 26; Bates, 1935: 110; Field, 1938b: 208; Holland, 1942: 317; Brown, 1943: 171; Jaume, 1947: 97. Papilio cresphontes cresphontes'. Hoffmann 1940b: 633; Chermock, 1946: 146. Papilio thoas cresphontes : S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 38. The writer has not seen any Cuban specimens of this species, neither were they seen by Bates and the writer thinks the species was wrongly classified by Gundlach, having taken into consideration that only the Papilio thoas has been observed. The marked ( * ) species have been collected in Cuba only a few times. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 5 Illustrations. — Gundlach, 1866: pi. 5, fig. 2; Shouwalter, 1927: pi. V, f. 4; Clark, 1932: pi. 31, f. 1, pi. 32, f. 1; Holland, 1942, pi. XLII, f. 3, pi. II, f. 16, (larva), pi. VI, f. 8-10, (pupa); S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 3, f. 13, pi. 2, f. 8. 7. PAPILIO (HERACLIDES) CA1GUANABUS Poey Papilio caiguanabus Poey, 1854; Gundlach, 1881: 127; Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 567; Bates, 1935: 110; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 33; Jaume, 1947: 98; Brown, 1950: 64. Illustration. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 2, f. 12. 8. PAPILIO (HERACLIDES) ARISTODEMUS TEMENES Latreille Papilio temenes Latreille (not Godart), 1819. (See Brown, 1941: 131). Papilio cresphontinus : Gundlach, 1881: 130. Papilio aristodemus temenes : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 569; Bates, 1935: 111; Comstock, 1944: 536; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 12; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 38; Jaume, 1947: 99. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 2, f. 10; id., 1946: pi. 10, f. 42, (scales). 9. PAPILIO (HERACLIDES) ANDR/EMON ANDRCEMON (Hiibner) Heraclides andrcemon Hiibner, 1823?. Papilio andrcemon : Gundlach, 1881: 128; Holland, 1916: 500; Brown, 1950: 64. Papilio andrcemon andrcemon : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 571; Bates, 1935: 112; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 50, 156; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 36; Jaume, 1947: 100. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 2, f. 7; Bruner, Sca- ramuzza & Otero, 1945: pi IX, f. 3; R. de la Torre, 1936: pi. 24, f. 1. 10. papilio (heraclides) andr^mon hernandezi Torre Papilio ( Heraclides ) andrcemon hernandezi R. de la Torre, 1936: 333; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. Papilio andrcemon hernandezi : S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 36. This subspecies was described by Dr. Ricardo de la Torre Madrazo in 1936. (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., vol. X, p, 333), Illustration. — R. de la Torre, 1936: pi. 24, f. 2. 6 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 11. * PAPILIO (HERACLIDES) PALAMEDES Drury Papilio palamedes : Clark, 1932: 232; Bates, 1933: 236; J. H. Com- stock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 55; Hoffmann, 1940c: 651; Hol- land, 1942: 321; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 26; Brown, 1950: 64. This species was captured once in the province of Havana. (See Poey, 1846: 234; Gundlach, 1881: 138, and Bates, 1935: 236). Illustrations. — Clark, 1932: pi. 47, f. 1, 2; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. VII, f. 1; Holland, 1942: pi. XLII, f. 1. 12. PAPILIO (HERACLIDES) ANDROGEUS EPIDAURUS Godman & Salvin Papilio epidaurus Godman & Salvin, 1890. Papilio polycaon : Gundlach, 1881: 134; id., 1891: 454. Papilio androgens epidaurus : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 578; Hof- fmann, 1933: 225; id, 1940c: 651; Bates, 1935: 112; id, 1939: 1; Comstock, 1944: 536; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 51; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 34; Jaume, 1947: 117. Illustrations. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 11, f. 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 2, f. 9, 11. 13. * PAPILIO (PTEROURUS) TROILUS ILIONEUS J. E. Smith Papilio troilus ilioneus : Clark, 1932: 191; Field, 1938b: 212. Papilio troilus : J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 59. Papilio troilus form ilioneus : Holland, 1942: 321. Papilio ( Pterourus ) troilus ilioneus : S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; S. L. de la Torre & J. T. Sierra, 1949: 195. This species was reported by us in 1949. (See The Lepidopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65, and Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XIX, p. 195). Illustrations. — J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. IX, f, 1-2; Holland, 1942: pi. XLI, f. 5, pi. II, f. 18, 19, 22, (larva), pi. IV, f. 5-7, (pupa). 14. PAPILIO (pterourus) pelaus atkinsi Bates Papilio pelaus pelaus : Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 603. Papilio pelaus atkinsi Bates, 1935: 113; Comstock, 1944: 538; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 29; Jaume, 1947: 90. The marked ( * ) species have been collected in Cuba only a few times. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 7 Papilio pelaus : Gunduach, 1881: 126. Papililo pelaeus atkinsi : Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 188. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 1, f. 5; id., 1946: pi. 10, f. 41, (scales). 15. papilio (pterourus) oxynius (Hlibner) Lcertias oxynius Hlibner, 183 — ?. Papilio oxynius: Gundlach, 1881: 127; id., 1891: 452; Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 603; Bates, 1935: 114; id., 1939: 1; Bruner, Scaramu- zza & Otero, 1945: 188; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 30; Jaume, 1947: 118; Brown, 1950: 64. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 1, f. 6. 16. PAPILIO ( IPHICLIDES) CELADON Lucas Papilio celadon Lucas, 1852; Gundlach, 1881: 125; Rothschild & Jordan, 1906: 691; Holland, 1916: 500; id., 1942: 321; Bates, 1935: 114; Dethier, 1940: 22; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: 31; Jaume, 1947: 119. Illustrations. — Holland, 1942: pi. LXX, f. 11; S. L. de la Torre, 1947b: pi. 1, f. 4; id. 1946: pi. 10, f. 36, 37, (scales). Family Pierrot Subfamily PlERlN^T Genus Ascia Scopoli Ascia Scopoli, 1777. Genotype: Papilio monuste Linnaeus, 1764. 17. ascia (ascia) monuste monuste (Linnaeus) Papilio monuste Linnaeus, 1764. Ascia ( Ascia ) monuste crameri: Field, 1938b: 198. Ascia (Ascia) monuste form crameri : Hoffmann, 1940c: 662. Ascia monuste var. crameri: Holland, 1942: 278. Ascia monuste monuste: Comstock, 1943: 1; id., 1944: 529; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id, 1949d: 172. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1949. (See The Lepi- dopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65, and Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XIX, p. 172). 8 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. LXVII, f. 17; Comstock, 1944: pi. 8, f. 9; S. L. de la Torre, 1949d: pi. 5, f. 1, 2, 6. 18. ASCIA (ASCIA) MONUSTE EUBOTEA (Latreille) Pieris eubotea Latreille, 1819. Pieris monuste : Gundlach, 1881: 100; Holland, 1916: 496. Pieris phileta phileta : Bates, 1935: 116; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 17, 22, 23, 51, 184, 193. Pontia monuste: J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 72. Ascia ( Ascia ) monuste: Field, 138b: 198; Hoffmann, 1940c: 662. Ascia monuste: Holland, 1942: 278. Ascia monuste eubotea: Comstock, 1943: 3; id., 1944: 529; Beatty, 1944: 157; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 54; S. L. de la Torre, 1949d: 173. Pieris monuste eubotea: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 268. Illustrations. — Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: pi. VI, f. 4, (larva); J. H. Comstock, & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XIII, f. 1; Holland, 1942: pi. XXXV, f. 1, 2; Comstock, 1944, pi. 10, f. 3, 4; S. L. de la Torre, 1949d: pi. 5, f 3, 4; id., 1946: pi. 10, f. 20-22, (scales). 19. ASCIA (ASCIA) MONUSTE PHILETA (Fabridus) Papilio phileta Fabridus, 1775. Ascia (Ascia) monuste form phileta: Field, 1938b: 198; Hoffmann, 1940c: 662. Ascia monuste dimorphic 2 , phileta: Holland, 1942: 278. Ascia monuste phileta: Comstock, 1943: 3; id., 1944: 530; Chermock, 1946: 144; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1949d: 174. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1949. (See The Lepi- dopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65, and Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., vol. XIX, p. 174). Illustrations. — Holland, 1942: pi. LXVII, f. 16; S. L. de la Torre, 1949d: pi. 5, f. 5. 20. ASCIA (ganyra) mencle (Ramsden) Pieris menciae Ramsden, 1915: 15; Bates, 1935: 118; Jaume, 1947: 120. Ascia (Ganyra) josephina mencicel: Comstock, 1943: 6. Ascia mencice: S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 178; id., 1949d: 171. Genus Pieris Schrank Pieris Schrank, 1801. Andropodum Hiibner, 1822. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 9 Tachyptera Berge, 1842. Genotype: Papilio brassicce Linnaeus, 1758. 21. * pieris (synchloe) protodice protodice Boisduval & Leconte Pieris protodice : Clark, 1932: 1 66; Anon. (Aguayo?), 1934: 110; M. Sanchez Roig & G. S. Villalba, 1934: 108; id., 1934b: 31; Bates, 1935: 236; Hoffmann, 1936: 261; id, 1940c: 661; Holland, 1942: 280; Brown, 1944: 116; Rawson, 1945: 49; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 22; Garth, 1950: 15. Pieris rupee: Anon. (Aguayo?), 1934: 34. Pontia protodice protodice: J.H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 73. Pieris ( Synchloe ) protodice f. protodice: Field, 1938b: 196. Pieris protodice protodice: S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id, 1949d: 171. In 1933 several specimens of this species were captured by Dr. Mario Sanchez Riog and Gaston S. Villalba on the banks of the Almendares river, Havana province. (See Memorias Sociedad Cubana de Hist. Natural, vol. VIII, p. 108). In 1934 Mr. Jose Cabrera collected three specimens more in Cotorro, Havana province. ( Memorias Sociedad Cubana de Hist. Natural, vol. VIII, p. 34, and p. 110, (errata). Illustrations.— Clark, 1932: pi. 29, f. 5-8; Holland, 1942: pi. XXXIV, f. 10,11; pi. II, f. 7, (larva); pi. V, f. 66, 67, (pupa), text fig. 26a, (larva), 26b, pupa); J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XIII, f. 2, 3, 4; text fig. 27, (venation). Genus Appias Hiibner Appias Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio zelmira Cramer, 1780. 22. APPIAS ( GLUTOPHRISSA) DRUSILLA PCEYI Butler Appias poeyi Butler, 1872. Pieris ilaire : Poey, 1832. Pieris poeyi: Gundlach, 1881: 103. Tachyris ilaire: Holland, 1916: 496. Appias ilaire poeyi: Bates 1935: 119; Jaume, 1947: 122. Appias drusilla poeyi: Hall, 1936: 275. Appias ( Glutophrissa ) ilaire poeyi: Field, 1938b: 194. 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Appias {Glutophrissa) drusilla molpadia: D’ Almeida, 1939c: 58; id., 1945; 233. Appias peregrina: D’ Almeida, 1945: 236. Appias ( Glutophrissa ) drusilla poeyi: Comstock, 1943b: 2; id., 1944: 526; Dillon, 1947: 97; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 179, 180. Illustrations. — Poey, 1832: 3 figs, not numbered; D’Almeida, 1939c: pi. 3, f. A, C, pi. 4, f. E. 23. APPIAS (GLUTOPHRISSA) DRUSILLA POEYI /. PEREGRINA Rober Appias janeira f. peregrina Rober, 1909. Appias peregrina: Bates, 1935: 237; Jaume, 1947: 121; D’Almeida, 1939c: 62. Appias ( Glutophrissa ) drusilla poeyi var. peregrina: Comstock, 1943b: 3. Appias ( Glutophrissa ) drusilla poeyi f. peregrina : S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 180. Genus Melete Swainson Melete Swainson, 1831-32. Daptonoura Butler, 1869. Genotype: Melete limnobia Swainson, 1831-32 {—Pieris limnoria Latreille, 1819). According to D’Almeida (1943: 80), the genotype of Daptonoura Butler is Papilio flippantha Fabricius, 1793 ( —Papilio lycimnia Cramer, illl), being Pieris limnoria, type of the genus Melete, a simple sub- species of Papilio lycimnia Cramer. 24. melete SALACIA cubana Fruhstorfer Melete lycimnia cubana Fruhstorfer, 1908. Daptonoura salacia: Gundlach, 1881: 105. Melete salacia: Bates, 1935: 119, Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 131, 138; Jaume, 1947: 123. Melete salacia cubana: Bates, 1936: 225. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 4, (venation), 5, (profile of head): S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 16, 17, (scales). Genus Eurema Hiibner Eurema Hiibner, 1819. Terias Swainson, 1821. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 11 Sphcenogona Butler, 1870. Genotype: Pieris daira Latreille, 1819 ( —Eurema demoditas Hiibner, 1819. —Papilio delta Cramer, 1780; homonym of Papilio delia Schiffermiiller & Denis, 1775). 25. eurema ( ABAns) nicippe (Cramer) Papilio nicippe Cramer, 1779. Eurema nicippe: Gundlach, 1881: 82; Klots, 1929: 103, 110, 120, 132, 147, 155; id., 1948: 51; 1935: 127; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Com- stock 1936: 97; Holland, 1942: 301; Bruner, Scaramuzza 8c Otero, 1945: 32, 33; Avinoff and Shoumatoff, 1946: 269; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 104; Garth, 1950: 13. Terias nicippe: Holland, 1916: 498; D’ Almeida, 1936: 13; id., 1944d: 74 Eurema nicippe nicippe: Clark, 1932: 149. Eurema (Terias) nicippe: Hoffmann, 1933: 226. Terias (Abaeis) nicippe : D’Almeida, 1936b: 189, 192, 327; id., 1938: 242. Abaeis nicippe: Brown, 1944: 114. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) nicippe: Comstock, 1944: 525. Eurema (Abaeis) nicippe: Field, 1938b: 189; Hoffmann, 1940c: 659; Munroe, 1947: 3; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 10. Illustrations.— Klots, 1929: pi. II, f. 36, 37; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XV, f. 3, 5; Holland, 1942: pi. XXXVII, f. 3, 4, 6, pi. II, f. 6, (larva), pi. V, f. 51, 52, (pupa); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 4-7, (scales); d’Almeida, 1936: pi. 2, f. 1, 6, pi. 8, f. 1, 2, (nerviation), pi. 9, f. 4, (genital), pi. 10, f. 2, (genital), f. 3, (palp), pi. 14, f. 4, (antenna), pi. 17, f. 2, 8, 12, (legs), Clark, 1932, pi. 28, f. 6; Comstock, 1944: pi. 8, f. 5; Klots, 1928: pi. II, f. 8, (genital), PI. Ill, f. 15; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. VIII, f. 1, 2, 5, 6. 26. eurema (pyrisitia) proterpia proterpia (Fabricius) Papilio proterpia Fabricius, 1775. Eurema proterpia: Gundlach, 1881: 84; Holland, 1942: 301; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 269. Eurema (T erias) proterpia: Hoffmann, 1933: 226. Eurema proterpia: Klots, 1929: 104, 106, 107, 137, 147, 159; id., 12 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 1948: 51; Bates, 1935: 128; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 105. Terias proterpia proterpia: d’Almeida, 1936: 16; id., 1944: 74; Lichy, 1943: 175. Terias ( Pyisitia ) proterpia proterpia : d’Almeida, 1936b: 192, 328; id., 1938: 242. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) proterpia: Hoffmann, 1940c: 659. Pyrisitia proterpia: Brown, 1944: 112. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) proterpia proterpia: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo; 1953: 11. Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. XXXVII, f. 2; Klots, 1929 pi. Ill, f. 68, 69; id., 1928: pi. Ill, f. 14, (genital), f. 18, (venation); Bates, 1935: f. 6, (venation); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 9, (scales); d’Almeida, 1936: pi. 2, f. 4, 5, pi. 7, f. 1, 2, (venation); pi. 9, f. 5, (genital), pi. II, f. 1, (genital); S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. I, figs. 1, 2, 5, 6. 27. EUREMA (PYRISITIA) PROTERPIA PROTERPIA /. GUNDLACHIA (Poey) Terias gundlachia Poey, 1853. Eurema gundlachia: Gundlach, 1881: 85; Klots, 1929, 104, 106, 137, 145, 159, 160; id., 1948: 51; Bates, 1935: 129; Holland, 1942: 300; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 105. Terias gundlachia gundlachia: d’Almeida, 1936: 21; id., 1944d: 75. Terias ( Pyrisitia ) gundlachia gundlachia: d’Almeida, 1936b: 192, 329. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) gundlachia: Hoffmann, 1940c: 659. Eurema longicauda: Holland, 1942: 300. Terias proterpia gundlachia: Lichy, 1943: 175. Pyrisitia gundlachia: Brown, 1944: 111. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) proterpia proterpia f. gundlachia: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 12. Illustrations.— Klots, 1929: pi. Ill, f. 72, 73; Holland, 1942: pi. LXXIII, f. 25, pi. XXXVII, f. 1, (=E. longicauda) ; d’Almeida, 1936: pi. 2, f. 3, 9, pi. 9, f. 7, (genital), pi. 10, f. 6, (palp), pi. 11, f. 2. (genital), pi. 17, f. 3, (legs); S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. I, f. 3, 4, 7, 8. 28. EUREMA (PYRISITIA) DINA DINA (Poey) Terias dina Poey, 1832; Holland, 1916: 498. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 13 Eurema dina: Gundlach, 1881: 86. Eurema dina dina: Klots, 1929: 105, 119, 139, 144, 160; id., 1948: 51; Bates, 1935: 130, (part); Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 139. Terias ( Pyrisitia ) dina dina: d’Almeida, 1936b: 194, 216; id., 1944d: 79. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) dina dina: Comstock, 1944: 525; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 13. Illustrations. — Poey, 1832: 2 figs, not numbered; Klots, 1929: pi. Ill, f. 79; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 5, f. 3, (genital), pi. 9, f. 7, (genital), pi. 13, f. 20, pi. 15, f. 7, pi. 16, f. 7; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. II, f. 1, 2, 6, 7. 29. EUREMA (PYRISITIA) DINA DINA /. CITRINA (Poey) Terias citrina Poey, 1853; Holland, 1916: 498. Eurema citrina: Gundlach, 1881: 87. Eurema dina f. 9 citrina: Klots, 1929: 105, 118, 119, 139, 144, 160. Eurema dina dina: Bates, 1935: 130. (Part.) Terias ( Pyrisitia ) dina citrina: d’Almeida, 1936b: 194. Terias ( Pyrisitia ) dina dina , var. i: d’Almeida, 1936b: 218; id., 1938: 232. Terias dina var. citrina: d’Almeida, 1944d: 79. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) dina citrina: S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) dina dina f. citrina: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 13. This is the winter form of E. dina dina. Illustrations. — Klots, 1929: pi. Ill, f. 80; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 12, f. 5; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. II, f. 3, 4, 8, 9. 30. eurema (pyrisitia) laras ( Herrich-Schaf f er) Terias larce Herrich-Schaffer, 1862: 120 Eurema larce: Gundlach, 1881: 88; Bates, 1936: 226; Bruner, Scara- muzza & Otero, 1945: 175; Munroe, 1947: 4; id., 1950: 175. Eurema ( Pyrisitia ) larce : S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 14. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. Ill, f. 1, 2, 7, 8. 31. EUREMA (pyrisitia) laras f. ricardi s. l. Torre & Alayo Eurema {Pyrisitia) larce f. ricardi S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 15. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, pi. Ill, f. 3, 4, 9, 10. 14 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXI1 This is the summer form of E. lane, which was described by Dr. S. L. de la Torre and P. Alayo in 1953. (See Bull. Orte. Dpto. Ext. y Rel. Cult., No. 27) 32. eurema (pyrisitia) neda (Latreille) Pieris neda Latreille, 1819. Eurema nise perimede: Klots, 1929: 105, 119, 140, 147, 162; id.. 1948: 51. Eurema nise : Bates, 1935: 129; Bruner, 1947: 25. Eerias ( Pyrisitia ) neda: d’Almeida, 1936b: 196, 239; id., 1938: 234; id., 1944d: 82. Eurema { Pyrisitia :) neda : S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 16. Illustrations.— Klots, 1929: pi. IV, f. 93, 94; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 2, f. 1, (genital), pi. 4, f. 2, (genital) pi. 9, f. 4, (genital), pi. 13, f. 15, 16, pi. 16, f. 8; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi HI, f. 5, 6, 11, 12. 33. * eurema (pyrisitia) nise (Cramer) Papilio nise Cramer, 1775: 31. Eurema venusta : Klots, 1929: 141. Eerias nise: d’Almeida, 1936: 244; id., 1938: 234; id., 1944d: 82. Eurema venusta venusta: Dillon, 1947: 100. Eurema nise: Munroe, 1950: 180. Eurema { Pyrisitia ) nise: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 16. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. II, f. 5, 10, Mr. J. Cabrera collected two specimens of this species in Pinar del Rio province (1910), which are in Chas. T. Ramsden’s Museum of the University of Oriente, in Santiago de Cuba. This new record was reported by Dr. Salvador L. de la Torre and Pastor Alayo in 1953. 34. eurema (pyrisitia) lisa euterpe (Menetries) Colias euterpe Menetries, 1832. Eurema lisa: Gundlach, 1881: 89; Bates, 1935: 130; Dethier, 1940: 21. Eerias euterpe: Holland, 1916: 499. Etirema lisa euterpe: Klots, 1929: 105, 116, 138, 145, 160; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 271. Eerias {Pyrisitia) euterpe: d’Almeida, 1936b: 193, 251; id., 1938: 234; id., 1944d: 83. Eurema {Pyrisitia) lisa euterpe: Comstock, 1944: 523; Beatty, 1944: Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 15 157; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 53; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 17. D’Almeida does not divide this species into subspecies, consider- ing the species of Cuba and Haiti similar to those of the mainland. Comstock, however, finds sufficient differences between the two to justify its separation into subspecies. D’Almeida (1936b: 256, 257) called pauperata to a variety of his Terias euterpe, characterized by being smaller and lighter; which inhabits Cuba, (See pi. 12, f. 3). Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 7, (profile of head); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 1-3, (scales); Klots, 1929: pi. HI, f. 78; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 6, f. 4. (genital), pi. 12, f. 3, (var. pauperata) , f. 10, pi. 14, f. 10, pi. 16, f. 10; Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 24; Klots, 1928: pi. 12, (genital), f. 17, (venation); S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. IV, f. 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9. 35. EUREMA (PYRISITIA) MESSALINA MESSALINA (Fabricius) Papilio messalina Fabricius, 1787. Eurema messalina: Gundlach, 1881: 98; Klots, 1929: 103, 114, 115, 116, 131, 147, 155, 156; id., 1948: 51; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 269. Eurema messalina messalina: Bates, 1935: 126; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 66. Terias ( Pyrisitia ) messalina messalina: d’ Almeida, 1936b: 198, 262; id., 1938: 235; id., 1944d: 85. Eurema {Pyrisitia) messalina messalina: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 18. Illustrations.— Klots, 1929: pi. II, f. 41, 42; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 11, 12, (scales); d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 8, f. 11, (genital), pi. 12, f. 2, pi. 13, f. 7, pi. 18, f. 4; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953, pi. IV, f. 6, 12, (winter form). 36. EUREMA (PYRISITIA) MESSALINA MESSALINA f. GNATHENE ( Boisduval ) Terias gnathene Boisduval, 1836. Eurema messalina: Gundlach, 1881: 98 (in part). Eurema messalina messalina : Bates, 1935: 126 (in part). Terias {Pyrisitia) messalina messalina var. f: d’Almeida, 1936b: 264. Eurema {Pyrisitia) messalina messalina f. gnathene: S. L. de la 16 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Torre & Alayo, 1953: 19. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. IV, f. 4, 5, 10, 11. This is the summer form of E. messalina messalina. 37. EUREMA (eurema) lucina lucina (Poey) Terias lucina Poey, 1853; Holland, 1916: 499. Eurema lucina: Gundlach, 1881: 95; Bates, 1935: 124; Bruner, Sca- ramuzza & Otero, 1945: 177. Eurema lucina f. lucina: Klots, 1929: 102, 113, 123, 146, 150. Terias ( Eurema ) lucina lucina: d Almeida, 1936b: 205, 226; id., 1944d: 85. Eurema (Eurema) lucina lucina : S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 19. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 8, (scales); Klots, 1929: pi. I, f. 1; id.; 1928: pi. II, f. 4, (genital); dAlmeida, 1936b: pi. 12, f. 1; pi. 16, f. 14; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. IV, f. 1, 2, 6, 7. 38. EUREMA (EUREMA) LUCINA LUCINA /. FORNSI (Poey) Terias fornsi Poey, 1854. Eurema fornsi: Gundlach, 1881: 96. Eurema lucina form fornsi: Klots, 1929: 102, 113, 123, 145, 150. Eurema priddyi forbesi: Klots, 1929: 102, 115, 123, 124, 145, 150. Terias (Eurema) lucina fornsi: dAlmeida, 1936b: 205, 267; id., 1944d: 85. Eurema (Eurema) lucina lucina f. fornsi: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 20. Ilustrations. — Klots, 1929: pi. I, f. 2, (form fornsi ), f. 4, 5, (form priddyi forbesi); dAlmeida, 1936b: pi. 8, f. 14, (genital); pi. 12, f. 4; pi. 18, f. 6; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. IV, f. 3, 4, 8, 9: This is the winter form of E. lucina lucina. 39. eurema (eurema) conjungens ( Herrich-Schaf f er) Terias conjungens Herrich-Schaf fer, 1864. Eurema conjungens: Gundlach, 1881: 97. Eurema (Eurema) conjungens-. S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 20. Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. V, f. 5. Mr. P. Alayo has one specimen of this species collected in Oriente province. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 17 40. EUREMA (EUREMA) DAIRA PALMIRA (Poey) Terias palmira Poey, 1851. Terias albina Poey, 1851. Eurema palmira: Gundlach, 1881: 92; Klots, 1948: 52 and 112, (errata). Eurema albina: Gundlach 1881: 94. Eurema palmyra palmyra: Klots, 1929: 102, 113, 126, 147, 151. Eurema palymra: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 270. Eurema daira palmira: Bates, (in part), 1935: 125; id., 1939: 2; d’Almeida, 1944d: 86; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 9, 66. Terias daira palmyra: Hall, 1936: 275. Terias (Eurema) jucunda palmira: d’Almeida, 1936b: 208, 273; id., 1938: 235; id, 1944d; 85. Eurema ( Eurema ) palmira palmira: Comstock, 1944: 519: J. A. Ramos, 1946: 53. Eurema ( Eurema ) daira palmira : S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 21. Illustrations.— Klots, 1929: pi. I, f. 11; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 15, f. 10, 11; Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 26; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. VI, f. 1, 2, 5, 6. 41. EUREMA (EUREMA) DAIRA PALMIRA f. EBRIOLA (Poey) Terias ebriola Poey, 1851. Eurema jucunda: Gundlach, 1881: 94, (not Boisduval & Leconte). Eurema daira ebriola: Klots, 1929: 103, 113, 126, 144, 152. Eurema daira palmira: Bates, 1935: 125, (in part). Terias (Eurema) daira ebriola: d’Almeida, 1936b: 211, 214, 280; id, 1944d: 86. Eurema (Eurema) daira ebriola: Comstock, 1944: 520; Beatty, 1944: 157; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. Eurema ebriola: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 271; Klots, 1948: 52 Eurema (Eurema) daira palmira f. ebriola: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 21. Illustrations. — Klots, 1929: pi. I, f. 19, 20; d’ Almeida, 1936b: pi. 7, f. 2, (genital), pi. 8, f. 7, 13, (genital), pi. 14, f. 7, pi. 15, f. 3; Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 25: Klots, 1928: pi. II, f. 5, (genital); S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. VI, f, 3, 4, 7, 8. This is the winter form of E. daira palmira. 18 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 42. EUREMA (EUREMA) ELATHEA ELATHEA (Cramer) Papilio elathea Cramer, 1777. Eurema elathea: Gundlach, 1881: 91; Bates, 1935: 126; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 271; Klots, 1948: 52; Munroe, 1951: 55. Terias elathea: Holland, 1916: 499; Hall, 1936: 275. Eurema elathea f. elathea: Klots, 1929: 103, 111, 128, 152. Eurema (Terias) elathea: Hoffmann, 1933: 226. Terias (Eurema) elathea elathea: d’Almeida, 1936b: 211, 213, 285, 299; id., 1938: 235; id, 1944d: 87; Berger, 1939: 190. Terias (Eurema) lye d’Almeida, 1936b: 212, 284; id, 1944d: 86. Eurema (Eurema) elathea: Comstock, 1944: 521; Beatty, 1944: 157. Eurema (Eurema) elathea elathea: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 22. D’Almeida in his "Segunda nota suplementar a "Revisao das Terias Americanas”, ( 1944d: 86), admits that his Terias lye does not seem to be a good species, placing it as a synonym of Eurema elathea and not of E. daira palmira as done by Bates (1939: 2). Illustrations. — Klots, 1929: pi. 1, f. 21, 22; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 11, f. 1, pi. 13, f. 6, pi. 15, f. 1, (T. lye); Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 23; text fig. 22, (venation); S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. VII, f. 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8. 43. EUREMA (EUREMA) ELATHEA ELATHEA /. CUBANA (Herrich- Schaffer) Terias cub ana Herrich-Schaffer, 1864. Eurema cub ana: Gundlach, 1881: 90. Eurema palmyra palmyra: Klots (in part), 1929: 102, 126. Eurema daira palmira: Bates, 1935: 125, (in part). Terias elathea var. c-male and var. n-female; d’Almeida, 1936b: 288, 289. Eurema (Eurema) palmira palmira: Comstock (in part), 1944: 519. Eurema (Eurema) elathea cubana: S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. Eurema (Eurema) elathea elathea f. cubana: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 23. William P. Comstock places to Terias cubana in the synonym of his E. (Eurema) palmira palmira; d’Almeida places it in the synonym of Terias elathea. We think that Terias cubana is a seasonal form of this species. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 19 Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. VII, f. 4, 5, 9, 10. 44. EUREMA (EUREMA) AMELIA (Poey) Terias amelia Poey, 1853; Holland, 1916: 499. Eurema amelia: Gundlach, 1881: 98; Klots, 1929: 104, 110, 136, 143, 154; Bates, 1935: 128. Terias (Eurema) amelia: d Almeida, 1936b: 204, 307; id., 1944d: 88. Eurema ( Eurema ) amelia: S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 24. Illustrations. — Klots, 1929: pi. II, f. 33; d’Almeida, 1936b: pi. 8, f. 16, (genital), pi. 14, f. 22; Klots, 1928: pi. II, f. 2, (genital); S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi V, f. 10. 45. eurema (eurema) boisduvaliana (Felder & Felder) Terias boisduvaliana Felder & Felder, 1865; d’Almeida, 1936: 41; id., 1944d: 77. Eurema boisduvaliana: Klots, 1929: 104, 107, 108, 133, 143, 157; id., 1948: 51; Bates, 1935: 127; Brown 1944: 109; Bruner, 1947: 25. Terias (Eurema) boisduvaliana: d’Almeida, 1936b: 201, 202, 307, 332. Eurema (Eurema) boisduvaliana: Hoffmann, 1940c: 658; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: 25. Illustrations. — Klots, 1929: pi. II, f. 51, 52; S. L. de la Torre & Alayo, 1953: pi. VIII, f. 3, 4, 7, 8. Genus Phoebis Hiibner Phoebis Hiibner, 1819. Callidryas Boisduval & Leconte, 1829. Metura Butler, 1873; preoccupied in the family Psychidce. Aphrissa Butler, 1873. Rhabdodryas Godman & Salvin, 1889. Parura Kirby, 1896, (for Metura). Prestonia Schaus, 1920. Genotype: Papilio argante Fabricius, 1775 (=Papilio cipris Cramer, 1777). 46. PHCEBIS ( phcebis) senn/e SENN7E (Linnaeus) Papilio sennce Linnaeus, 1758. Catopsilia eubule: Gundlach, 1881: 115; Holland, 1916: 496; Hall, 1936: 275. 20 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Phoebis eubule sennce: Brown, 1929: 8; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946; 272. Phoebis eubule sennce f. $ sennalba Brown, 1929: 8. Phoebis sennce sennce: Bates, 1935: 133; Field, 1938b: 185; d’Almeida, 1940; 70; id., 1944b: 2; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 31-33; S. L. de la Torre, 1946b: 109, 111, 120; Munroe, 1951: 56. Phoebis eubule sennce?: Schweizer, 1941: 9. Phoebis ( Phoebis ) sennce sennce: Comstock, 1944: 505; Beatty, 1944: 157; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 53. Illustrations. — Brown 1929: f. 8-10, (genital); Comstock, 1944: pi. 8, f. 6; d’Almeida, 1940: pi. 1, f. 3, (genital), pi. 3, f. 3, 5, pi. 4, f. 5-7, pi. 6, f. 2, 10, 12, pi. 9, f. 1, pi. 11, f. 6, (larva), 8, 10, (pupa). 47. PHCEBIS (PHCEBIS) PHILEA THALESTRIS (Illiger) Papilio Danaus thalestris Illiger, 1801. Catopsilia thalestris: Gundlach, 1881: 107; id., 1891: 449. Phoebis philea thalestris: Brown, 1929: 11; Bates, 1935: 134; d’Almeida, 1940: 117; id., 1944b: 10; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 32. William P. Comstock (1944: 510) considers Phoebis philea as a distinct species of Phoebis thalestris, and says that both species "occur together in Cuba”. Illustrations. — Brown, 1929: f. 14-16, (genital); d’Almeida, 1940: pi. 3, f. 8, pi. 5, f. 6, pi. 8, f. 4, pi. 9, f. 5, Comstock, 1944: pi. 10, f. 14, (Phoebis philea (Johansson)). 48. PHCEBIS (PHCEBIS) Avellaneda (Herrich-Schaffer) Callidryas avellaneda Herrich-Schaffer, 1864. Catopsilia avellaneda: Gundlach, 1881: 109. Phoebis avellaneda: Brown, 1929: 11; Bates, 1935: 134; d’Almeida, 1940: 120; id., 1944b: 10. Illustrations. — Brown, 1929: f. 17-19, (genital); d’Almeida, 1940: pi. 1, f. 9, (genital), pi. 2, f. 7, (genital), pi. 5, f. 1, pi. 7, f. 2, pi. 8, f. 1, pi. 10, f. 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 25, (scales). 49. PHCEBIS (PHCEBIS) ARGANTE MINUSCULA (Butler) Callidryas minus cula Butler, 1869. Catopsilia argante: Gundlach, 1881: 110. Phoebis argante rorata: Brown, 1929: 13; Bates, 1935: 135. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 21 Phoebis ( P hoe bis ) argante f. $ clarki: Hoffmann, 1940c: 657 Phoebis argante argante: d’Almeida, 1940: 89, 103; id., 1944b: 6. Phoebis ( Phoebis ) argante minuscula: Comstock, 1944: 508; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 61. The subspecies rorata is of the Hispaniola and possibly it can be found in Cuba, according to Comstock. Illustrations. — Brown, 1929: f. 23-25, (genital); d’Almeida, 1940: pi. 1, f. 4, (genital), pi. 2, f. 1, (venation), f. 8-10, (legs), f. 13, (genital), f. 14, (antenna), f. 15, (palp), pi. 3, f. 2, (f. albante); f. 6, 7, pi. 4, f. 1, 4, pi. 5, f. 3, pi. 6, f. 3, 4, 6, 8, 11, pi. 7, f. 3, pi. 11, f. 5, (larva), f. 7, 9, (pupa); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 31-35, (scales). 50. PHOEBIS ( PHCEBIS) AGARITHE ANTILLIA Brown Phoebis agarithe antiilia Brown, 1929: 15; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 273; Dillon, 1947: 98; L. Vazquez, 1948b: 472. Catopsilia agarithe: Gundlach, 1881: 111. Catopsilia agarithe fornax: Holland, 1916: 497. Phoebis agarithe agarithe: Bates, 1935: 135. Phoebis agarithe antillea: d’Almeida, 1940: 107. Phoebis ( Phoebis ) agarithe antiilia: Comstock, 1944: 509; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 65. Illustrations. — Brown, 1929: f. 20-22, (genital); Comstock, 1944: pi. 10, f. 9; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 26-28, (scales). 51. phcebis ( aphrissa) statira cubana d’Almeida Aphrissa statira cubana d’Almeida, 1939b: 432. Catopsilia statira'. Gundlach, 1881: 118; id., 1891: 449. Catopsilia neleis: Holland, 1916: 497. Phoebis statira jada: Bates, 1935: 136. Phoebis statira cubana: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 273. Phoebis (Aphrissa) statira cubana: Comstock, 1944: 513; Munroe, 1947: 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 183. According to d’Almeida, jada is merely a simple form of statira statira, which inhabits the mainland. Illustrations. — Brown, 1929: f. 5-7, (genital); d’Almeida, 1939b: pi. 6, f. 6; Comstock, 1944: pi. 10, f. 11; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 29, 30, (scales) 22 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 52. phcebis ( aphrissa) neleis (Boisduval) Callidryas neleis Boisduval, 1836 Catopsilia neleis: Gundlach, 1881: 117. Catopsilia edit ha?: Holland, 1916: 498. Phoebis neleis: Bates, 1935: 137; Munroe, 1947: 2. Aphrissa neleis neleis: d’Almeida, 1939b: 433. Phoebis ( Aphrissa ) neleis: Comstock, 1944: 513; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 183. We separate statira from neleis because the genitals of those species offer great differences. Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1939b: pi. 5, f. 19, 20, (genital), pi 6, f. 3-5. 53. PHCEBIS (APHRISSA) ORBIS ORBIS (Poey) Callidryas orbis Poey, 1832. Catopsilia orbis: Gundlach, 1881: 113. Catopsillia dry a: Holland, 1916: 497. Phoebis orbis: Bates, 1935: 138. Aphrissa orbis: d’Almeida, 1939b: 438. Phoebis ( Aphrissa ) orbis orbis: Munroe, 1947: 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 183, 184. Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1939b: pi. 5, f. 12, 15, 17, (genital), pl.7, f. 1, 2, pi. 8, f. 4, 8; Poey, 1832: 5 figs, not numbered. Genus Anteos Hiibner Anteos Hiibner, 1819. Amynthia Swainson, 183 1. Genotype: Papilio mcerula Fabricius, 1775. The genotype of Gonepteryx (*) is Papilio rhamni Linnaeus, 1758; the only species cited of that genus. 1 Gonepteryx Leach, 1815. Gonoptera Billberg, 1820. Rhodocera Boisduval & Leconte, 1833. Goniapteryx Westwood, 1840. Gonioptera Wallengren, 1853. Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 23 54. ANTEOS M/ERULA M/ERULA (Fabfidus) Papilio mcerula Fabricius, 1775. Gonepteryx mcerula: Gundlach, 1881: 119. Anteos mcerula mcerula: Bates, 1935: 139; Comstock, 1944: 502; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 32. Anteos mcerula: Field, 1938b: 183; d’Almeida, 1938b: 575; id., 1945: 230; Hoffmann, 1940c: 656; Brown, 1944: 103; Avinoff & Shoumat- off, 1946: 274. Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1938b: pi. 1, f. 1, (venation), f. 9, (genital), pi. 3, f. 1, 2; Comstock, 1944: pi. 8, f. 7. 55. anteos clorinde (Godart) Colias clorinde Godart, 1823. Anteos clorinde nivifera: Bates, 1935: 139; Dethier, 1940: 17; Coms- tock, 1944: 503. Anteos clorinde : Field, 1938b: 183; d’Almeida, 1938b: 572; id., 1945: 229; Hoffmann 1940c: 656; Brown, 1944: 102; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 63. Gonepteryx clorinde: Holland, 1942: 290 Anteos clorinde clorinde: Schweizer, 1941: 10; Comstock, 1944: 503- Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1938b: pi. 1, f. 2-4, (legs), f. 7, 8, (genital), f. 10, (palp), f. 11, (antenna), f. 12, (genital), pi. 2, f. 1; Holland, 1942: pi. LXXI, f. 11; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 23, 24, (scales). Genus Kricogonia Reakirt Kricogonia Reakirt, 1863. Genotype: Colias lyside Latreille, 1819. 56. KRICOGONIA LYSIDE (Latreille) Colias lyside Latreille (not Godart), 1819. (See Brown, 1941: 132). Kricogonia lyside: Gundlach, 1881: 120; Bates, 1935: 141; Field, 1938b: 187; Hoffmann, 1940c: 658; Brown, 1944: 106; Comstock, 1944: 517; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 272. Kricogonia lyside form S terissa: Field, 1938b: 187. Kricogonia lyside ab. unicolor: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 272. 24 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. XXXIV, f. 20, 21; Comstock, 1944: text figs. 20, 21, (venations), pi. 10, f. 8. 57. kricogonia cabrerai Ramsden Kricogonia cabrerai Ramsden, 1920: 259; id., 1922: 211; Bates, 1935: 141. William P. Comstock supposes that Kricogonia cabrerai Ramsden can be a subspecies of Kricogonia castalia (Fabricius). See Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, 1944: 515). Subfamily Coliadince Genus Zerene Hiibner Zerene Hiibner, 1819. Me gono stoma Reakirt, 1863. Me gano stoma Kirby, 1871. Genotype: Papilio cesonia Stoll, 1790. 58. ZERENE CESONIA CESONIA (Stoll) Papilio cesonia Stoll. 1790. Meganostoma cesonia: Gundlach, 1881: 105; Hoffmann, 1936: 261. Zerene ccesonia: Showalter, 1927: 109; Fazzini, 1934: 42; J. H. Com- stock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 90; Hoffmann, 1940c: 656; Holland, 1942: 292; Brown, 1944: 102; Garth, 1950: 13; Vazquez, 1953: 257. Zerene ccesonia ccesonia: Clark, 1932: 251. Zerene cesonia cesonia: Bates, 1935: 141. Colias (Zerene) ccesonia: Field, 1938b: 182. Illustrations. — Showalter, 1927: pi. IV, f. 9; Clark, 1932: pi. 28, f. 5; Fazzini, 1934: p. 42, fig. not numbered; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XVII, f. 5, 6; Holland, 1942: pi. XXXVI, f. 3, 4. Genus Nathalis Boisduval Nathalis Boisduval, 1836. Genotype ‘.Nathalis iole Boisduval, 1836. 59. NATHALIS IOLE Boisduval Nathalis iole Boisduval, 1836; Hoffman, 1933: 227; id., 1940c: 659; Bates 1935: 142; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 86; Mar., 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 25 Dethier, 1940: 19; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1941: 309; id., 1946: 271; Holland, 1942: 283; Brown, 1944: 114; Garth, 1950: 14; S. L. de la Torre, 1951b: 89. Nathalis jole : Gundlach, 1881: 99; Hoffmann, 1936: 261. Nathalis iole f. iole: Field, 1938b: 193. Illustrations. — J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XV, f. 4, 6; Holland, 1942: pi. XXXII, f. 21, 22; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 13-15, (scales); id, 1951b: pi. XLIV, f. 1. 60. nathalis iole /. alayoi S. L. de la Torre Nathalis iole f. alayoi S. L. de la Torre, 1951b: 89. This form was described by the writer in 1951 (See Memorias de la Sociedad Cubana de Hist. Nat, vol. XX, pp. 89-92). Illustrations. — S. L. de la Torre, 1951b: pi. XLIV, f. 2. Subfamily Dismorphiince Genus Dismorphia Hiibner Dismorphia Hiibner, 1816. Leptalis Dalman, 1823. Hemerocharis Boisduval, 1836. Genotype: Papilio laia Cramer, 1779. 61. DISMORPHIA cubana ( Herrich-Schaf fer) Leptalis cubana Herrich-Schaf fer), 1862 Dismorphia cubana: Gundlach, 1881: 81; Bates, 1935: 143. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 8, (venation); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 18, 19, (scales). (TO BE CONTINUED) 26 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXI1 GIBBIUM PSYLLOIDES CZEMPINSKI IN KENTUCKY A note published in this Journal (Vol. 61 ( 2) : 92,1953) by Harry B. Weiss reported the collection of this species in Trenton, N.J. on carpets. Weiss calls attention to the small number of references to this beetle in the literature of American economic entomology and thinks it desirable to have additional locality records in the lit- erature. His comments prompted the writer to publish this note. In the insect collections of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station are specimens of this species with definite Kentucky locality records as follows: Lexington, December 23, 1940, from feed sample, 1 specimen, James Rose- collector. Middlesborough, May, 1942, nu- merous specimens, Anderson Wood- collector. Mr. Wood collected a number of his specimens crawling in a bath tub and on a tile wall near the tub. They were suspected of breeding in the tub drain but this was not definitely established. Specimens were also found crawling on woolen materials in a nearby clothes closet. There was no proof of their feeding. Live specimens sent to the Experiment Station readily ate timothy seed and particles of dried insect speci- mens. Tompkinsville, July 29, 1946, 7 specimens, taken in a dwel- ling. Maysville, November 20, 1953, 3 specimens, taken in the attic of a dwelling. In these instances the beetles attracted attention by their presence and not because of damage done. — Lee H. Townsend, College of Agriculture and Home Economics, University of Kentucky, Lexington. Mar., 1954] Battista : Metabolism 27 CHANGES IN THE FAT CONTENT OF THE JAPANESE BEETLE ( POPILLI A JAPONICA NEWMAN) DURING METAMORPHOSIS. By Guido W. Battista Department of Biology, Fordham University1 Lipid metabolism has been the subject of much investigation for many years. In the past, studies have been confined chiefly to the vertebrates, although some work has been done on various forms of the invertebrates. Wilber and Bayors (1947) made a study of several marine annelids and reported a wide variation in total lipids and postulated an apparent ratio of these lipids to each other. They indicated a direct relationship between the concentration of choles- terol and that of phospholipids. They stated that cholesterol may be a tissue constituent in the annelids, as reported for the verte- brates by Bloor (1943). Some work has been done on the fractionation of lipids in insects. Bergmann (1934) reported on the chrysalis oil of the silkworm, Bombyx mori. His figures show that 33 per cent of the unsaponifi- able fraction is made up of sterols, of which 85 per cent is cholesterol. However, the unsaponifiable fraction is only 1.5 per cent of the total lipids. In the grasshopper, Melanoplus atlanis, according to Giral (1946), the free fatty acids make up 74.4 per cent of the total lipids, and the unsaturated predominate over the saturated fatty acids. Finkel, ( 1948) observed that the fat content for the five day old larvae of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, was 7.79 per cent of the wet weight, whereas in 200 day old larvae, this value increased to 17.4 per cent. The phospholipids for this same period were found to decline from 2.06 to 0.81 per cent of the wet weight. The explanation for this relationship may be, as pointed out by Levenbook (1951), that energy is better stored in the fatty acids of the relatively stable triglyceride than the more soluble phospholipids. Levenbook (1951) 1 Submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes to express sincerest gratitude for the stimulation, in- terest and critical guidance of Dr. Daniel Ludwig. 28 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII observed in the tracheal cells of the horse bot fly Gastrophilus intestinalis larva, a great amount of phospholipid at the beginning of the third instar. During the metamorphosis of the blowfly, Calliphora erythrocephala, Levenbook (1953) reported no major changes in lipid phosphorus. The role of lipids in intermediary metabolism during insect meta- morphosis has been sadly neglected. Frew (1929) found no change in the fat content during the first part of the pupal stage of the blowfly (species not given) although a decrease was observed in the latter stages. During the life cycle of the tent caterpillar, Malacosoma americana, Rudolfs (1926) found that the percentage of ether-soluble materials increased during development, and at an accelerated rate, during the first part of metamorphosis. This increase was followed by a gradual decrease during the latter part of this period. Evans (1932) observed that at 17°C a rapid decrease oc- curred in the fatty acids of the blowfly, Lucilia sericata, up to the eighth day after the larva has stopped feeding, when it decreased more slowly until about the tenth day. At this point he found a definite increase in the fatty acids and later another peak in this synthesis at the fourteenth day. He believed that this latter peak was associated with the onset of histogenesis. Becker (1934) showed a gradual decrease in the fat content during metamorphosis of the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, although the fats of specific organs, which persist into the imago, remained constant. Using the same species, Evans (1934) observed that very little fat is consumed dur- ing metamorphosis, but the beginning and end of this period are marked by its utilization. In 1943 Pepper and Hastings, working on the sugar beet webworm, Loxostege sticticolis, found no definite changes in the ether-extractable materials although a 40 per cent increase was noted in the saturation of the unsaturated fatty acids. Ludwig and Rothstein (1949), working on the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, reported a sharp drop in the ether-soluble neutral fat on the fifth and sixth days of pupal life. They also reported that from this point to the emergence of the adult, this fraction of the lipid content gradually decreased in amount. This review has shown that the information concerning the lipid content of the insects during metamorphosis is very meager. Most Mar., 1954] Battista : Metabolism 29 of the work has been confined to the four major stages of the life cycle regardless of age or extent of development in the particular stage. Further investigation seems necessary to better understand the role and fate of the lipids during the intermediary metabolism in the insect. In the present investigation, the author has attempted to demonstrate daily changes of some of these lipids during meta- morphosis of the Japanese beetle. MATERIALS AND METHODS Japanese beetle larvae were collected in the field from November, 1952, through April, 1953. Second- and third-instar larvae were brought into the laboratory, each larva being placed in a one-ounce metal salve box containing moistened soil taken from the site of collection. The larvae were fed wheat, a few grains being added to each box as needed. They were kept in incubators, at a constant temperature of 25 °C., until they reached the desired stage of develop- ment. In the early months of collection the larvae were in diapause, a resting stage which usually lasts about 50 days at 25 °C. During this period of the life cycle the larvae feed very little and the boxes were examined weekly. When the diapause was ended, a more frequent check on the larvae was made due to an increase in activity and feeding. Observations were made twice each day on the insects in the late pre-pupal stage to obtain the proper age of pupae. Hence the age of a pupa may be in twelve hour error. When the desired stage of development had been reached, the insects were weighed and killed by placing them individually in small vials containing a mixture of three parts of absolute alcohol and one part absolute ether (Bloor 1943). Aluminum foil was used to cap the vials to assure that no alcohol or ether soluble materials could be removed from the plastic caps used to close the vials. The vials containing the insects were then carefully marked and stored under refrigeration until the time of analysis. The stages in the life cycle chosen for this report in- cluded the following: diapause larvae, postdiapause larvae, early prepupae, late prepupae, newly molted pupae, pupae for each day of the ten day pupal period, and newly emerged adults. Separate rec- 30 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII ords were kept on the analysis for male and female adults. In this present investigation, all the determinations made were obtained with the use of the Beckman DU spectrophotometer. Calibration curves were constructed, and from them daily checks could be made both on the instrument used and the technique employed. The fatty acid determinations were made using the method of Bloor (1916a) as modified by Snell and Snell (1937). Measurements of cholesterol were based on the method of Bloor (1916b). The lipid phosphorus determinations were made according to Young- TABLE 1. Variations in the Lipids of the Japanese Beetle During Metamorphosis Values Expressed in Per Cent Wet Weight Stage of Development Fatty Acid Cholesterol Lipid Phosphorus Lecithin Third-instar larva* . . Third-instar larva .... 1.54 2.82 0.0372 0.0175 0.4375 Early prepupa 3.29 0.0451 0.0213 0.5325 Late prepupa 3.39 0.0347 0.0250 0.6250 Pupa: Just molted 2.67 0.0445 0.0251 0.6275 1-day 2.81 0.0375 0.0269 0.6725 2-day 3.68 0.0552 0.0296 0.7400 3 -day 2.18 0.0444 0.0288 0.7200 4-day 3.72 0.0460 0.0288 0.7200 5 -day 2.11 0.0408 0.0309 0.7725 6-day 2.67 0.0532 0.0316 0.7900 7-day 3.12 0.0536 0.0293 0.7325 8-day 2.70 0.0424 0.0293 0.7325 9-day 2.77 0.0614 0.0341 0.8525 Adult, just molted: Female 2.49 0.0584 0.0481 1.2025 Male 2.01 0.0710 0.0479 1.1975 Diapause larvae Mar., 1954] Battista: Metabolism 31 Figure 1. Changes in the fatty acid content during metamorphosis. (Values expressed as per cent of the original wet weight.) burg and Youngburg (1930). In most cases the above procedures had to be changed slightly to obtain color reactions which would fall in the safe margin of the spectrophotometer scale. To minimize possible random variations, it was decided to group the averages for successive stages. The groupings used were, diapause larva?, postdiapause larva?, early prepupa?, late prepupa?-newly molted pupae, 1-2 day pupa?, 3-4 day pupa?, 5-6 day pupa?, 7-8 day pupae, 9 day pupae, and adults which were recorded separately ac- cording to their sex. Since Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) showed a decrease in the free fats during the fifth and sixth days of the pupal stage at 25°C., results of these days were grouped together to determine whether a comparable decrease in the fatty acids occurs at this stage. RESULTS The results of the analysis on the fatty acids are given in Figure 1 and Table I. They show that in diapause larva? the fatty acid con- 32 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII tent is low, 1.54 per cent of the wet weight. Fatty acids increase to 2.82 per cent during the postdiapause of the larval stage. During the early prepupal stage, there is a sharp increase to 3.29 per cent of the wet weight. Relatively little change is seen in the fatty acid content during the prepupal and early pupal stages, however, a sharp drop occurs during the fifth and sixth days. The value then rises but not to its former level showing a utilization of fatty acids during metam- orphosis. The male adult shows a lower fatty acid content than does the female. This difference is probably associated with the storage of lipids in the developing eggs. Figure 2. Changes in the cholesterol content during metamorphosis. (Values expressed in per cent of the original wet weight.) The cholesterol content during metamorphosis is shown in Figure 2 and Table I. In the transition from the larva to the pupa, there is an irregular increase which continues until the eighth day of the pupal period when a very sharp increase is noted during the last day of pupal life. In this fraction the adult male shows a higher concentration than does the female. Mar., 1954] Battista: Metabolism 33 Figure 3. Changes yin the lipid phosphorus content during metamorphosis. (Values expressed in per cent of the original wet weight.) Figure 3 and Table 1 contain the values obtained for the lipid phosphorus concentrations, which were determined to increase very rapidly during the metamorphosis of the larva to the late prepupa. An irregular but progressive increase is observed during the pupal period. The emergence of the adult is accompanied by a sharp rise in the content of this fraction. The values for the adult male and female are approximately the same. DISCUSSION The marked decrease in the fatty acid content observed on the fifth and sixth days of the pupal stage agrees with the work of Ludwig and Rothstein (1949). They, too, found a utilization of fat between the fifth and sixth days. Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) 34 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII also showed an irregular but rapid decrease in the glycogen content during the first four days of pupal life in the Japanese beetle, an increase on the fifth day, and a gradual decrease throughout the remainder of the pupal period. This decrease during the first four days and increase on the fifth day of pupal life coincides with the reciprocal findings for the fatty acid content in this present investi- gation. It then becomes evident, from this utilization of glycogen and simultaneous mobilization of the fatty acids during the early days of pupal life, that the main source of energy during this period comes from glycogen and not from fat stores. The increase in glycogen at the fifth day appears to be at the expense of the fatty acids which are observed to drop sharply at this stage, thus indicating a replenish- ment of the sacrificed glycogen by the fat mobilized. This suggestion agrees with that of Ludwig and Rothstein who believed that the glycogen is formed from lipids. Couvreur (1895) also suggested that, since the increase in glycogen coincides with a decrease in fat, the glycogen may be formed from the fat. Although there is no apparent synthesis of fatty acid during the last day of the pupal stage, it is possible that the fatty acid forma- tion is still being continued but only in amounts necessary for the vital repair of the adult tissues. That this observation is not limited to the Japanese beetle may be observed in the work of Evans (1932) who worked with the sheep blow fly, Lucilia sericata. This investi- gator found that the total fatty acid content decreased during the early stages of pupation then increased at the time when he believed histogenesis begins. The total fatty acid content then decreased pro- gressively as the organism approached adult life. The decrease in cholesterol associated with the change from early prepupa to early pupa may be correlated with histolysis which is known to occur at this time (Anderson, 1948). This decrease is followed by a synthesis of cholesterol throughout the pupal period. Since cholesterol is known to be a tissue constituent and not an immediate energy source, it is not inconceivable that this synthesis represents the progressive formation of imaginal tissues. That cholesterol synthesis can occur during periods of mild starvation was shown by Terroine (1914) who worked with canine tissue. Many Mar., 1954] Battista : Metabolism 35 other investigators obtained similar results working with a variety of other laboratory animals (Bloor, 1943). During the pupal stage of the Japanese beetle, no food is taken in and no waste material is voided except C02 and possibly water, hence this stage in the life cycle can be considered a period of starvation. Although fluctua- tions in the cholesterol content were observed, the general trend is upward during metamorphosis. The results obtained in the lipid phosphorus studies show a pro- gressive rise in this fraction during metamorphosis. It can be noted that during the larval stage, which is a period of feeding, the lipid phosphorus content shows a marked increase indicating that the fat stores are being built up. This fact is further strengthened by the observation that the fatty acids and free fats are also being stored at this time. During the relatively inactive pupal period, there is an increase in the lipid phosphorus content but at a less rapid rate. This slower increase may be due to the fact that food intake has ceased thereby decreasing the amount of fat being transported to the depots. It is of interest to note that the lipid phosphorus con- tent is increased moderately at about the fifth and sixth days of pupal life. This increase may be correlated with a simultaneous decrease in the fatty acid content, indicating that part of the available fatty acids are being incorporated in the formation of phospholipids which act as carriers of fats to and from the depots. In this particular instance the increase in the phospholipids may be indicative of fat utilization, supplying energy directly for the histogenesis of imaginal tissues, or indirectly, through the synthesis of glycogen, which is known to increase at this time. This consideration is further sub- stantiated by the fact that toward the end of the pupal stage, an additional increase in the lipid phosphorus content occurs, thus in- dicating that fat stores are being utilized to provide energy needed for the development and differentiation of new adult tissues. SUMMARY Determinations were made on the fatty acid, cholesterol, and lipid phosphorus content of the Japanese beetles at various stages of the life cycle. 36 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII The fatty acid content was seen to increase during the first stages of metamorphosis, decrease sharply on the fifth and sixth days of pupal life and then gradually build up on the seventh day of pupal life and to diminish slightly toward the emergence of the adult. The cholesterol content was seen to increase gradually during the entire life cycle. The synthesis was distinct and progressive during the pupal period. An increase in the lipid phosphorus content was evident during metamorphosis. It is known that phospholipids act as carriers to and from the depots and hence an increase in the phospholipids is indicative of fat mobilization or utilization during metamorphosis. LITERATURE CITED Anderson, J. M. 1948. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen in the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) during metamorphosis. Physiol. Zool., 21: 237-252. BECKER, M. 1934. Wandlungen des Fettes wahrend der Metamorphose. Biochem. Zeitsch. 272: 227-234. BERGMANN, W. 1934. Fats and sterols in Bombyx mori. Jour, of Biol. Chem. 107: 527-532. BLOOR, W. R. 191 6a. The determination of cholesterol in blood. Jour, of Biol. Chem. 24: 227-231. . 1916b. The distribution of the lipids (fat) in human blood. Jour, of Biol. Chem. 25: 577-599. . 1943. Biochemistry of the fatty acids and their compounds, the lipids. Reinhold. New York. COUVREUR, E. 1895. Sur la transformation de la graisse en glycogene chez le ver a soie pendant la metamorphose. Compt. rend, de la Soc. biol. 47: 796-798. EVANS, A. C. 1932. Some aspects of chemical changes during insect meta- morphosis. Jour, of Exper. Biol. 9: 314-322. . 1934. On the chemical changes associated with metamorphosis in a beetle, Tenebrio molitor L. Jour, of Exper. Biol. 11: 397-401. FlNKEL, A. J. 1948. The lipid composition of Tenebrio molitor larva?. Physiol. Zool. 21: 111-133. FREW, J. G. H. 1929. Studies in the metabolism of insect metamorphosis, Brit. Jour, of Exper. Biol. 6: 205-218. Mar., 1954] Battista : Metabolism 37 GlRAL, F. 1946. Fats of insects. V. Sphenarium purpurascens Charpentier, Jour, of Biol. Chem. 162: 61-63. Ludwig, D., and F. Rothstein. 1949. Changes in the carbohydrate and fat content of the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica Newman, during metamorphosis. Physiol. Zool. 22: 308-317. LEVENBOOK, L. 1951. The variation in fat and glycogen content of the bot fly, Gastrophilus intestinalis, larva tracheal organ during development. Jour, of Exper. Biol. 28: 173-180. . 1953. The variation in phosphorus compounds during metamor- phosis of the blow fly, Calliphora erythrocephala Meig. Jour, of Cellular and Comp. Physiol. 41: 313-334. Pepper, J. H., and E. Hastings. 1943. Biochemical studies on the sugar beet web-worm, Loxostege sticticolis L., with special reference to the fatty acids and their relation to diapause and sterility. Mont. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 413: 1-36. Rudolfs, W. 1926. Studies on chemical changes during the life cycle of the tent caterpillar. Jour, of the New York Ent. Soc. 40: 481-488. Snell, F. D. and C. T. Snell. 1937. Colorimetric methods of analysis. Van Nostrand. New York. Terroine, E. F. 1914. Nouvelles recherches sur l’influence de l’inanition et de la suralimentation sur la teneur des tissus en substances grasses et en cholesterine. Jour, de Physiol, et de Path. gen. 16: 408-418. Wilber, C. G., and W. M. Bayors. 1947. A comparative study of the lipids in some marine annelids. Biol. Bull. 93: 99-101. Youngburg, G. E., and M. V. Youngburg. 1930. A system of blood phosphorus analysis. Jour, of Lab. and Clin. Med. 16: 159-166. 38 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII JOSEPH COOPER S PAPERS ON INSECTS During the early days many observations upon injurious insects were made by farmers. One of these observers in New Jersey was Joseph Cooper who had a farm at Cooper’s Point, Gloucester County, N. J. A keen observer, an experimenter with various farm crops, a practitioner of plant selection, a member of the Philadelphia Society for the Promotion of Agriculture, Mr. Cooper’s agricultural papers appeared in the publications of the "Philadelphia Society for the Pro- motion of Agriculture”, the "Burlington Society for the Promotion of Agriculture and Domestic Manufactures” (N.J.), "The Burlington Advertiser” (N.J.), "The Rural Visitor” (Burlington, N.J.), "Bicker- staff’s Boston Almanack, or the Federal Calendar for 1876”, etc. One of his entomological papers was upon the peach borer. This was entitled "On the nature of the worm so prejudicial to the peach tree for some years past and a method for preventing the damage in future, in a letter ... to Mr. Clifford.” This was read July 19, and is referred to in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 22, Appendix, p. 65, 1771 as ordered to be published in the "Pennsylvania Gazette” and "Pennsylvania Journal”, both weekly newspapers. Another insect paper by Mr. Cooper appeared, more than two years after being written, in the "Papers of the Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture” (1799, pp. 26-28). This was a "Letter from Mr. Joseph Cooper to William Russell, Esq., on the Hessian Fly and the Early White Wheat”, written from Cooper’s Point, New Jersey, December 30, 1796. Mr. Cooper mentions his observations on the injury to wheat in his neighborhood by the Hessian fly and recommended late sowing and the planting of "white wheat.” — H. B. Weiss. Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylid^ 39 CONCERNING THE STATUS OF ISCHYRUS GRAPHICUS LACORDAIRE, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW EROTYLID SPECIES FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: EROTYLIDAi) By W. Wayne Boyle Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Ischyrus quadripunctatus quadripunctatus (Olivier) new com- bination Erotylus quadripunctatus Olivier, 1791, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. 6: 437. Ischyrus quadripunctatus (Olivier) Lacordaire, 1842, Monogra- phic des Erotyliens, p. 127. Ischyrus quadripunctatus var. A. Lacordaire, loc. cit. Ischyrus quadripunctatus var. alabamce Schaeffer, 1931, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 26: 175. Ischyrus quadripunctatus a. antedivisa Mader, 1938, Ent. Blatter 34: 19. The variability in color pattern of this eastern Nearctic subspecies is reflected in the synonymy above. The nominate form of Olivier has the black basal elytral fascia entire, the prosternum and ptero- thorax black, and the abdomen broadly black medially with the lateral fifths red. A variant form has the basal elytral fascia inter- rupted in the humeral areas by the reddish yellow ground color, leaving a short, elongate black spot lying laterad of each humeral callus but not attaining the lateral margin, and a large, quadrate black spot medially. The color of the body below is sporadically variable. Occasional specimens from widely separated localities and belonging to either of the above forms or to their intermediates show a more or less extensive reduction of black underneath. Lacordaire placed the nominate form in his genus Ischyrus as an originally included species. At the same time, he described the variant form with the basal elytral fascia interrupted as variety A. 40 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Schaeffer described as variety alabamce aberrant specimens of the nominate form with the body below largely red. Mader rightly synonymized variety alabamce Schaeffer with quad- ripunctatus Olivier and gave the name antedivisa to Lacordaire’s variety A. Examination of some 300 specimens from over the entire range of this complex (roughly North America east of the 100th meridian) reveals the following pattern of variation: Specimens taken from the Northeast north of approximately the 37th parallel approach 90 percent constancy in having the basal elytral fascia interrupted and are thus referable to variety antedivisa Mader. From localities south of the 37th parallel in the Atlantic States, however, specimens are about equally divided between those having the fascia inter- rupted and those having the fascia entire and with all degrees of intergradation generously represented. Of the 43 specimens I have examined from peninsular Florida approximately 80 percent have the basal elytral fascia entire, and so belong to quadripunctatus Olivier, sensu stricto. In view of the immensity of the intergradation zone the north- south variation pattern appears to be essentially clinal in nature. Moreover, the clinal pattern disappears west of about the 83th meridian in the huge Mississippi drainage basin; specimens from this region are like those from the Atlantic intergrade zone in show- ing scant geographical correlation with color variation. This entire eastern North American population, therefore, is apparently at most in the stage of incipient (or vestigial) subspeciation, with foci of homogeneity in Florida and in the region embracing New York, Pennsylvania, and adjacent southern Quebec and Ontario. Crotch (1873, Cistula Ent. 1: 144.) subsequently designated Erotylus quadripunctatus Olivier type of the genus Ischyrus Lacordaire. Range: Eastern North America from Florida to southern Quebec and Ontario, New England excluded, west to approximately the 100th meridian, west of which it is not known to occur. The north- ern boundaries of the Texas Counties of Webb, Duval, Jim Wells, and Nueces and the Rio Grande River to the northwest form a Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylid^e 41 tentative line delimiting this subspecies from the one following. lschyrus quadripunctatus graphicus Lacordaire new combination Ischytus graphicus Lacordaire, 1842, Monographic des Erotyliens, p. 125. The nominate populations of Erotylus {—lschyrus) quadripunct- atus Olivier from eastern North America and lschyrus graphicus Lacordaire from Mexico are strikingly similar in both structure and color pattern. They differ, however, in the following respects: quadripunctatus has the head completely black, the pronotal apex immaculate, the prosternum entirely black and weakly compresso- carinate medio-apically, the pterothorax below completely black, and the abdomen broadly black medially and red only on the lateral fifths; graphicus has the disc of the head red, the pronotum with two small triangular black spots near the middle of the apical border, the prosternum apically red and strongly compresso-carinate medio- apically (produced into a small pitcher-like lip), and the abdominal black confined to the posterior borders of the four basal sternites but extending forward medially on each segment. Both forms ex- hibit variation in the black basal elytral fascia, this being sometimes entire and sometimes interrupted laterally so that a black spot is left in each humeral region but not touching the lateral elytral margin. The similarities of the two forms have been noted by others. G. R. Crotch, who worked very capably on the world Erotylidas dur- ing the latter half of the nineteenth century, repeatedly referred to graphicus as a possible race of quadripunctatus ; yet he never synony- mized the names. In his "Descriptions of Erotylidae from Santo Domingo” (1873, Cistula Ent. 1: 144.) Crotch says of graphicus: "These, as well as the Mexican exponents of this species, appear to be a southern form of 7. quadripunctatus with the head more or less rufous.” Three years later (t. c, p. 427.) he again says of graphicus: "Closely allied to 7. 4-punctatus, and may perhaps prove to be a red-headed southern form of it.” Material now at hand corroborates Crotch’s observation. Speci- mens from Kingsville, Kleberg County, Texas, and from Weslaco, 42 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Hidalgo County, Texas, exhibit intergradation between the two forms. These have the disc of the head red, the pronotal apex immaculate, the prosternum apically rufescent, and the abdomen with somewhat less black than that of quadripunctatus. A specimen from Rancho Presa Nueva, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, has the disc of the head red but is like quadripunctatus, otherwise. In addition to these, I have thirteen typical graphicus specimens — one from British Honduras and twelve from Costa Rica. The two subspecies display an interesting size relationship. Tak- ing the two forms together as a cline, specimens show a gradual in- crease in size from Central America northward to Quebec and On- tario (ostensibly in accordance with Bergmann’s Rule). Bearing an inverse correlation to size is the strength of the prosternal carination; the smaller specimens from any given locality always have the prosternal apex more strongly carinate than the larger specimens. The size range in terms of body length for the sixteen specimens of graphicus is 5.52-7.25 mm. (mean: 6.36). For sixteen speci- mens of quadripunctatus selected at random the range of length is 5.93-8.14 mm. (mean: 7.30). Paradoxically, two graphicus specimens from San Jose, Costa Rica, are the largest of the sixteen, while the other ten Costa Rican specimens (labelled simply "Costa Rica”) are much smaller. If not attributable to nutritional differences, this anomaly may perhaps be explained by Bergmann’s Rule, in accord- ance with which one would expect to find larger specimens of a given group at higher elevations or latitudes where temperatures are lower. If the two large specimens were taken in or near the city of San Jose, they were collected at an elevation of nearly 4000 feet; if taken not in the city but elsewhere in the province of San Jose, they may have come from a higher elevation. The three specimens from Texas and Nuevo Leon (which I assign to graphicus) are only slightly smaller than the two San Jose specimens. The data, however, are too few and the specimens too poorly distributed geographically to warrant strong conclusions regarding a size grad- ient in graphicus. Lacordaire (1842, Monographic des Erotyliens, pp. 125-128.) also recognized the similarity of the two forms, as is evidenced by his Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylid^ 43 numbering graphicus 45 and quadripunctatus 48 in his serial ar- rangement designed to indicate similarities as much as possible. It is unfortunate, however, that he selected the carination of the prosternum as the basis for dividing the genus into subsections or species groups, for by this artificial division graphicus and quadri- punctatus were placed in different subsections and considered different species. The color of the disc of the head appears to be the most stable and geographically constant of the diagnostic characters separating the two populations. Thus graphicus may be recognized by the red spot on the head. Gorham (1887, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Insecta. Coleoptera. Vol. VII, pi. 2, fig. 17.) presents a rather good colored figure of graphicus. The two black denticles near the middle of the pronotal apex are too small to show clearly, however. Measurements, in millimeters, of the 16 specimens available are as follows (the range is followed by the arithmetic mean in paren- theses): length, 5.52-7.25 (6.36); width, 2.35-3.24 (2.89); width of pronotal base, 2.07-2.90 (2.51); median pronotal length, 1.17- 1.61 (1.46); width at extremities of pronotal apical angles, 1.24-1.68 (1.50); width of head at eyes, 1.10-1.54 (1.37); interocular width of vertex, 0.58-0.85 (0.72); vertical diameter of eye, 0.49-0.62 (0.55). Range: Extreme southern Texas south through eastern Mexico into Central America and possibly into northern South America. The northern boundary of this subspecies is not sharply determinable, but the intergrade zone does not appear to be wide. According to the available evidence, the northern borders of the Texas Counties of Webb, Duval, Jim Wells, and Nueces, along with the Rio Grande River northwestward form an approximately accurate demarcation. Ischyrus chiasticus, n. sp. This form appears to be a possible subspecies of Ischyrus quadri- punctatus (Olivier), yet both in color pattern and in geographical range, so far as is known, it constitutes a distinct population. It is known from the mountains of southern Arizona and from the 44 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Mexican State of Sinaloa ( one specimen ) ; thus it apparently ranges from southern Arizona into Mexico along the Sierra Madre Occiden- tal for an unknown distance. Its closest relative, I. quadripunctatus graphicus Lacordaire, is found from extreme southern Texas south into Mexico (presumably along the Sierra Madre Oriental) and on into Central America. If intergrading populations of these two forms are eventually found, they will almost certainly occur in southern Mexico where the two cordilleras become confluent. The prairies and deserts of northern Mexico, western Texas, and southern New Mexico support few trees upon which grows the fungous food of these beetles. DIAGNOSIS: Closely related to I. quadripunctatus graphicus Lacordaire but distinguishable from it and all other North American forms by a large, black, X-shaped spot occupying the basal third of the elytra (including the scutellum and basal margin of pronotum). It seems best to describe this species in terms of a comparison of the type with the specimens of I. q. graphicus at my disposal and with I. q. quadripunctatus, the most common North American form. DESCRIPTION OF TYPE: Resembles graphicus in gross color pattern of reddish yellow and black, and more specifically as follows: The disc of the head is red; the pronotum bears two small, black triangular spots medio- apically, four circular black spots in a transverse row across the disc, and a narrow black basal border; the elytra have black submedian and basal fasciae; and the abdominal sternites are largely reddish yellow. The differences, however, are numerous and striking. In size, chiasticus is considerably larger, the length and width of the type being 7.45 and 3.45 mm. respectively as compared with maximal measurements of 7.25 and 3.24 mm. of the sixteen graphicus specimens. (Note, however, that some overlap exists in the ranges of all measurements of the two groups of specimens. ) In color pattern chiasticus differs from both q. graphicus and q. quadri- punctatus thus: The pronotal apex is narrowly bordered with black throughout its interocular extent; the basal elytral fascia is ruptured into three black spots — a large median one which is concave laterally and posteriorly, and a small comma-shaped spot filling the humeral angle of each elytron; thus, taken together, the three spots appear like the Greek letter chi or a fat 'X’ enclosed in single quotation marks (whence the trivial name); the submedian elytral fascia is wider and more weakly undulate and extends more broadly along the suture to the apex; the narrow, black peripheral border of the elytra behind the submedian fascia suddenly increases to twice its width at Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylid^ 45 a point halfway or more to the apex; the black medio-apical vitta on each elytron is absent; the elytral epipleura are nigrescent before the submedian fascia; and the prosternum, mesosternum, and lateral thirds of metasternum are red, not black. MEASUREMENTS OF TYPE (in mm.) : length, 7.45; width, 3.45; width of pronotal base, 2.97; width at extremities of pronotal apical angles, 1.77; pronotal median length, 1.73; width of head at eyes, 1.61; interocular width of vertex, 0.87; vertical diameter of eye, 0.62. type: male, collected by E. S. Ross, July 1936 [California Academy of Sciences]. type LOCALITY: Patagonia, Santa Cruz County, Arizona. PARATYPES, 26, as follows: 5, Patagonia, Ariz., July 1936 (E. S. Ross); 1, Patagonia, Ariz., Aug. 2, 1924 (E. P. Van Duzee); 3, Nogales, Ariz., Sept. 8, 1906; 1, Pepper Sauce Canyon, Santa Cata- lina Mts., Ariz., Aug. 17, 1924 (J. O. Martin); 1, Paradise, Chiri- cahua Mts., Ariz., 5000-6000 ft., Aug. 22, 1927 (J. A. ICusche); 2, Washington Mts. [Mt. Washington?], near Nogales, Ariz., Sept. 7, 1927 (J. A. Kusche); 1, Elkhorn Ranch, east side, north end Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., July 28, 1952 (H. B. Leech and J. W. Green); 1, Brown’s Canyon, Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., July 29, 1952 (H. B. Leech and J. W. Green); 4, the same, July 30, 1952; 1, Venedio [El Venadillo?], Sinaloa, Mexico [all in the Calif. Acad. Sci. Collection]; 5, Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., 1927 (O. C. Poling) [Cornell Univ.]; 1, Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Ariz., June 6, 1930 [Univ. of Calif.]. In addition to the paratypes there are two specimens in the Fall Collection at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College, from the Baboquivari Mts., Ariz., one dated June 15-30, 1923, the other Sept. 15-30, 1923. variation: The 27 specimens before me are quite uniform in color pattern and display no notable variations except perhaps in size. Measurement, in mm., of all specimens reveals the following variation ( range followed by arithmetic mean in parentheses ) : length, 6.69-8.56 (7.5 6); width, 2.90-3.80 (3.37); width of pronotal base, 2.62-3.24 (2.96); median pronotal length, 1.54-1.89 (1.72); 46 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXI1 width at extremities of pronotal apical angles, 1.56-1.84 (1.75); width of head at eyes, 1.40-1.68 (1.56); interocular width of vertex, 0.76-0.92 (0.86); vertical diameter of eye, 0.58-0.67 (0.61). No secondary sexual characters are evident. This appears true even of measurements; consequently both sexes are measured in one lot. Ischyrus aleator, n. sp. This unusual form becomes the fourth species of Ischyrus known to occur in America north of Mexico since Casey rightly restricted the genus by removing Pseudischyrus in 1916. A single male specimen is included in material kindly sent me by Mr. Hugh B. Leech from the collection of the late Dr. E. C. Van Dyke of the California Academy of Sciences. DIAGNOSIS: Bearing scant similarity to any described form, it may be recognized by the following characteristics: Each elytron bears at the base between the scutellum and humeral callus an oval, flat, declivent area which lies in the plane of the pronotum and is skirted laterally by the base of a dark median elytral vitta. The strange coloration consists of a tawny ground color ornamented by three fusco-piceous elytral vittae and a similar dark framework on the median half of the pronotum surrounding a large tawny spot shaped like the emblem of the club suit in a deck of playing cards. The trivial name (L., gambler) alludes to the latter char- acteristic. DESCRIPTION OF TYPE: COLOR: tawny or light brownish yellow, the legs and thorax below a bit darker, the following fusco-piceous: antennal club, epistoma, the periphery of a large trefoil-shaped spot of the ground color occupying median third of pronotum, a common elytral vitta along the suture including the scutellum and narrowing to the apex, a wider lateral vitta along middle of each elytron largely limited to fifth and sixth intervals and not attaining elytral apex, the lateral elytral borders, and the elytral epipleura. SHAPE: relatively depressed for an Ischyrus, length 2.3 times the width, elytral sides remarkably parallel, the body semicircularly rounded anteriorly, parabolically rounded in apical elytral three-eighths, surface of entire body and appendages with a minutely reticulate microsculpture. HEAD: inserted in pronotum to middle of eyes; vertex moderately punc- tate, the punctures approximately equal to coarse ocular facets in diameter but smaller medio-basally; epistoma faintly margined along the strongly anteriorly convergent sides, apex slightly concave, disc twice as densely punc- tate as vertex with punctures half as large; antennae as long as width of Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylid^ 47 pronotum at apical angles, the club dark, three-segmented, lax, its length 2.25 times width, segment nine equilateral-triangular, ten sublunate and wider than nine or eleven, eleven circular and one-third as wide as vertical diameter of eye, the stem tawny, more sparsely pubescent, segment three as long as four and five together; palpi a bit lighter in color than surrounding sclerites, terminal segment of maxillary palpus truncate-oval, its width equal to length of third antennal segment; mentum triangular, its basal width half again as great as median length which is equal to that of terminal segment of maxillary palpus, its disc with a small raised triangle basally which bears four or five setigerous punctures along each side. PRONOTUM: weakly convex, strongly transverse, widest sub-basally, basal width almost twice median length; sides sharply margined, subparallel basally and strongly, arcuately convergent to the obtuse, slightly produced apical angles; apex shallowly concave and finely margined behind eyes, immarginate and transverse between eyes; base truncate, immarginate, with a moderately produced, evenly rounded lobe limited to median two-fifths; basal impressions moderately strong, bearing a few basal punctures larger and shallower than those on disc; discal punctures weak on median third, suddenly stronger and similar to those of vertex on lateral thirds, densest along lateral margins. SCUTELLUM: subcordate, twice as wide as long, the base faintly, evenly concave. ELYTRA: length about 1.75 times width; base immarginate, flattened on each side between scutellum and humeral callus; sides widest and perfectly parallel for one-half their length shortly behind base, parabolically rounded in apical three-eighths; each elytron bearing seven unimpressed striae, the punctures of which are small, separated by two to three times their diameter, obsolescent apically; intervals moderately punctulate; setae, as on head and pronotum, scarcely detectable. THORAX BELOW: prothoracic venter scarcely punctulate, smooth save for a few short longitudinal furrows on prosternal process; prosternum faintly compressed, apically truncate, the process subquadrate, basally truncate, bounded laterally by weak ridges bent abruptly mesad beside anterior coxal edges; mesosternum subquadrate, smooth, weakly obtuse-angular behind; mesopleural sclerites lighter in color like abdomen, the mesepisternum only half as large as mesepimeron; metasternum with small, sparse punctures antero-laterally which become much weaker and denser medially and posterior- ly, the setae extremely tenuous but long; metepisternum vaguely lighter in color; metasternal coxal lines short, obsolescent. ABDOMEN: punctulate like middle of metasternum, the punctules denser medially and apically, setae of similar length but distinctly stronger than those of metasternum; four basal sternites with posterior borders narrowly darker in color; abdominal coxal lines raised, V-shaped, obsolescent. 48 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXli MEASUREMENTS OF TYPE (in mm.) : length, 5.80; width, 2.55; width of pronotal base, 2.30; median pronotal length, 1.20; width at extremities of pronotal apical angles, 1.43; width of head at eyes, 1.29; interocular width of vertex, 0.71; vertical diameter of eye, 0.51; width of terminal segment of maxillary palpus, 0.23. TYPE: male, taken by J. A. Kusche on June 24, 1927 [Van Dyke Collection, California Academy of Sciences]. TYPE LOCALITY: Cave Creek (7000 ft.), Chiricahua Mts., Cochise County, Arizona. PARATYPES: none. VARIATION: This type of color pattern normally lends itself to some variation; thus the median, trefoil-shaped pronotal spot may be larger or smaller or assume a different shape. Secondary sexual characters are probably not present. Mycotretus nigromanicatus, n. sp. A large New World genus, Mycotretus is rich in species through- out tropical America but has not previously been reported north of Mexico (excluding certain species erroneously assigned to it). The mountains of southern Arizona are apparently the northern ex- tremity of the range of a number of Neotropical erotylids, e.g. Hcematochiton elateroides Gorham, Scce other carbonarius Gorham, probably the present form, and perhaps others. DIAGNOSIS: The closest relative of this species cannot be determined at the present time. The unusual five-jointed antennal club and unique color pattern — a bright reddish yellow body with black scutellum and appendages — clearly distinguish it from all published descriptions. It differs structurally from all erotylids north of Mexico except Cypherotylus californicus (Lacor- daire) by having the pronotum entirely, finely margined. [The latter is a much larger black form with dirty-yellowish elytra (in life light purplish) bearing numerous black spots.] The trivial name (L., having long black sleeves) is suggested by the black appendages. DESCRIPTION OF TYPE: COLOR: bright reddish yellow, the following black or piceous: eyes, antennae, scutellum, and legs exclusive of coxae and tarsi, the palpi and tarsi fusco-testaceous; the body nitidous, essentially glabrous. Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylidze 49 SHAPE: elliptical, somewhat depressed; length 2.1 times width; widest point of body about one-third the elytral length behind base; sides evenly arcuate, slightly indented at elytral-pronotal base; ends of body equally, moderately parabolically rounded in anterior and posterior fifths. HEAD: ocular striae scarcely arched upward above eyes, extending over antennal bases; vertex moderately densely punctate, the punctures small and very shallowly impressed, suddenly deeper and sparser in a staggered row across the base; epistoma transversely hexagonal, immarginate, with the oblique latero-basal sutures piceous and unimpressed, the apex faintly angu- larly concave, the discal punctures denser but scarcely smaller than on ver- tex; eyes finely facetted, one-fifth wider than long; antennas about one- sixth longer than pronotal width at apical angles, moderately robust; the club totally carbonarius, five-segmented, its length 2.5 times width, its segments more strongly punctate-asperate and densely pubescent than those of stem; segment seven triangular, one-third wider than the longitudinally obovate sixth; ten widest; eleven transversely elliptical, one-third wider than long, its width equal to that of nine and to length of eye; stem segments piceous, minutely alutaceous; segment three one-ninth shorter than four and five together; terminal segment of maxillary palpus transversely arcuate, its apex truncate and brushless, its width twice its length and one-fifth greater than length of eye; mentum transversely subrectangular, moderately large, with a dark amber margin except basally, one-third wider than long, its width one-tenth greater than length of terminal segment of maxillary palpus; gense moderately punctate-pubescent behind, each bearing a deep, transversely arcuate indentation mesad of the hind inner angle of eye; postmandibular lobes (flanges of head capsule between eye and oral cavity) short, stout, sub-erect, scarcely half as long as eye, their anterior and lateral edges continuous in arcs which strongly converge anteriorly. PRONOTUM: weakly convex, transversely sub-trapezoidal, entirely finely margined, faintly widest one-eighth before base, the basal width 1.67 times median length; sides evenly arcuate, moderately convergent to the obtuse, somewhat rounded, weakly produced apical angles, apex transverse between apical angles and with a darker, semi-translucent border; base equal in width to elytral base, the basal lobe moderately produced; basal impres- sions extremely weak but detectable, each bearing an uneven basal row of six or seven large punctures much larger than those of disc; punctuation similar to that of vertex, the punctures slightly stronger just beyond the middle of each side, becoming smaller and denser along extreme sides and a bit smaller and sparser medially; angle pores (large punctures at pronotal angles) small, simple, lying in vertical planes. SCUTELLUM: black, one-half wider than long, base transverse; sides short, subparallel; postero-lateral edges straight, forming a sharp, slightly ob- tuse angle apically. 50 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII ELYTRA: approximately one-half longer than wide; bases margined, the submarginal striole interrupted by several irregularly spaced punctures; widest point one-third from base; sides rather evenly, weakly arcuate, the common apex parabolically rounded in the ultimate two-fifths; each elytron bearing seven unimpressed striae plus a weak and basally incomplete eighth; strial punctures moderate, much stronger than those of pronotal disc, mostly sep- arated by a little more than their diameters; intervals rather densely punc- tulate, the punctules closer together than strial punctures; setae hardly detectable. THORAX BELOW : prothoracic venter smooth, scarcely punctulate; pros- ternum apically truncate, weakly compressed, the process with four or five small punctures, limited laterally by straight ridges which extend along inner edges of coxae and diverge a bit posteriorly to the shallowly concave base; mesosternum with median disc subquadrate, scarcely wider than long, smooth; mesopleural sclerites exhibiting strong, minutely reticulate micro- sculpture; metathorax smooth, with very sparse, minute punctules and setae; metasternal coxal lines long, extending two-thirds the distance to metasternal lateral margins. LEGS: piceous-black excepting coxae and tarsi (of the forelegs only the coxae and left trochanter are present); the coxae narrowly separated, the middle ones separated by a distance equal to width of middle femora, the front and hind pairs by two-thirds as much. ABDOMEN: almost glabrous and smooth but sparsely, minutely punc- tulate-pubescent; basal sternite with a small median patch of denser punc- tules and setae; the punctules becoming a little stronger and denser apically, especially on apical half of ultimate sternite; abdominal coxal lines weak but distinct, forming straight-line continuations of inner edges of hind coxae and extending obliquely backward more than halfway across basal sternite. MEASUREMENTS OF TYPE (in mm.): length, 4.83; width, 2.30; width of pronotal base, 2.00; median pronotal length 1.20; width at extremities of pronotal apical angles, 1.27; width of head at eyes, 1.20; interocular width of vertex, 0.85; horizontal diameter of eye, 0.30; width of terminal segment of maxillary palpus, 0.36. type: male, collected by Witmer Stone, July 19, 1919 [Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Type no. 10701]. TYPE LOCALITY: Pinery Canyon (6000 ft.), Chiricahua Mts., Cochise County, Arizona. PARATYPES: none. Variation: The small patch of denser punctures and seta? on Mar., 1954] Boyle : Erotylid/E 51 the middle of the basal abdominal sternite may be a secondary sexual character of the male — such a phenomenon occurs in Cypherotylus calif ornicus ( Lacordaire ) . Dacne cyclochilus, n. sp. The late Dr. E. A. Schwarz of the U. S. National Museum recog- nized this form as an undescribed species; several specimens in different collections have been found bearing his manuscript name. It is, indeed, the most distinctive of the four unchallenged New World species, all of which occur in the United States. DIAGNOSIS: closely related to picea Leconte from which it differs in several respects — in the elytral punctuation tending toward linear arrange- ment, in the more attenuate bodily form, and especially in the nature of the epistoma. The transversely elliptical epistoma, with its sides deflected, and the transverse, entire suture separating it from the frontal region between the antennal insertions serve to distinguish this species at once from the other American members of the genus. DESCRIPTION OF TYPE: COLOR: dark reddish brown, somewhat piceous along the suture and elytral sides and on pterothorax below; moderately nitidous. SHAPE: elongate-elliptical, narrow, rather depressed for a Dacne; length 2.33 times width, with widest point of body one-third the elytral length behind base; sides gently, evenly arcuate; the body semicircularly rounded in anterior twelfth, more tapering or parabolically rounded in posterior fourth. HEAD: ocular striae extending over antennal insertions; entire upper sur- face with a minutely reticulate microsculpture (the same present and equally strong on body below, less distinct on pronotum and elytra); vertex sparsely punctate, the punctures small, somewhat denser laterally; epistoma trans- versely elliptical (whence the trivial name: Gk., round lip), twice as wide as long, separated from frontal region by an entire, very fine but distinct suture, the sides strongly declivent, immarginate, somewhat rounded; episto- mal punctures denser, not smaller than those of vertex, the setae more distinct; antennae about one-tenth longer than width of pronotum at apical angles, moderately robust, the club four-segmented, not very compact, its length twice the width; segment eight obconical or triangular and one-fifth wider than seven, hence belonging to club even though only half as wide as nine; segment eleven transversely elliptical, its width 0.85 the length of eye; stem with a few short yellow setas; segment three one-fifth shorter than four and five together, five to seven moniliform, subequal in size; mentum strongly transverse, its width four times median length and equal to width of terminal antennal segment, its apex suddenly acuminate medially. 52 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII PRONOTUM: weakly convex, relatively depressed as in picea, transversely subrectangular, widest basally; basal width 1.58 times median length; sides straight and weakly convergent anteriorly in basal four-fifths, arcuately more strongly convergent in apical fifth; lateral marginal beads in lateral view scarcely increasing in thickness anteriorly (not strongly so as in picea); apical angles acute, not strongly produced, not quite equalled by the weakly convex and bilobed, immarginate apex when the four pronotal angles are in equal focus (resembling picea in this respect and differing from calif ornica (Horn) and quadrimaculata (Say) in both of which the apex considerably surpasses the apical angles); base slightly narrower than elytral base, entirely, finely margined; basal lobe narrower and somewhat more strongly produced than apex; basal impressions absent; punctuation moderate, the punctures shallow, flat-bottomed but sharply incised, their diameters equal to about half the basal width of third antennal segment, mostly separated by once to twice their diameters, becoming slightly larger and considerably denser laterally; pubescence weak, the setas only slightly exceeding the punctures. SCUTELLUM : one-fourth wider than long, the sides moderately con- vergent anteriorly, apex arcuately rounded, disc rather densely punctulate. ELYTRA: three-fourths longer than wide, widest one-third from base; sides equally, somewhat arcuately convergent anteriorly and posteriorly for one-third elytral length from widest point, the common apex sharply, para- bolically rounded in the remaining third; elytral bases distinctly margined, the submarginal striole interrupted by several irregularly spaced punctures; elytral punctures small, their diameters about one-half those of pronotal punctures, likewise flat-bottomed and sharply incised, definitely tending to form straight rows, becoming obsolescent apically; strial and interval punctures forming alternating rows, the former a bit larger and partly underlain by piceous spots, setae small, silvery, and decumbent but exceeding the punctures by perhaps half the diameter thereof; reflected light shows the first and second striae to be faintly impressed and the disc to bei rugulose with fine transverse cracks between punctures. THORAX BELOW: pronotal epipleura coarsely punctate, the epimeral area longitudinally rugose; prosternum likewise coarsely punctate with the punc- tures partially confluent in the episternal areas, evenly convex, the apex truncate, the process sparsely punctulate, limited laterally by low, arcuate ridges which do not extend cephalad of the coxae to form prosternal lines, strongly widening basally, the base weakly arcuately concave; setae short, not exceeding punctures; mesosternum with median disc narrowest poster- iorly, the width here about half again the median length, anteriorly weakly convex, moderately punctulate, the lateral wings more coarsely punc- tate-asperate; mesopleural sclerites scarcely punctate, strongly corrugated in microsculpture; metasternum coarsely punctate laterally, the punctures be- coming smaller medially and obsolescent posteriorly, densest antero-medially; Mar, 1954] Boyle : Erotylid^ 53 the setae distinct, exceeding punctures by as much as two to three times their diameters; metasternal coxal lines entirely absent; metepisterna coarsely punc- tate, the punctures partially confluent, the setae shorter than on metasternum. LEGS: of typical conformation for the genus but, like those of picea, less robust than in californica and quadrimaculata, the ratio of length to width of hind femora being nearer 3 : 1 than 2:1 as in the latter two species. ABDOMEN: rather densely punctate, the punctures stronger latero-basally, becoming smaller medially and apically and much denser apically; setae cor- respondingly dense, their size uniform and similar to that of metasternal setae; abdominal coxal lines extremely short, raised, acuminate. MEASUREMENTS OF TYPE (in mm.) : length, 2.90; width, 1.24; width of pronotal base, 1.01; median pronotal length, 0.64; width at extremities of pronotal apical angles, 0.74; width of head at eyes, 0.67; interocular width of vertex, 0.48; horizontal diameter of eye, 0.18. TYPE: female, taken by Hubbard and Schwarz on June 28 [U. S. National Museum Type no. 61978]. The female genital tube in this genus appears to show diagnostic specific characters, hence the se- lection of a female type. TYPE LOCALITY: Alta, Salt Lake County, Utah. paratypes, 174, as follows: 74, Alta, Utah, June 28 (Hubbard and Schwartz) [U. S. Nat. Mus.]; the following 16 also from Alta, Utah: 6 [Brooklyn Museum Collection, U. S. Nat. Mus.]; 4 [U. S. Nat. Mus.]; 4 [Hamilton Collection, Carnegie Mus.]; 1 [A. Fenyes Collection, Calif. Acad. Sci.] ; 1 [R. Hopping Collection, Calif. Acad. Sci.]; 6, Brightons, Utah, July 18 (Hubbard and Schwarz) [U. S. Nat. Mus.]; 1, Logan Canyon, Utah, June 30, 1948 (S. L. Wood) [Utah State Agric. College]; 6, Salt Lake City, Utah, July 21 [H. Klages Collection, Carnegie Mus.]; 61, Utah, July 19 [U. S. Nat. Mus.J; 4, Mt. Shasta, Calif., 8000 ft., July 1914 [Blaisdell Collection, Calif. Acad. Sci.]; 6, Mt. Shasta, Calif., July 15, 1941 (W. B. Cook) [Calif. Acad. Sci.]. VARIATION: The entire transverse suture at the epistomal base is difficult to see in some specimens; careful orientation of the specimen to the light, however, always admits of its detection. The length ranges from 2.48 to 3.31 mm., and the color varies from yellow in the tenerals to piceous in the older specimens. No sec- ondary sexual characters have been found. 54 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII "TULANE STUDIES IN ZOOLOGY”, A NEW PERIODICAL The above is the title of a new journal, devoted primarily to the zoology of the Gulf of Mexico and bordering region, and published by Tulane University of Louisiana, New Orleans, under the editor- ship of George Henry Penn. According to the announcement it was started to encourage the publication of papers on the zoology of the Gulf Coastal area. Each number will contain an individual paper and will be issued separately. Contributors need not be mem- bers of the Tulane University faculty. Volume 1, Number 1, dated June 1, 1953, (8 pages), contains a paper entitled "On a New Genus and Species of Mysid from Southern Louisiana, (Crustacea).” Other papers accepted for future publication in Volume 1, range from 8 to 24 pages each and deal with lizards, salamanders and crawfishes. As nothing is said to the contrary it is assumed that entomological papers will be accepted if they deal with species of the Gulf Coastal area and are accepted by the editor and his editorial committe. Al- though separate numbers of this publication may be purchased by individuals, subscriptions are not accepted and it will be distributed almost entirely in exchange for other biological publications.— H.B.W. Mar., 1954] Brown: Ants 55 THE NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE ANT GENUS STRUMIGENYS FR. SMITH: GROUP OF SALIENS MAYR By William L. Brown, Jr. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University This is part of a continuing revision of the New World species of the dacetine ant genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith. Previous parts may be found in this Journal (Vol. 61, pp. 53-59 and 101-110. 1953); these contain explanations of the abbreviations for measure- ments and indices used in all sections. Other sections are under press or being prepared; the final section will include a key to the workers of all species of the genus of the Western Hemisphere. The present section deals with two species surely belonging to the mandibularis series: S. saliens Mayr and S. borgmeieri n. sp., and a third, S. trinidadensis Wheeler, that may be regarded as a connecting form between the mandibularis series and the group of species related to S. hindenburgi Forel. For the present, the three species saliens, borgmeieri, and trinidadensis may be considered to make up the saliens group. S. saliens itself appears to be inter- mediate in many respects between two mandibularis series groups: the group of smithii Forel and the group of cordovensis Mayr. Strumigenys saliens Mayr Strumigenys saliens Mayr, 1887, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 37: 574, worker, female (original description). ? Emery, 1890, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 22: pi. 7, fig. 1, worker. ( Nec Wheeler, 1916, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 60: 326; 1922, Amer. Mus. Novit. 45: 12; Trinidad records based on a damaged example of S. trinidadensis in MCZ). Strumigenys saliens var. procera Emery, 1894, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 26: 215, pi. 1, fig. 9, female. NEW SYNONYMY. Strumigenys saliens var. angusticeps Forel, 1912, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 56 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LX1I 19: 198, worker. NEW SYNONYMY. WORKER: TL 3. 5-4.1, HL 0.81-0.95, ML 0.50-0.60, WL 0.82-0.97 mm.; Cl 69-77, MI 60-65. Measurements made on 4 cotype workers of S'. saliens, 3 cotype workers of var. angusticeps, and 31 other workers. At least 12 nest series from southeastern Brazil and northeastern Argentina are represented. In most general characters, this species is intermediate between the smithii and cordovensis groups of the mandibularis series. Emery’s figure of 1890 illustrates satisfactorily the head shape and mandibular dentition as seen in the saliens types, but this figure exaggerates the relative length of the mandibles to a marked degree. Normal variation in this species is moderate, chiefly involving the size and spacing of the two slender preapical teeth; the distal of these two teeth usually near the apical fifth of ML, its length ^4 of less that of the dorsal tooth of apical fork; proximal pre- apical tooth as long as or shorter than the distal. The preapical teeth are separated by a distance equalling their lengths or slightly more. The normal dentitional variation includes forms like that of the female described as var. procera by Emery, and there seems to be no good reason to retain a separate name for Emery’s variant at this time. (The types of Forel’s var. angusticeps match the saliens types very closely in all characters, and it seems that Forel drew non-existent distinctions.) The apical fork of the mandible has the dorsal tooth slender, 0.10 to 0.13 mm. long, slightly longer than its ventral mate. An intercalary tooth present, large and spiniform, ca. 34 the length of the dorsal tooth. General plan of alitrunk as in cordovensis and smithii, but the propodeal declivity steeper and more sharply angled against the gently but distinctly convex propodeal dorsum. Upper and lower propodeal teeth on a single side remote, slender, acute, somewhat elevated, joined at their extreme bases only by a very low, concave, cariniform lamella; upper pair of teeth longer than lowers and usually about half as long as the distance between the centers of their bases, seen from above. Petiolar peduncle slender, about as long as its node. Seen from above, free portion of node (including anterior slope) more or less approximately as long as broad. Midventral spongiform band rather uniform in depth, fairly well developed. Node distinct, with a sloping but convex anterior face, evenly rounded above and with only the posterodorsal and posterolateral surfaces covered by the spongiform band. Postpetiolar node transversely ovate, ca. 1.4 times as broad as long (average); disc decidedly convex, densely punctulate, opaque, with a few feeble rugulae, its spongiform appendages well developed, but less so than in smithii. Gastric costulae few, weak, widely spaced and never extending more than 1/5 the length of the first tergite; usually much shorter, and in some series Mar., 1954] Brown: Ants 57 reduced to indistinct vestiges. Body largely densely reticulo-punctulate, opaque; gaster and lower mesopleura smooth and shining. Pilosity much as in smithii. Color rather uniform medium ferrugineous, appendages lighter; internidal variation slight. FEMALE: a specimen from the type series, now in the British Museum, was kindly measured by Mr. G E. J. Nixon; I have also measured 4 additional specimens from Brazilian localities. Examples from Nova Petropolis most resemble Emery’s figure of var. procera. TL 4. 2-4. 5, HL 0.88-0.93, ML 0.50-0.53, WL 0.99-1.02 mm.; Cl 73-82, MI 57-61; forewing L 3 mm. or slightly more. Eyes very large and convex. Mesonotum evenly and densely punctulate, with a feeble median sulcus and a few long, posteriorly-inclined hairs. Nearly all of mesopleura smooth and shining. Petiolar node broader than long and flattened obliquely from in front and above, as in the smithii worker, but a little less extreme. Color much as in worker. Forewing venation: Rs+M and M distal to this lacking, as are also cu-a and m-cu. Rs weak; rest of venation fairly well preserved. Posterior wing with four hamuli. Male unknown to me. Material studied: BRAZIL: Santa Caterina : Blumenau (Hetschko), s aliens cotypes [syntypes] [Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien; British Museum (Natural History); D. Zoologia, Sao Paulo; MCZ; USNM]. Blumenau (F. Muller). Nova Teutonia (F. Plaumann). Hamonia (Leuderwaldt) . Parana: Rio Negro (Reichensperger) , two series. Rio Grande do Sul: Nova Petropolis (P. Buck). Rio de Janeiro (State and District): Rio (Goldi), cotypes of var. angusticeps [syntypes] [Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva; MCZ]. Pico Tijuca; Corcovado (H.S. Lopes). The type of var. procera [not studied; in Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genova] came from Novo Friburgo (collector un- known). ARGENTINA: Misiones: Loreto (A. Ogloblin). So far, S. saliens has been collected only in southeastern Brazil and the Parana Basin. It nests in (and beneath the bark of) rotten logs, according to the scanty collecting data available. S. saliens is readily distinguished from allied species by means of its fairly large size, pro- portions of head and mandibles, its distinctive propodeal armament with reduced infradental lamellae, and the shape and sculpture of its postpetiolar disc. Strumigenys borgmeieri, n. sp. WORKER: With the general characters of the smithii, saliens and cordovensis 58 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII groups of the mandibularis series, but differing from all in its much narrower head, tapered mandibles with apically crowded preapical dentition, different form of petiolar and postpetiolar nodes and spongiform appendages, different pilosity pattern and in its generally very slender body build. TL 3.3, HL 0.74, ML 0.52, WL 0.77 mm.; Cl 65, MI 67. Head evenly con- vex above, narrow, occipital lobes narrowly rounded behind and only gently convex laterally; posterior excision semicircular, deep. Eyes moderately large, convex, laterally oriented. Clypeus triangular, with gently arcuate anterior border; tumulus low and round, placed just anterior to the center of the clypeal disc. Antennal scape 0.51 mm. long, very slightly curved, very gently incrassate away from the base, the thickest point between the midlength and apex. Funiculus 0.81 mm. long, apical segment (V) 0.37 mm. long, seg- ment IV 0.20 mm. long, segment II longer than III, II + III about equal to the length of I (0.12 mm.). Mandibles straight and slender, inner borders parallel when closed; ex- ternal borders drawn in slightly at their insertions, thickest just distad of the insertions, and from this point the shafts are evenly tapered to their apices. Elements of dentition of the same number and general relationships as in saliens and the other mandibularis series species, all teeth slender and spiniform. Dorsal and ventral teeth of apical fork approximately equal (ca. 0.06 mm.), intercalary tooth closest to the ventral tooth and about 2/3 its length. Distal preapical tooth about 4/5 the length of the dorsal apical and separated from it by a distance very slightly greater than the length of the latter (0.06-0.07 mm.). The entire apical and preapical armament is crowded into scarely more than the apical fifth of the exposed mandibular length. The proximal pre- apical tooth slightly shorter than the distal preapical and separated from the latter by about its own length (0.04-0.05 mm.). Oblique seta? of inner mandibular borders, found in the other mandibularis series species, are also well developed in borgmeieri. Labral lobes very small, tuberculiform. Alitrunk much as in smithii, but much more slender and with a less pro- nounced metanotal groove and constriction; dorsum of propodeum only very feebly convex. Seen from above, anterior pronotal margin distinct and carinate, entire, evenly and rather narrowly rounded; humeral angles undeveloped, their piligerous tubercles inconspicuous. Median dorsal pronotal carina and pro- mesonotal suture obsolete. Propodeal lamella? small, translucent, forming upper and lower short, apically rounded teeth, the lowers slightly the larger; lamella connecting upper tooth with lower tooth moderately excised. Petiole with a distinct, dorsally rounded node and a tapered peduncle sub- equal to it in length. The node is long-oval seen from above; maximum width about 0.15 mm. A thin, even longitudinal band and two tiny trans- parent rounded lobes one on each side of the band posteriorly complete the ventral petiolar spongiform vestiture; the node is free above and laterally, with only a very narrow, raised, collar-like flange of thin, stiff translucent Mar., 1954] Brown: Ants 59 material around the posterodorsal border which widens slightly on each side behind to form thin posterolateral lobes. Postpetiole muffin-shaped, basically much as in saliens; the disc strongly convex, subcircular in outline seen from above, slightly broader than long, continuously marginate along the sides and behind. A thin, transparent lamelliform band running around below the posterior border of the disc, confluent ventrolaterally on each side with a large, dependent, subacute, vesicular leaflike lobe of thin, transparent lamellar material. First gastric sternite anteriorly with a low half-ring of spongiform tissue. A very narrow, thin, arching lamelliform band along the anterior discal border. Body finely and densely reticulo-punctulate, opaque; funiculi, much of legs, mandibles, and postpetiolar disc with feebler sculpture, subopaque. Gaster smooth and shining, basally with about 15 distinct and well spaced costulas extending about 1/6 the length of the basal gastric tergite. Body proper clothed abundantly with fairly short but conspicuous, strongly spatulate hairs, disposed as follows: dorsum of head including clypeus covered, the hairs subreclinately curved anteriorly. 7-8 slender ones directed apically along the anterior border of each scape. Promesonotum with hairs like those of the head, but not so conspicuous, and curved medially. A row, curved pos- teriorly, along each side of the propodeal dorsum. Posterior surfaces of both nodes each with a conspicuous patch, suberect and posteriorly curved. Dorsum of gaster, except for an anterior partially nude area, with a conpicuous, spaced clothing of slender, appressed spatulate hairs, their apices directed posteriad. In addition to the ground pilosity, there are three pairs of longer, erect clavate hairs, flattened apically, one pair on the vertex and one pair each on the humeri and at the anterior fifth of the center of gastric segment I. Most surfaces of mandibles, legs, antennae, and underside of head with a dense vestiture of short, narrowly spatulate or simple hairs, mostly subappressed or appressed. Apex and venter of gaster with a few long, erect subflagellate hairs. Color medium ferrugineous, slightly on the yellowish side, the head very slightly darker than alitrunk; gaster medium red-brown, slightly darker than rest of body. Holotype a unique worker in the collection of Father Thomaz Borgmeier, Jacarepagua, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, collected at Tapera, Pernambuco, Brazil (Pickel). Nothing is known concerning the biology of this very distinct species. Strumigenys trinidadensis Wheeler Strumigenys trinidadensis Wheeler, 1922, Amer. Mus. Novit. 45: 12, worker (original description). 60 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Strumigenys saliens, Wheeler, 1916 and 1922, nec Mayr; see under S. saliens synonymy above. Worker: TL 3 .4-3.8, HL 0.78-0.83, ML 0.52-0.56, WL 0.80-0.88 mm.; Cl 78-82, MI 66-69. Measurements are from 12 specimens representing six localities and at least that many nests. Quantitative internidal variation virtual- ly absent. A check inspection of a larger series from the same nests showed no variation in absolute measurements beyond the cited extremes. The holo- type, though damaged, is a representative specimen toward the upper end of the size range. This species is intermediate in general charactistics between the mandibularis series and the hindenburgi-emeryi series. The head is somewhat depressed, with prominent occipital lobes and a large occipital excision. The eyes are large and convex and directed predominantly laterad. Mandibles nearly straight, but with convex outer borders, narrowed just at insertions, thickest just apicad of insertions, and tapered from there to apex. A single reduced intercalary tooth present as a reclinate spur on the inner side of the ventral tooth of the apical fork. Preapical teeth two, small and widely spaced; distal preapical tooth near the apical quarter of the ML, proximal a bit apicad of mid-ML. Distal preapical tooth uually about 1/3 or less the length of the dorsal apical tooth, proximal even shorter, but both teeth fully distinct even at low magnifications, and both acute. Scapes long, slender, very nearly straight, slightly incrassate near base and gently tapering toward apex. Humeri angulate and tuberculate; promesonotal suture marked by a distinct semicircular carina; median promesonotal carina strong. Region centering on metanotal groove deeply impressed. Propodeal teeth long, slender, acute, in- clined, the upper pair as long as or slightly longer than the distance between the centers of their bases and only slightly longer than the lower pair. Lamella between upper and lower teeth of a single side reduced to a low, concave carina, much as in saliens. Petiolar peduncle long, slender, as long as or slightly longer than node; node long, low, rounded above, its free part longer than broad. Of petiolar appendages, the ventral band is reduced to a narrow sliver; posterodorsal collar fairly well developed, its lateral portions with heavily sclerotized central pads. Postpetiole slightly broader than long; disc convex; spongiform appendages fairly well developed, the lateral pads with sclerotized darker portions in the centers. Head, alitrunk and both nodes densely reticulo-punctulate and opaque, the dorsal surfaces mostly with weak overlying rugulation. Basal segment of gaster entirely and very densely and finely longitudinally striolate, silky-opaque. Apical segments and venter of gaster smooth and shining, with minute, spaced piliger- ous punctulae. Ground pilosity of head, including border pilosity of clypeus and scapes, con- sisting of small and inconspicuous, more or less reclinate, narrow-spatulate Mar., 1954] Brown: Ants 61 hairs. A pair of longer erect spatulate hairs in front of occipital excision. Paired long flagellate hairs found : one pair on lateral occipital borders, one pair on humeri, one pair bilaterally on mesonotum. Numerous long flagellate hairs erect on both nodes, becoming very abundant and crowded on the gas- ter, venter as well as dorsum. Color uniform ferrugineous yellow. Male (a specimen taken with workers at Tumupasa, Bolivia) : TL 3.0, HL 0.55, WL 0.94, forewing L 2.6, greatest eye diameter 0.29 mm.; Cl 112 (HW including eyes is 0.62 mm.). Straightline exposed length of a single mandible about 0.11 mm. Eyes very large, bulging, distant from mandibular insertions by about the mandibular length. Mesothorax bulky, dorsum flat, notaulices distinct anteriorly only; parapsidal furrows distinct. Scutum with longitudinal rugulation superimposed on reticulate ground sculpture. Upper propodeal teeth represented by subrectanglar projections subtended by gently concave lamelliform carinae. Petiole claviform, node low and poorly differentiated from its peduncle, the dorsal surface of which slopes evenly and gradually up to the nodal summit. Postpetiole broader than long, disc convex. Both nodes with small but dense paired subspongiform pads in the posterolateral and posteroventral positions. Gaster feebly and indefinitely striate at extreme base; otherwise, like the nodes and most of the thoracic pleura, smooth and shining. Pilosity general and fairly abundant, of moderate- and medium-length fine, curved simple hairs, reclinate to inclined erect, not conspicuous. Wings densely covered with brownish microtrichia. Veins of forewing with Rs+M obsolete, Mf3.4 obsolescent, Rs very weak and indefinite. Hamuli of hindwing 5. Yellowish ferrugineous except for head and median section of scutum, which are blackish-brown. The mandibles, as in other species, are much reduced; nevertheless, the acute apices are barely capable of being opposed at their extreme tips. The inner borders are nearly straight, outer borders convex, blades tapered to very acute apices. Genitalia of a second specimen from the same (Tumupasa) series have been dissected, and a figure of the volsella will be presented in another part of this revision. The genitalia are in the usual strumigenite pattern, and were fully retracted in the present cabinet specimens. The holotype of S. trinidadensis [MCZ] is a damaged specimen from Port of Spain, Trinidad (R. Thaxter). Another damaged speci- men with the same data as the holotype is also in the MCZ; this is the specimen Wheeler thought to be S. saliens. 62 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIi Other material studied: Trinidad: Mt. Tucuche (P.J. Darlington). Brazil: Recife (Lima-Castro) . Tapera, Pernambuco (Pickel). Bolivia: Cachuela Esperanza, Rio Beni (W. M. Mann). Tumupasa (Mann). The range of this species, formerly thought to be confined to Trini- dad, is now shown to be very extensive on the South American main- land. Probably collecting in central Brazil will show it to be a com- mon species in many localities. We have no information regarding its nesting habits or ecological preferences within its known range. With its densely striolate gastric dorsum and dense, long, fine, erect, flagellate gastric pilosity, this species resembles a few other New World forms: bindenburgi Forel, marginiventris Santschi and lanuginosa Wheeler, but it differs from all of these in details of man- dibular form and dentition, propodeal armament and other features. S. bindenburgi has the same dental formula in general, but in this species the mandibles are inserted much closer together and the pro- ximal preapical tooth is reduced to a very small denticle; furthermore, bindenburgi has a broad lamellate margin along each dorsal scrobe border, lacking in trinidadensis. The mandibles of trinidadensis are basically those of the mandibularis series, although the relatively re- duced status of the proximal preapical tooth may cause some confusion when the species has to be contrasted with forms having this tooth really drastically reduced and denticuliform. Mar., 1954] Schneirla : Social Insects 63 INTERNATIONAL UNION FOR THE STUDY OF SOCIAL INSECTS The number of scientists interested in the investigation of prob- lems concerning the social insects, and the variety of interests among these individuals, have increased sufficiently to create a demand for an international organization to coordinate their efforts and facili- tate the study of such problems. After a preliminary meeting at the 1951 International Congress of Entomology in Amsterdam, the organization of national branches proceeded in France, Germany, Italy, the United States, and other countries. The International Union through which these branches are now associated has its office in Paris, 105 Boulevard Raspail, at the laboratory of Dr. Pierre-P. Grasse, who is President of the international organization. The principal objective of the International Union is to encourage the scientific study of problems concerning the social insects includ- ing all phases of their biology, ecology, taxonomy, and behavior, and to facilitate the exchange of evidence and ideas in this general field through conferences and appropriate publications. The organization will thus foster communication within a large and heterogeneous international body of scientists interested in the social insects and related forms. Previously, articles published on subjects cognate to the social insects have been scattered through a considerable number of highly diversified journals, and integration has been corresponding- ly limited among the interested investigators and students themselves. An introductory BULLETIN of three numbers was published in France during 1953 and issued to members through the Paris office. Beginning in 1954 an illustrated journal of 320 pages entitled "In- sectes Sociaux” will be published by Masson and issued in an annual volume of quarterly numbers. Subscriptions to this journal may be arranged through Stechert-Hafner, 31 East 10 Street, New York. Two international symposia on the social insects have been spon- sored by this organization and a third one is to be held in conjunc- tion with the next International Congress of Entomology. The North 64 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII American branch sponsored symposia at the meetings of the Ento- mological Society of America in Philadelphia in 1952 and in Los Angeles in 1953, and further ones will be held. Comparable con- ferences are organized periodically by the other national branches. Those who are seriously interested in the scientific study of prob- lems pertaining to the social insects may apply to the Secretary of the North American branch, Dr. Robert E. Gregg, Department of Zoology, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, for membership application blanks. Members of the organization, in consideration of a modest annual dues payment, receive the ''Notes and News” section of the journal. The North American branch invites the interest of prospective members in Canada, Central America, Mexico and rhe United States. — T. C. Schneirla, Chairman, North American branch, I. U. S. S. I. The The New York Entomological Society The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 P. M., in the AMERICAN MUSEUM OF Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. i’ 'Y ri 1 j 4 y L Officers for the Year 1954 President, DR. LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History Vice-President , DR. ROMAN VISHNIAC 219 W. 81st St., N. Y. 24, N. Y. Secretary, DR. LOUIS S. MARKS 74 Main St., Tuckahoe, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, DR. FREDERICK H. RINDGE American Museum of Natural History Treasurer, DR. JOHN REHN 90 Church St., N. Y. C., N. Y. Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE . . American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Associate Editor, HERBERT F. SCHWARZ .... American Museum of Natural History E. W. Teale E. Irving Huntington TRUSTEES Dr. Alexander B. Klots ‘ 1 Dr. Mont A. Cazier Dr. James Forbes Frank A. Soraci PUBLICATION COMMITTEE E. W. Teale Herbert F. Schwarz Dr. James Mullen Dr. Lucy Clausen PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Roman Vishniac Dr. James Mullen FIELD COMMITTEE Dr. T. C. Schneirla DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF Herbert F. Schwarz SCIENCES ■jp y: ' A ' . JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by United Printing Services, Inc., 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. All communications re- lating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allentown, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to the Treasurer, Dr. John Rehn, 90 Church St., New York City, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following rates: 4 pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 24pp. 32pp. 25 copies $4.56 $ 9.90 $10.38 $10.38 $16.39 $18.01 50 copies 4.91 10.72 11.40 11.40 18.34 19.52 Additional 100’s . . 1.26 2.95 3-90 3-90 5.66 6.08 Covers 50 copies, $6.08; additional 100’s, $3.62. Half-tone prints: 2 cents for each half-tone print. Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when advisable. voi. lxii No. 2 JUNE, 1954 Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. W. TEALE JAMES MULLEN Subscription $5.00 per Year CONTENTS The Spider Genera Episinus and Spintharus from North America, Central America and the West Indies (Araneae: Theridiidae) By Herbert W. Levi 65 Notes on the Bumble-Bee (Bombus fervidus Fabricius) and Its Chromosomes By Roy M. Whelden 91 New Arrangements for Journal . . . 98 A New Arachisothrips from Argentina By J. Douglas Hood 99 Insects for Sale in New York City before 1800 104 Exhibits of Insects in New York City before 1800 . 104 Redescription of Discothyrea testacea Roger, A Little- Known North American Ant, with Notes on the Genus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) By Marion R. Smith and Merle W. Wing 105 An Annotated List of the Butterflies and Skippers of Cuba (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) By Salvador Luis de la Torre y Callejas 113 NOTICE: Volume LXII, Number 1, of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on October 29, 1954. Published Quarterly for the Society By United Printing Services, Inc. 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Mu- seum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at New Haven, Conn., under the Act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in the Act of Feb- ruary 28, 1925, embodied in Paragraph (d-2) Section 34.40 P. L. & R. of 1948. JOURNAL OF THE New York Entomological Society Vol. LXII June, 1954 No. 2 THE SPIDER GENERA EPISINUS AND SPINTHARUS FROM NORTH AMERICA, CENTRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES (ARANEAS: THERIDIIDAE) By Herbert W. Levi University of Wisconsin, Extension Center, Wausau, Wisconsin The cooperation and help of a number of individuals have made possible the revision of these two genera of combfooted spiders. Dr. W. J. Gertsch, Curator of Spiders of the American Museum of Natural History, generously loaned the large collection of Episinus and Spintharus under his care, and offered many greatly appreciated suggestions and other aids. Additional specimens were loaned by the late Miss E. B. Bryant and Dr. P. J. Darlington of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Dr. R. V. Chamberlin of the University of Utah, Dr. H. Dietrich of Cornell University, and Dr. B. J. Kaston of the Connecticut Teachers College in New Britain. For the gift of specimens from Dr. H. Wiehle of Dessau, Germany, I am deeply grateful. I also owe many thanks to Mrs. C. Crocker who helped in providing library material and to my wife who helped in all parts of the work. All measurements given are the maximum (excluding spines) for the respective parts. The drawings are of the left palpi. All types are deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. Episinus Latreille Episinus Latreille, 1809, Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum 4: 371. Genotype: Episinus truncatus Latreille. 10m9 66 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Janulus Thorell, 1881, Ann. Mus. Genova 17: 163. Genotype: Janulus bicornis Thorell, 1881. New synonymy. ? Episinopsis Simon, 1894, Hist. Nat. Araignees 1: 522. Genotype: Episinopsis rhomboidalis Simon, 1894. (Probably should be united with Episinus; however, the type could not be consulted.) Janula Strand, 1932, Folia zool. hydrobiol. 4: 139. (To replace Janulus which has been used by Lowe, 1852, for a mollusk.) New synonymy. Medium sized to small theridiid spiders. Carapace longer than wide. Height of carapace about one-third to one-half its width. Thoracic region usually slightly higher than eye region, or of equal height. Species of larger size have a deep, wide, median longitudinal depression in thoracic region. Frequently in species of smaller size there is a characteristic pair of tubercles between anterior and posterior median eyes (figs. 40, 42, 43). Anterior eye row straight, . slightly recurved or procurved as seen from in front, posterior row straight or slightly recurved as seen from above. Median eyes closer to laterals than to each other. Lateral eyes touching or slightly separated from each other. Anterior medians subequal or slightly larger than others. Lenses of eyes in several species modified into tubercles with only the apex transparent (fig. 42). Chelicerse small. Sternum slightly longer than wide, truncate between posterior coxae. First legs longest, third shortest. Retrolateral tubercles on patellae usually present. A tarsal comb present on fourth legs. Abdomen longer than wide or sometimes wider than long to subtriangular, wider near spinnerets and sometimes with a pair of large lateral extensions near the posterior end (figs. 32-38). Colulus very small, sometimes not visible. Some specimens of E. cognatus have decorative spindle shaped setae (fig. 41) on abdomen and E. gratiosus has these on both the abdomen and legs. Some specimens of other species have a small median dorsal nipple-like tubercle on the abdomen (figs. 35, 38), or a small thorn-like process on each lateral extension (fig. 38). Epigynum with more or less distinct openings in a depression. One pair of seminal receptacles present. Palpus (figs. 1-14) with a median apophysis (M in figs.), which is a separate sclerite dorsal in position, sausage shaped, and holding the bulb in the cymbium (Y). Radix (R) of various shapes and conductor (C) a characteristic, very large, and very complex group of sclerites apparently held together by haematodocha. The conductor may hold the tip of the embolus (E). The embolic division resembles that of other theridiids related to Theridion. The male genitalia of Episinus appear simi- lar to those of Thwaitesia. The genera can readily be distinguished, however, by the shapes of their abdomens. Thwaitesia has a high median dorsal extension but no lateral ones. June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 67 Wiehle, (1937), describes the two European species as hanging with outstretched legs, T etragnatha- like, underneath horizontal threads in low shrubs. Episinus amoenus according to Archer, (1946), preys on ants, and lives on evergreen shrubs or in leaf litter next to logs in rich forests. In a study of the web of Episinus angulatus (Blackwall), Holm, (1938), found that immature spiders in captivity construct a simple web to catch insects. The spiders sit between two threads (figs. 44, 45). The lower portions of the two threads below the spider are of viscid silk and break easily. Any insect caught by the strands breaks the thread and is pulled up and eaten by the spider. When disturbed, the spiders stretched their legs parallel to the body, and on further disturbance would fall to the ground. The egg sac, which is usually found under loose stones and moss is white, spherical to pear shaped, 6-7 mm. in diameter, and has a stalk of coarse threads. The 27-47 light red eggs are contained by a covering of tight threads and the outside is made of many coarse threads. The female leaves the egg sac after it is made. Members of the genus Episinus have been described from most parts of the world, however, none is known from Canada and only two species occur in the United States. Episinus amoenus , which resembles the European species of Episinus, is found in the south- eastern states, and E. cognatus, which is closer to several rare species found in Mexico, Central America and the West Indies, is found in Texas, Mexico and Central America. Species described as Episinus which do not belong to it are: Episinus minusculus, Gertsch, 1936, Amer. Mus. Novitates 842: 9 (fig.9 6), which belongs to a new genus described elsewhere. Episinopsis simplicifrons Simon, 1897, Proc. Zool. Soc. London p. 860, from St. Vincent Island is not known to me. It probably belongs to Episinus. Episinus truncatus Latreille Figures 1-3, 15, 16 Episinus truncatus Latreille, 1809, Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum 4: 371. -Wiehle, 1937, Theridiidas in Die Tierwelt Deutsch- lands 33: 128 (figs. 4-9 S $ ). 68 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Distribution: Europe, Russia and North Africa (Wiehle, 1937). The American records referring to this species are probably all E. amoenus Banks. Episinus amoenus Banks Figures 4, 17, 18, 32, 39. Episinus amoenus Banks, 1911, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 63: 445 (figs, 13, 15 d 2 ). -Roewer, 1942, Katalog der Araneae 1: 450. -Comstock, 1940, The Spider Book, rev. edit, p. 357 (figs. 335-336 $). -Muma, 1944 Amer. Mus. Novitates 1257: 7. -Muma, 1945, Bull. Univ. Maryland Agric. Exp. Sta. A38: 26. -Archer, 1946, Pap. Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist. 22: 32. Episinus truncatus, Keyserling, 1884, Die Spinnen Amerikas 2(1): 209. -Marx, 1889, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 12: 524. -Marx, 1891, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 2: 156. -Banks, 1910, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 72: 24. -Petrunkevitch, 1911, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 176. -Comstock, 1912, The Spider Book, p. 342, (figs. 335- 336 $ ). -Bishop and Crosby, 1926, Jour. Elisha Mitchell Scient. Soc. 41: 177. -Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944, Bull. Univ. Utah, Biol. Ser. 8: 80. (not E. truncatus Latreille). MALE: Carapace brown with radiating dusky marks, and a dusky border. Eye region black. Chelicerae and clypeus dusky. Sternum dusky brown, lighter in the center. Legs yellow brown with dusky and brown marks. Abdomen white with dusky grey to black markings. Carapace highest between third and fourth coxae. The high area has a Y shaped depression, anterior to which is a longitudinal thoracic line. Clypeus concave, deeply undercutting eye region (fig. 39). Anterior eye row straight, posterior row recurved. Tubercles between eyes absent, but area slightly raised. Anterior median eyes separated by two-thirds their diameter, almost touching laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by one diameter, one diameter from laterals. Lateral eyes separated by less than one-fifth their diameter. Anterior median eyes slightly larger than others which are about subequal. Height of clypeus equals diameter of anterior median eyes. Sternum longer than wide, (1.3: 1), posterior coxae sep- arated by less than one-quarter their diameter. Abdomen two and one-half times longer than wide. Palpus illustrated by figure 4. Total length of a male from Maryland 3.0 mm. Carapace 1.24 long, 1.04 wide, 0.39 high. First femur, 330; patella and tibia, 3.60; meta- June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 69 tarsus, 3.45; tarsus, 1.10. Second patella and tibia, 1.73. Third patella and tibia, 1.15. Fourth patella and tibia, 2.45. Female: The color and structure is similar to that of the male except for the abdomen which is quite variable in shape. The tubercles may be long and pointed in immature individuals or short and round in mature females (figs. 32, 39). The epigynum is a depression with the posterior rim and openings of the ducts sclerotized, (fig. 17). The internal genitalia are lightly sclerotized, the lumen of the coiled connecting ducts is difficult to see (fig. 18). Total length 3-0-4. 5 mm. A female from Florida, total length 4.3; cara- pace, 1.60 long, 1.30 wide, 0.65 high. First femur, 3-20; patella and tibia, 3.20; metatarsus, 3.18; tarsus, 0.98. Second patella and tibia, 2.01. Third patella and tibia, 1.30. Fourth patella and tibia, 2.89. Episinus amoenus, found in the southeastern states, appears to be closely related to E. angulatus ( Blackwall ) , and other European species. Details of the genitalia differentiate it from them. Type locality: Male and female cotypes from north fork, Swan- nanoa River, Black Mountain, North Carolina, collected in May from rhododendron bushes: probably in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Records: MARYLAND: Dorchester Co.: Sharptown, June 15, 1942, sweeping low bushes, $ (M. H. Muma). Prince Georges Co.: College Park, $ (Muma 1944). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Oct., 2 juv. (W. H. Fox); Aug., $ (W. H. Fox); Washington, juv. (N. Banks); Rock Creek, Potomac Hills (Marx 1891). VIRGINIA: Highland Co.: Monterey, July 30, 1943 in mixed forest, 2 (R. Craft). NORTH CAROLINA: Durham Co.: Durham, June 11, 1953, $ (L. and H. Levi). Grant Co.: Raleigh, Aug. 1912, 2 , juv. (C. S. Brimley). Buncombe Co.: Black Mountain, $ (N. Banks); Montreat, Oct. 16, 1923, juv. TENNESSEE: "Montvale Springs”, March 18, 1929, 2 juv. (W. M. Barrows). GEORGIA: Neel Gap (P. W. Fattig), Dougherty Co.: Albany, July 18, 1938, $ (H. K. Wallace). Hall Co.: five miles north of Gainesville, April 26, 1943, juv. (Chamberlin and Ivie 1944). Rabun Co.: Clayton to Tallulah Falls, April 28, 1943, juv. (Chamberlin and Ivie 1944). ALABAMA: Cherokee Co.: May’s Gulf, Oct. 13, 1949, juv. (J. H. Robinson). Baldwin Co.: Hog Creek, 1940, juv. (Archer 70 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 1946); Black Warrior National Forest, June 1939, $ (Archer 1946). Clarke Co.: Three miles north of Grove Hill, juv., (Archer 1946). Coosa Co.: Hatchet Creek, June 1940, $ (Archer 1946). Tuscaloosa Co.: Alberta City, June 5, 1941, $ (Archer 1946). FLORIDA: Alachua Co.: west of Gainesville, April 18, 1938, 2 (W. J. Gertsch). Dade Co.: Royal Palm State Park, Feb. 26, 1936, $ . Episinus bruneoviridis (Mello-Leitao) new combination Figures 13, 19, 20, 34. Faiditus bruneoviridis Mello-Leitao, 1948, An. Acad. Brasileira Cienc. 20:156 (figs. 4, 5 $ ). MALE: Carapace yellowish with cephalic area dusky, a median dusky line and dusky border. Eyes with black rings and some red pigment. Sternum yellow. Legs yellow with dusky spots. Carapace typical with slight tubercles between anterior and posterior median eyes. A deep wide longitudinal depression in thoracic region. Anterior eye row slightly procurved, posterior row recurved. Anterior med- ian eyes separated by two-thirds their diameter, almost touching laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by one diameter, by two-thirds from laterals. Laterals almost touching. Anterior lateral and posterior eyes 0.6 diameter of anterior medians, which are the largest. Height of clypeus equals almost two diameters of anterior median eyes. Sternum longer than wide (1.3:1). Small tubercule on retrolateral face of patella. Palpal femora fairly long. The palpus is illustrated by figure 13. Carapace 0.81 mm. long, 0.71 wide. First femur, 1.55; patella and tibia, 1.82; metatarsus, 1.70; tarsus, 0.38. Second patella and tibia, 1.04. Third patella and tibia, 0.65. Fourth patella and tibia, 1.50. FEMALE: Coloration similar to that of male. Legs with irregular light dusky patches, more distinct on venter of segments. Abdomen with a dorsal white folium, sides black to dusky-grey, venter light grey (fig. 34). Tubercles of eye region apparently of variable height. Eyes slightly farther apart than those of male. Height of clypeus one and one-half di- ameters of anterior median eyes. First and fourth legs subequal in length. Abdomen egg shaped, widest near spinnerets, and sometimes coming to a point above carapace. One specimen had a small nipple-shaped protuber- ance on dorsum at highest point of abdomen. Epigynum quite variable in regard to proportions. It is illustrated by figure 19. The openings are apparently slitlike, on the anterior margin of a sclerotized area. They lead into lightly sclerotized connecting canals of large diameter (fig. 20). June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 71 Total length of females from 2.4-2. 9 mm. Total length of a female from Panama 2.5, carapace 1.04 long, 0.85 wide. First femur, 1.70; patella and tibia, 1.71; metatarsus, 1.70; tarsus, 0.65. Second patella and tibia, 1.03. Third patella and tibia, 0.78. Fourth patella and tibia, 1.70. Type locality: Cane Grove, British Guiana. Records: CANAL ZONE: Barro Colorado Isl., several records. TRINIDAD: Navy base, south west, April 1945, 9 (R. Ingle). Episinus gratiosus Bryant Figure 23 Episinus gratiosus Bryant, 1940. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 86: 313 (fig. 65 $ ). -Bryant, 1948, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 100: 382. This species is not known to me. Both the abdomen and legs, according to the author, have spindle shaped spines. The epigynum 'with a transverse oval opening at the anterior end, followed by a convex area, showing a pair of dark oval sacs beneath the skin”. (% 23). The female holotype is from Oriente, Pico Turquino, (1500 feet) in Cuba, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and an additional specimen was found in the hills near Port-au-Prince, (2000 feet) in Haiti (Bryant 1948). Episinus cognatus O. P.-Cambridge Figures 8-10, 21, 22, 33, 41. Episinus cognatus O. P.-Cambridge, 1893, Biologia Centrali- Ameri- cana, Araneidea 1: 109 (pi. 15, fig. 2 $ ).-F. O. P.-Cambridge, 1902, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Araneidea 2: 398 (pi. 37, fig. 26, 27 $ $ ).-Petrunkevitch, 1911, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 175. -Banks, 1929, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 69: 87 (figs. 23, 45, 49, 53, 76 S $ ).-Roewer, 1942, Katalog der Araneae 1: 449. Episinus putus O. P.-Cambridge, 1894, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Araneidea 1: 132 (pi. 18, fig. 7 $ ).-F. O. P.-Cambridge, 1902, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Araneidea 2: 397 (pi. 37, fig. 25 $ ).- Petrunkevitch, 1911, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 176.-Roewer, 1942, Katalog der Araneae 1: 450. New synonymy. 72 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Episinus bigibbosus O. P.-Cambridge, 1896, Biologia Centrali- Ameri- cana, Araneidea 1: 167, 208 (pi. 20, fig. 8 $ ; pi. 26, fig. 6 $ ). MALE: Carapace yellowish, with an indistinct median dusky line and an indistinct dusky border. Region around eyes reddish. Sternum yellow, dusky on sides. Legs yellow with indistinct dusky patches. Abdomen white with grey and black spots, venter grey with a white line on each side (fig. 33). Carapace with many fine hairs. A deep longitudinal thoracic depression present. No noticeable tubercles in eye region. Both eye rows recurved. Bases of anterior median eyes separated by one diameter, one-fourth of their diameter from bases of laterals. Bases of posterior median eyes separated by their diameter, two-thirds their diameter from bases of laterals. Bases of lateral eyes almost touching. It appears that only the apical portions of the lenses are clear, the bases having pigmentation. Anterior median eyes larger than others. Clypeus convex, height a little more than diameter of anterior median eye. Sternum one and one-half times longer than wide. All palpal segments very long. Abdomen two and one-half to three times as long as wide. Palpus illustrated by figures 8-10. Total length of male 3. 9-4. 3 mm. Total length of a male from Hidalgo, 4.3; carapace 1.41 long, 1.22 wide. Palpal femur, 1.95. First femur, 3.74; patella and tibia, 3.95; metatarsus, 4.67; tarsus, 1.18. Second patella and tibia, 2.22. Third patella and tibia, 1.44. Fourth patella and tibia, 3.01. FEMALE: Coloration similar to that of male. Structure of carapace and eyes like that of male except for posterior median eyes which are separated by two diameters and two diameters from laterals. Anterior median eyes larger than others. The palpal segments are of normal length. The shape of the abdomen is illustrated by figure 33. Several specimens have half a dozen large spindle-shaped setae (fig. 41) on the sides of the abdominal tubercles. The openings of the epigynum (fig. 21) are at the posterior end of the depression. The internal genitalia are much less sclerotized than in the preceding species, (fig. 22). Total length of female 4. 5-6.0 mm. A female from Hidalgo measured 5.3 total length, carapace 1.60 long, 1.36 wide. First femur, 3.54; patella and tibia, 3.74; metatarsus, 4.30; tarsus, 0.94. Second patella and tibia, 2.16. Third patella and tibia, 1.44. Fourth patella and tibia, 3.10. F. O. P.-Cambridge mentions as the only difference between E. putus and E. cognatus, that the sclerites of the tip of the bulb are curved in one species and not in the other. However, only a slight twisting of the palp will produce in its sclerites the differences upon which Cambridge based his two species. For that reason, the species are here synonymized. Episinus cognatus is known from Texas to Panama. June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 73 Type localities: The male holotypes of both E. cognatus and E. putus are from Teapa in Tabasco, collected by H. H. Smith. The female holotype of E. bigibbosus came from Bugaba in Panama and was collected by Champion. All types, according to F. O. P.-Cam- bridge, are in the collection of Godman and Salvin. Records: TEXAS: Hidalgo Co.: Edinburg, Aug. 25, 1935, 2 (S. Mulaik); s. of Pharr, April 5, 1936, S (S. Mulaik). TAM- AULIPAS: 3 miles s. of Villa Juarez, April 17, 1938, $ (A. M. and L. I. Davis); SAN LUIS POTOSI: 5 miles n. of Tamazunchale, July 2, juv. (A. M. and L. I. Davis); Tamazunchale, May 20, 1952, S (W. J. Gertsch); 4 miles n. of Ciudad de Valles, Nov. 26, 1938, 2 ( A. M. and L. I. Davis). HIDALGO: Chapulhuacan, May 20, 1952, $ 2 (W. J. Gertsch). VERACRUZ: Cordoba, May 15, 1946, juv. (J. C. and D. L. Pallister); Tlacotalpan, July 19, 1946, 2 (H. Wagner). OAXACA: Palomares, July 1909, $ (A. Petrunkevitch) ; Soyal- tepec, Aug. 2, 1946, 2 (H. Wagner). CHIAPAS: Finca Santa Marta nr. Huehuetan, Aug. 1, 1950, $ (C. and M. Goodnight); Ocosingo Valley, Finco El Real, July 1-7, 1950, juv. (C. and M. Goodnight and L. Stannard). GUATEMALA: Moca, June 1947, 2 (C. and P. Vaurie); San Jeronimo, July 27, 1947, 2 (C. and P. Vaurie). CANAL ZONE: Barro Colorado Isl, Feb. 10, 1936, 2 (W. J. Gertsch). Episinus panamensis, new species Figures 14, 35. MALE: Carapace yellowish with a black border and four pairs of dusky patches on sides. Eye region dusky red. Sternum yellowish. Legs yellowish with dusky rings on distal ends of femora and tibiae; patellae and proximal ends of metatarsi dusky. There are several additional dusky patches on the femora. Dorsum of abdomen whitish with dusky patches (fig. 35), venter whitish. Structure of carapace typical with a pair of tubercles in eye region. Anterior eye row straight, posterior row recurved. Anterior medians sepa- rated by one-fourth their diameter, almost touching bases of laterals. Pos- terior median eyes separated from each other by two diameters of transparent lenses and by one diameter from laterals. Laterals separated by two-thirds their diameter. Transparent portions of anterior median eyes twice the size of those of other eyes. Clypeus concave, one and one-half diameters of anterior median eyes. Basal portions of anterior lateral and all posterior eye lenses opaque. Sternum as wide as long, posterior coxae separated by 74 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII more than their diameter. Retrolateral surface of each patella with a tubercle. Abdomen with a central dorsal nipple-like protuberance (fig. 35). Palpal segments long, palpus illustrated by figure 14. Total length of male holotype 1.7 mm.; carapace 0.65 long, 0.66 wide. First femur, 1.69; patella and tibia, 1.75; metatarsus, 1.74; tarsus, 0.59. Second patella and tibia, 0.88. Third patella and tibia, 0.62. Fourth patella and tibia, 1.30. Type locality: Male holotype from Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, May 8, 1946 (T. C. Schneirla). Episinus erythrophthalmus (Simon), new combination Figures 24, 25, 36. Janulus erythrophthalmus Simon, 1894, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1894, p. 525. -Simon, 1894, Histoire Naturelle des Araignees 1: 514 (fig. 524, 525).-Petrunkevitch, 1911, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 180. Janula erythrophthalma, Roewer, 1942, Katalog der Araneae 1: 456. FEMALE: Carapace yellowish-white, darker on sides and in eye region. Eyes all light colored except anterior medians which are dark. Sternum slightly dusky, legs yellow white. Abdomen, dorsum yellowish-white, sides and posterior portions pink, venter yellowish-pink; white pigment spots on sides of spinnerets, on outsides of these a dusky patch. A pair of tubercles present between anterior and posterior median eyes. Eyes on slight tubercles. Both eye rows recurved. Anterior median eyes separated by two-thirds their diameter, by one-fourth from laterals. Base of posterior median eyes separated by one diameter and touching laterals. Anterior median eyes slightly larger than others. Height of clypeus equals about one diameter of anterior median eyes. Abdomen slightly longer than wide (fig. 36). Ducts of seminal receptacles opening on sides of a depres- sion; outside and anterior to openings on each side is a sclerite (fig. 24). Measurements of a female from Trinidad, total length 2.2 mm.; carapace, 0.76 long, 0.65 wide. First femur, 1.55; patella and tibia, 1.62; metatarsus, 1.50. Second patella and tibia, 0.91. Third patella and tibia, 0.65. Type locality: St. Vincent Island in the Lesser Antilles. Records: TRINIDAD: Navy Base, Oct. 1944, $ (R. Ingle). VENEZUELA: (Simon 1894). Episinus juarezi, new species Figures 5, 6, 30, 31, 42, 43. MALE: Carapace yellow white with a dark border and dark maculations on the sides. Eyes reddish, except anterior medians which are dark. Legs June, 1954] Levi: Spiders 75 white with distal portions of femora, patellae, distal portions of tibiae and proximal portions of metatarsi dusky to black. Abdomen, dorsum with ir- regular black and small white, pink and yellow spots. Venter dark yellow except for a white area surrounded by black under each lateral extension. A pair of tubercles present in eye region. Eyes on distinct tubercles (fig. 42, 43), tubercles sometimes transparent and may originally have been part of the lens. If tubercle transparent, the iridescent floor visible. Both eye rows recurved. Anterior median eyes separated by one diameter, by one-third diameter from laterals. Transparent lenses of posterior median eyes separated by one and three-quarters from each other and by one diameter from laterals. Lateral eyes separated by two-thirds their diameter. Posterior median eyes and lateral eyes half the diameter of anterior medians. Height of clypeus equals one and one-half diameters of the anterior median eyes. Abdomen wider than long with a small median dorsal tubercle. The palpus is illus- trated by figures 5 and 6. Total length of male holotype 1.6 mm.; carapace 0.69 long, 0.62 wide. First femur, 1.14; patella and tibia, 1.24; metatarsus, 1.05; tarsus, 0.47. Second patella and tibia, 0.72. Third patella and tibia, 0.49. Fourth patella and tibia, 0.85. FEMALE: The coloration is like that of the male except that none of the females examined had dusky patches on legs. Coloration of abdomen highly variable, sometimes all red to various patterns of black, red, and yellowish, Eyes slightly closer together than those of male, but on similar tubercles. Size of eyes like those of male. Height of clypeus equal to diameter of anterior median eyes, height of chelicerae equals about two and one-third diameters of anterior median eyes. Abdomen wider than long, a median tubercle sometimes present. Epigynum with an anterior and a very small posterior lip. Ducts open on sides (fig. 30, 31). Total length of females 1. 9-2.2 mm. Female allotype total length 2.2; carapace, 0.78 long, 0.72 wide. First femur, 1.33; patella and tibia, 1.43; metatarsus, 1.30; tarsus, 0.57. Second patella and tibia, 0.81. Third patella and tibia, 0.63. Fourth patella and tibia, 1.04. Type locality: Male holotype and one male paratype from thir- teen miles south of Villa Juarez, Tamaulipas, April 17, 1938 (A. M. and L. I. Davis). Records: SAN LUIS POTOSI: 5 mi. n. of Tamazunchale, July 2, $ (A. M. and L. I. Davis); Tamazunchale, July 18-20, 1946, $ allotype (J. C. and D. L. Pallister). OAXACA: Palomares, July 1909, 9 paratype (A. Petrunkevitch). 76 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Episinus chiapensis, new species Figure 7. MALE: Carapace yellow-white with a narrow black border that widens caudad. Eyes reddish. Sternum, legs yellow-white. Anterior of dorsum of abdomen with white pigment spots to a line between lateral abdominal extension, posterior portion black, sides dusky and venter yellowish-white. Eye tubercles smaller than in preceding species. Anterior eye row straight. Anterior median eyes separated by one-half their diameter, by one-eighth from laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by two-thirds their diameter, by one-half from laterals. Laterals separated by one-fourth their diameter. Posterior median eyes and lateral eyes two-thirds the diameter of anterior medians. Height of clypeus equals one diameter of anterior median eyes. Abdomen similar to that of E. juarezi. This species differs from E. juarezi in that it has longer legs, no eye tubercles, smaller tubercles between the eyes, and in that the conductor of the palpus is of a slightly different shape (fig. 7). Total length 1.4 mm.; carapace, 0.65 long, 0.57 wide. First femur, 1.27; patella and tibia, 1.39; metatarsus, 1.20; tarsus, 0.57. Second patella and tibia, 0.78. Third patella and tibia, 0.57. Fourth patella and tibia, 1.04. Type locality: Male holotype from Las Ruinas de Palenque, Chia- pas, July 1948 (C. and M. Goodnight). Records: CHIAPAS: Las Ruinas de Palenque, July 12, 1949, one juvenile collected while sweeping (C. Goodnight). Episinus colima, new species Figures 11, 40. MALE: Carapace yellowish-white with a fine dusky margin; sternum and legs yellow- white, patellae dusky. (Abdomen missing). The two tubercles of the carapace very pronounced ( fig. 40) . Anterior eye row straight. Anterior median eyes separated by one diameter, almost touching laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by two-thirds diameter and touching laterals. Lateral eyes almost touching. Diameter of posterior median eyes 0.9 diameter of anterior medians; laterals 0.7 diameter of anterior medians. Height of clypeus equals a little less than a diameter of anterior median eye. Second legs longer than fourth. The abdomen of the type has been lost. This species differs from E. nadleri in details in the shape of the conductor of the palpus (fig. 11). Carapace 0.52 mm. long, 0.47 wide. First femur, 0.76; patella and tibia, 0.91; metatarsus, 0.55; tarsus, 0.43. Second patella and tibia, 0.58. Third patella and tibia, 0.44. Fourth patella and tibia, 0.53. Type locality: Male holotype from Las Humedades, Armeria, in Colima, January 19, 1943 (F. Bonet). June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 77 Episinus dominicus, new species Figures 26, 27, 38. FEMALE: Carapace light yellowish with irregular dusky maculations. Eyes, excepting dark anterior medians, are light. Sternum and legs, light yellow- white. Abdomen, all yellow-white with irregular dusky markings covering the whole dorsum. Thorns on lateral extension of abdomen brown. A small brown spot on each side of pedicel and two indistinct brown spots above spinnerets. Tubercles between anterior and posterior median eyes large. Anterior eye row straight. Anterior median eyes separated by one diameter, less than one-eighth diameter from laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by one diameter, touching laterals. Lateral eyes touching each other. Diameter of posterior median eyes 0.8 diameter of anterior medians, lateral eyes 0.7 diameter of anterior medians. Height of clypeus equals diameter of anterior median eyes. Chelicerae two and one-half diameters of anterior median eyes. Abdomen hairy, with a median nipple-like tubercle, a similar tubercle on each lateral extension and another between each lateral tubercle and the median one, (fig. 38). Epigynum differs from that of E. nadleri in that it lacks an anterior lip (fig. 26). Total length 1.8 mm.; carapace 0.69 long, 0.65 wide. First femur, 1.14; patella and tibia, 1.25; metatarsus, 0.99; tarsus, 0.51. Second patella and tibia, 0.79. Third patella and tibia, 0.62. Fourth patella and tibia, 0.96. Type locality: Female holotype from Valle de Polo, (2000-3000 feet), Dominican Republic, Aug. 1935 (H. B. Hassler). Episinus nadleri, new species Figures 12, 28, 29, 37. MALE: Carapace yellow white, eye region reddish. A pair of lateral red- dish-brown bands, fused in front, run posterior and are pointed behind (fig. 37). Legs yellow white with a dark mark near distal end of femora. Dorsum of abdomen white with some dusky markings anterior and on sides. Venter yellowish white, white on venter of lateral extensions. Carapace fairly high. Tubercles between eyes large. Anterior eye row slightly procurved. Anterior median eyes separated by two-thirds diameter, almost touching laterals. Bases of posterior medians separated by one di- ameter, by one-third diameter from laterals. Diameter of bases of posterior median eyes 0.8 diameter of anterior medians, laterals 0.6 of anterior medians. Height of clypeus equals about diameter of anterior median eyes, chelicerse two diameters of anterior median eyes. Second and fourth legs subequal in length. A small median protuberance on abdomen and a small dorsal thorn on each lateral extension of abdomen. This species differs from others in the shape of the palpal sclerites (fig. 12). 78 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Total length 1.4 mm.; carapace 0.63 long, 0.55 wide, 0.33 high. First femur, 0.80; patella and tibia, 0.91; metatarsus, 0.75; tarsus, 0.41. Second patella and tibia, 0.62. Third patella and tibia, 0.43. Fourth patella and tibia, 0.65. FEMALE: Coloration much like that of male, but quite variable. Cara- pace sometimes all dark red. Dorsum of abdomen with a grey pattern (fig. 37) with some reddish around the edges. Venter with two black bands, as wide as their intermediate area which is yellow white with some reddish pigment, sides white. Structure much like that of male except for anterior eyes which are slightly farther apart but about the same size as those of male. Abdomen lacking thorns on lateral extensions. Epigynum a slight circular depression, in the center of which is a lip (fig. 28). The ducts open into the posterior margin of the depression. Total length of the females 1.6-2. 4 mm. Holotype, total length 2.4; carapace 0.75 long, 0.65 wide, 0.22 high. First femur, 1.04; patella and tibia, 1.04; metatarsus, 0.90; tarsus, 0.49. Second patella and tibia, 0.65. Third patella and tibia, 0.52. Fourth patella and tibia, 0.81. Type locality: Female holotype from South Bimini, Bahama Is- lands, Dec. 12-18, 1952 (A. M. Nadler). Records: BAHAMA ISLANDS: South Bimini, Aug. 2-9, 1951, 2 paratype (C. and P. Vaurie); Dec. 5-9 8 allotype (A. M. Nadler); March 22-28, 1953, 9 paratype (A. M. Nadler). North Bimini, Dec. 4, 1952, juv. (A. M. Nadler). Spintharus Hentz Spintharus Hentz, 1850, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 6: 284. Geno- type: Spintharus flavidus Hentz. Medium sized theridiid spiders. Carapace low and almost circular in outline, highest between posterior median eyes. Thoracic region hardly raised with a slight median circular depression. Clypeus concave. Eyes small and subequal or anterior medians slightly smaller. Anterior eye row straight to slightly recurved as seen from in front, posterior row procurved as seen from above. Lateral eyes touching. Anterior eyes closer to laterals than to each other. Posterior eyes much closer to laterals than to each other. Chelicerae small. Posterior coxae separated by their width. Legs long. First or fourth legs longest, third shortest. Comb present on fourth tarsi. Spinnerets on posterior tip of abdomen. Colulus very small, usually with the two setae on its tip barely visible. Epigynum an oval pit, one pair June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 79 of seminal receptacles present. Embolic division (E in fig. 48) of palpus has shape typical of that of theridiids close to Theridion. The length of the embolus is supported by the conductor (C) which is attached to the tegulum (T) by haematodocha. Only a seam in Spintharus flavidus appears to separate the median apophysis (M) from the tegulum. The median apophysis fastens the bulb in the alveolus of the cymbium (Y). A radix (R) is present. Spintharus flavidus is common under the lower surface of leaves of bushes. It builds a delicate, nearly invisible web, and each foot is supported by a thread. (Comstock, 1940). The only known species of Spintharus are from America. ( S . argenteus Dyal, 1935, Bull. Dept. Zool., Panjab Univ. 1: 159 (figs. 80-85 S $ ) is probably not a Spintharus.) Species described as Spintharus which do not belong to this genus: Spintharus minutus Petrunkevitch, 1926, Trans. Connecticut, Acad. Sci. 28: 51 (fig. 11 9) from the Virgin Islands. Bryant, (1942, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 89: 343) synonymized Theridion dexteri Petrunkevitch, 1930, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci. 30: 200 (fig. 45-50 $ $ ) from Puerto Rico with this species. Spintharus flavidus Hentz Figures 46, 48-50, 52, 53. Spintharus flavidus Hentz, 1850, Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 6: 284 (pi. 10, fig. 8 $ ). -Hentz, 1875, Spiders of the United States, p. 156, (pi. 17, fig. 8 $ ).-Emerton, 1882, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci. 6: 28 (pi. 5, fig. 7 $ ).-Keyserling, 1884, Die Spinnen Ameri- kas 2(1): 176 (pi. 8, fig. 107 S $ ).-Marx, 1889, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 12: 523.-Marx, 1892, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 2: 156.- Simon, 1894, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1894, p. 521. -Simon, 1894, Histoire Naturelle des Araignees 1: 513 (fig. 519).-Banks, 1896, Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 4: 228.-Banks, 1898, Proc. California Acad. Sci., 3rd ser. 1: 279.-Emerton, 1902, The Common Spiders of the United States, p. 127 (fig. 302 $ ).-F. O. P.-Cambridge, 1902, Biologia Centralia-Americana, Araneidea 2: 398 (pi. 37, fig. 28, 29 $ $ ).-Banks, 1904, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 56: 126.-Bryant, 1908, Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7: ll.-Banks, 1910, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 72: 24.-Banks, 1911, Proc. Acad. Nat. 80 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Sci. Philadelphia 63: 446.-Petrunkevitch, 1911, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 187. -Comstock, 1912, The Spider Book, p. 341 (fig. 332-334 8 $). -Barrows, 1918, Ohio Jour. Sci. 18: 304.- Petrunkevitch, 1925, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci. 27: 67.-Bishop and Crosby, 1926, Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 41: I80.-Crosby and Bishop, 1928, Mem. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. 101: 1040.- Banks, 1929, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 69: 86.-Petrunkevitch, 1930, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci. 30: 178.-Banks, Newport and Bird, 1932, Univ. Oklahoma Biol. Surv. 4: 22.-Kaston, 1938, Bull. Con- necticut Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. 60: 186.-Comstock, 1940, The Spider Book, rev. edit., p. 356, (fig. 332-334 8 $ ). -Bryant, 1940, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 86: 309.- Roewer, 1942, Katalog der Araneae 1: 444.-Muma, 1943, Common Spiders of Maryland, p. 63 (pk 12, fig. 18, 19 8 $ ).-Muma, 1945, Bull. Univ. Maryland, Agric. Exp. Sta. A3 8: 2 7. -Archer, 1946, Pap. Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist. 22: 29--Bryant, 1948, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 100: 380.- Kaston, 1948, Bull. Connecticut Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv., 70: 90 (fig. 87 $).- Archer, 1950, Pap. Alabama Mus. Nat. Hist. 30: 25 (pi. 3, fig. 1,2 8 ).-Kaston, 1953, How to Know the Spiders, p. 158 (fig. 398 $). Spintharus elongatus Keyserling, 1884, Die Spinnen Amerikas, 2(1): 178 (pi. 8, fig. 108 $ ). Spintharus lineatus O. P.-Cambridge, 1896, Biologia Centrali- Ameri- cana, Araneidea 1: 190 (pi. 23, fig 11 8 ). Spintharus af finis O. P.-Cambridge, 1896, Biologia Centrali- Ameri- cana, Araneidea 1: 190 (pi. 24, fig. 2 8 ). MALE: Coloration of carapace yellowish white, sometimes with a dusky border Sternum, legs, yellowish white. Distal ends of femora, tibiae and metatarsi frequently yellow, dusky, black or red. Abdomen with fine dusky or black longitudinal lines on each side and indications of two dusky or red crossbands. Anterior median eyes separated by 0.8 their diameter, one-third their di- ameter from laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by two and one-half diameters, by one-half diameter from laterals. Eyes subequal in size. Height of clypeus three diameters of anterior median eyes, chelicerae slightly longer. First legs usually longer than fourth. Two fine spines present on dorsal surface of patella, and one in center of tibia. Sides of abdomen almost June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 81 parallel, or slightly wider anterior, three times as long as wide. The palpus (fig. 48, 49) differs from that of S. gracilis Keyserling (Die Spinnen Amerikas 2(2): 244, pi. 20, fig. 298 $ $) in the shape of the conductor and also in that the embolus of specimens of S. gracilis from Brazil exam- ined describes a very much wider loop than that of S. flavidus. The shape of the palp of S. gracilis is rounder. Total length of males 2.2-3. 1 mm. A specimen from Alabama measured 2.7 total length; carapace 0.93 long, 0.87 wide, 0.36 high. First femur, 2.60; patella and tibia, 2.54; metatarsus, 2.88; tarsus, 0.56. Second patella and tibia, 1.30. Third patella and tibia, 0.81. Fourth patella and tibia, 2.08. FEMALE: Coloration like that of male except for abdomen (fig. 46, 50) which is white or yellow with black or red marks, but quite variable in color judging by the preserved specimens. Anterior median eyes slightly smaller than others in a ratio (1: 1.2) and separated from each other by one and one-quarter diameters and by one-half diameter from laterals. Posterior median eyes separated by two to three diameters, two-thirds diameter from laterals. Height of clypeus three and one-half diameters of anterior median eyes, chelicerae four diameters. Fourth or first legs the longest. Abdomen widest near anterior end. Tracheal spiracle some distance (about the length of an anterior spinneret) from spinnerets. The internal female genitalia are very difficult to study. The canal enters the seminal receptacles laterad. Whether the coils posterior to the seminal receptacles are supports or part of the duct is not certain, although they are believed to be part of the duct. There is considerable variation as to the position of these coils in different specimens. Epigynum is illustrated by figure 52. Total length of females 3. 0-5.4 mm. A specimen from Alabama meas- ured 3-60 total length; carapace 1.10 long, 1.07 wide, 0.44 high. First femur, 2.20; patella and tibia, 2.14; metatarsus, 2.31; tarsus, 0.56. Second patella and tibia, 1.17. Third patella and tibia, 0.75. Fourth femur, 2.45; patella and tibia, 2.20; metatarsus, 2.70; tarsus, 0.69. This is an extremely variable species. In some specimens from Central America the eye region is elevated and the eyes are closer together. The coloration and shape of the abdomen is quite vari- able. One specimen from Veracruz has tubercles on the anterior end of the abdomen. The embolic division of the palpus varies in shape in different males particularly as to curvature and length of embolus. The connecting ducts of the female genitalia likewise are quite variable. It is assumed, however, that a specimen on hand from Trinidad is a distinct species. 82 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Type localities: Spintharus flavidus was described by Hentz as coming from Alabama. Keyserling described S. elongatus from Tambillo, Peru. S. lineatus O. P.-Cambridge was found in Chichochoc, Guatemala and S. affinis in Coban, Guatemala. Distribution: Eastern United States, Mexico, Central America and probably South America. Records: MASSACHUSETTS: Middlesex Co.: Malden (Bryant 1908). Suffolk Co.: Boston (Bryant 1908). CONNECTICUT: New Haven Co.: Meriden (Bryant 1908): New Haven (Kaston 1948). NEW YORK: Tompkins Co.: Ithaca (Crosby and Bishop 1928). Long Island (Banks 1896). NEW JERSEY: Bergen Co.: Alpine. MARYLAND: Anne Arundel Co.: Annapolis (Muma 194$). Charles Co.: (Muma 1945). Garrett Co.: Salt Rock Creek (Muma 194$). Howard Co.: Scaggsville (Muma 1943). Prince Georges Co.: Fort Washington (Muma 1943); Suitland (B. Malkin). Som- erset Co.: Princess Anne, (Muma 1943). Washington Co.: Town Hill (Muma 1943). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: (Marx 1892; Muma 1945). VIRGINIA: Rockbridge Co.: Greenlee. Brunswick Co.: Al- berta (Bishop and Crosby 1926). WEST VIRGINIA: Ohio Co.: Wheeling (K. W. Haller). Hancock Co.: Tomlinson Run State Park (K. W. Haller). OHIO: Knox Co.: Brinkhaven (Barrows 1918). KENTUCKY: Carter Co.: Olive Hill. NORTH CAROLINA: Wake Co.: Raleigh (Bishop and Crosby 1926). Madison Co.: Paint Rock (Banks 1911). GEORGIA: Clarke Co.: Athens. Hall Co.: Gainesville (B. J. Kaston). FLORIDA: Duval Co.: Jacksonville. Pinellas Co.: Clearwater (B. Malkin). Sarasota Co.: Sarasota (A. M. Nadler). Highlands Co.: Highlands Hammock (W. J. Gertsch and A. M. Nadler); Lake Ishtopoka (A. M. Nadler). Collier Co.: Everglades (A. M. Nadler). Monroe Co.: Tavernier (A. M. Nadler). Dade Co.: Miami (A. M. Nadler); Kendall (A. M. Nadler). ALA- BAMA: Madison Co.: Monte Sano (Archer 1946). Cherokee Co.: May’s Gulf (Archer 1946). De Kalb Co.: De Soto State Park (Archer 1946). Jefferson Co.: Shade’s Mountain (Archer 1946). Hale Co.: Moundville (Archer 1946). Escambia Co.: Brewton (Archer 1946). Houston Co.: Dothan (Archer 1946). Mobile Co.: Mon Luis Island (Archer 1946). Baldwin Co.: Hog Creek June, 1954] Levi : Spiders 83 (Archer 1946); Cheaha State Park (Archer 1946); Lagoon (A. F. Archer). OKLAHOMA: Delaware Co.: (Banks, Newport and Bird 1932). BAJA CALIFORNIA: (Banks 1898). DURANGO: El Salto (W. J. Gertsch). COLIMA: Manzanillo (F. Bonet). PUEBLA: Huauchinango (H. M. Wagner). VERACRUZ: Cordoba (J. C. and D. L. Pallister). CHIAPAS: Las Casas (C. and M. Goodnight, L. Stannard); Tenejapa (C. Goodnight). GUATEMALA: Moca (C. and P. Vaurie). PANAMA: El Volcan, Chiriqui (W. J. Gertsch). CANAL ZONE: Barro Colorado Isl. (Banks 1929). CUBA: Soledad (Bryant 1940); Trinidad Mountains (Bryant 1940); Pico Turquino (Bryant 1940). HAITI: La Visite * (6000-7000 ft.) (Bryant 1948); foot hills, n.e. of LaHotte (4000 ft.) (Bryant 1948). DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Cordillera Central, n. of Loma Rucilla Mountains, (5000-8000 ft.) (Bryant 1948); foot hills of Cordillera Central, n. of Santiago, (2000-5000 ft.) (Bryant 1948); Cordillera Central, rain forest n. of Valle Nuevo, (6000 ft.) (Bryant 1948). PUERTO RICO: Adjuntas ( Petrunkevitch 1930). LESSER ANTILLES: St. Vincent Island (Simon 1894). PERU: Utcuyacu, Junin, (1600- 2200 m.) (F. Woytkowski). Spintharus hentzi, new species Figures 47, 51, 54, 55. FEMALE: Carapace yellowish white, a reddish brown patch on each side on posterior lateral corner. Sternum yellowish white. Legs yellow white with patellse and tibiae darker, especially on the fourth legs which have these two seg- ments reddish brown. Abdomen yellowish white except dorsum which is yellowish between inner pair of dark red longitudinal stripes. Tubercles and area between them covered by a dark red patch. Four pairs of white spots on dorsum. The pair of spots on ectal sides of tubercles are not visible in figure 47. Eyes on diagnostic turret (fig. 51). Anterior median eyes separated by one diameter, almost touching laterals. Posterior median eyes a little less than one and one-half diameter apart, less than a fourth their diameter from laterals. Laterals touching each other. Anterior median eyes smaller than others in a ratio (1: 1.8). Height of clypeus about 6 diameters of anterior median eyes. Fourth legs much longer than first. Abdomen with a diagnos- tic pair of anterior tubercles (fig. 47, 51). The internal genitalia, because they are sclerotized, are difficult to study. Connecting ducts appear to be without loops (fig. 55). Epigynum (fig. 54) similar to that of S. flavidus. Total length of female holotype 4.5 mm; carapace 1.10 long, 1.14 wide, 0.59 high. First patella and tibia, 2.01. Second patella and tibia, 1.34. 84 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Third patella and tibia, 0.94. Fourth femur, 2.82; patella and tibia, 2.30; metatarsus, 2.90; tarsus, 0.72. This species differs from S. flavidus in that the eyes are on a turret and closer together, in having a pair of abdominal tubercles and in that the internal female genitalia are more sclerotized, and the connecting canals are devoid of a loop. Only the study of a male will make certain that this species is distinct from S. flavidus and S. gracilis. Type locality: Female holotype from Arima, Trinidad, collected in May, 1953 by N. L. H. Krauss. REFERENCES CITED Archer, A. 1946. The Theridiidae or comb footed spiders of Alabama. Pap. Alabama Nat. Hist. Mus. 22: 1-67. Comstock, J. H. 1940. The Spider Book. rev. edit. Doubleday, Doran, and Company. New York. 729 pp. Holm, A. 1938. Beitrage zur Biologie der Theridiiden. Festschrift E. Strand 5: 56-67. Wiehle, H. 1937. Theridiidae oder Haubennetzspinnen (Kugelspinnen) in F. Dahl. Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 33: 119-222. Fig. 1-3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5-6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8-10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Plate I Episinus truncatus Latreille, left palpus. 1. Ventral view. 2. Ventral view, expanded (cymbium removed). 3. Dorsal view, expanded (cymbium removed). E. amoenus Banks, palpus, ventral view. E. juarezi n. sp., palpus. 5. Ventral view. 6. Ventral view, expanded. E. chiapensis n. sp., palpus, ventral view. E. cognatus O. P.-Cambridge, palpus. 8. Ventral view. 9. Ventral view, expanded. 10. Dorsal view, expanded (cym- bium removed). E. colima n. sp., palpus, ventral view. E. nadleri n. sp., palpus, ventral view. E. bruneoviridis (Mello-Leitao), palpus, ventral view. E. panamensis n. sp., palpus, ventral view. (C, conductor; E. embolus; M, median apophysis; R, radix; T, tegulum; Y, cymbium.) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII (Plate I) 85 86 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Plate II Fig. 15-16. Episinus truncatus Latreille. 15. Epigynum. 16. Female genitalia, dorsal view. Fig. 17-18. E. amoenus Banks. 17. Epigynum. 18. Female genitalia, dorsal view. Fig. 19-20. Fig. 21-22. Fig. 23. Fig. 24-25. E. bruneoviridis (Mello-Leitao) 19. Epigynum. 20. Female genitalia, dorsal view. E. cognatus O. P.-Cambridge. 21. Epigynum. 23. Female genitalia, dorsal view. E. gratiosus Bryant, epigynum (after Bryant). E. erythrophthalmus (Simon). 24. Epigynum. 25. Epigynum, cleared. Fig. 26-27. E. dominions n. sp. 26. Epigynum. 27. Epigynum, cleared. Fig. 28-29. E. nadleri n. sp. 28. Epigynum. 29. Female genitalia, dorsal view. Fig. 30-31. E. juarezi n. sp. 30. Epigynum. 31. Female genitalia, dorsal view. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII ( Plate II) v 87 [Vol. LXII 88 New York Entomological Society Plate III Fig. 32. Episinus amcenus Banks, dorsal view, female (legs removed). Fig. 33. E. cognatus O. P.-Cambridge, dorsal view, female. Fig. 34. E. bruneoviridis (Mello-Leitao), dorsal view, female. Fig. 35. E. panamensis n. sp., dorsal view, male. Fig. 36. E. erythrophthalmus (Simon), dorsal view female. Fig. 37. E. nadleri n. sp., dorsal view, female. Fig. 38. E. dominicus n. sp., dorsal view, female. Fig. 39. E. amoenus Banks, lateral view, female. Fig. 40. E. colimus n. sp., dorsal view of carapace, male. Fig. 41. E. cognatus O. P.-Cambridge, spindle shaped seta. Fig. 42-43. E. juarezi n. sp., carapace, male. 42. Dorsal view. 43. Lateral view. Fig. 44-45. E. angulatus (Blackwall), web (after Holm). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII (Plate III) 89 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII (Plate IV) Fig. 46. Fig. 47. Fig. 48-50. Fig. 51. Fig. 52-53. Fig. 54-55. Spintharus flavidus Hentz, dorsal view, female. S. hentzi n. sp., dorsal view, female. S. flavidus Hentz. 48. Palpus, subventral view, expanded. 49. Palpus, ventral view. 50. Lateral view, female. S. hentzi n. sp., lateral view, female. S. flavidus Hentz. 52. Epigynum. 53. Female genitalia, dorsal view. S. hentzi n. sp. 54. Epigynum. view. 55. Female genitalia, dorsal (C, conductor; E, embolus; M, median apophysis; R, radix; T, tegulum; Y, cymbium.) 90 June, 1954] Whelden: Bumble-bee 91 NOTES ON THE BUMBLE-BEE (BOMBUS FER VIDUS FABRICIUS) AND ITS CHROMOSOMES By Roy M. Whelden Union College, Schenectady, New York One of the more common of the bumble-bees in northern New England is B. fervidus. Yet its nests are not always easily found and collected. So when, in the present case, a nest was located in the open space beneath the frames of an abandoned beehive, collection seemed imperative, especially as it was necessary to move the hive. The nest was a loose mass of soft, lightly entangled, slender grass blades, amongst which there were a few bits of goose-down. The position of the beehive made it almost certain that all this material was carried in and arranged by the bees. In the center of this mass, there was the single irregular comb, about 12cm. across, resting on a thin layer of grass blades. Collection was made late in the afternoon of August 19, 1947, and included all foraging bees as they returned (from foraging). Presumably the entire colony was taken: no ad- ditional bees were observed later. Fixation was in a modification of Bouin’s solution, the adults being plunged directly into this fluid without dissection. The con- tents of the cells were removed carefully and also put into the fixing fluid. Finally several pieces of the comb itself were dropped into the fixative. Five separate cells in the comb were partially full of a very thick dark brown honey which was extremely fragrant and of a very fine taste. The nest contained four eggs, fifteen larvae, forty-two pupae (plus one male prepupa) and seventeen adults. Later on, each of these was sectioned and stained in Heidenhain’s haematoxylin, as were a few of the emptied cells. The adult bees comprised one conspicu- ously large specimen, 21.5 mm. long, and an extremely small one (scarcely 7.8 mm. long; all the others were very uniformly 13 — 1 6 mm. 92 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII long) . Of this group, ten were very definitely worker adults, containing very small undeveloped ovaries with no eggs; the remaining five were male bees, with mature sperm. Of the pupae, 37 were found to be males, five were apparently to become workers, and one only was a queen. The larvae fall into three very distinct size groups; seven are large ones, nearly fully grown. Of these, six are males, the other probably a worker. Two of the males are about half the length of the pre- ceding group. Six larvae are very small; two of these are definitely males, the other four are as yet indeterminate. One of the eggs was newly laid and uninucleate. The others all had embryo developed to cover the greater part of the yolk surface. In one, development of the stomo- and proctodaeum was well ad- vanced, but differentiation was not great. Two of the eggs showed a great many cells with nuclei in various stages of division. Each nucleus contained a single rather prominent nucleolus, and an inde- terminate number of very small uniformly dispersed chromatin gran- ules. The surrounding cytoplasm was noticeably more dense than that of the nucleus and quite uniform. The earliest evidence of impending division was found in a gradual increase in the amount of dark staining material, which tended gradually to aggregate to form what at first appeared to be a continuous but irregular filament, and then with increasing diameter broke into discrete elongate particles. There were twelve of these; usually it was difficult to determine the exact number at this stage, since they were not all in one plane. (Fig. 1.) Typical division stages showed the various phases passed through, (Fig. 2 & 3 for anaphase and Fig. 6 for metaphase and telophase). There was one conspicuous exception to this series, and it was shown quite clearly in a great many cells in these eggs. Mostly these cells were in the epidermis, and were usually rather conspicuous because they protruded above the general level of the egg surface, often for about one half their diameter. In these cells, the number of chromosomes was just double that of those above described, being clearly twenty-four. Two of these cells are shown in metaphase in Figs. 4 & 5. It is to be noted that these cells seem to be rather uni- formly distributed in the epidermal tissues. June, 1954] Whelden: Bumble-bee 93 Dividing nuclei occurred rather sparingly in the cells of the fifteen larvae, and showed little that was not seen earlier in the eggs. Here, however, there was greater difference in the sizes of the cells, with corresponding but smaller differences in the nuclear sizes. In Figure 7 is shown a typical epidermal cell, with the twelve chromosomes forming a compact group in a faintly staining enveloping substance. Surrounding this there is a conspicuously clear zone, in turn surround- ed by the darker mass of uniformly fine granular cytoplasm. Figure 8 presents a chromosome picture that is frequently seen in this bee, that of two chromosomes noticeably smaller than the other ten. This apparently is not so in all the cells, as is clear from a comparison of these two figures. In the larva? were to be seen frequently cells in which there were more than the usual number of chromosomes, usually 24 instead of 12. (Fig. 10.) As in the eggs, these cells occurred singly, almost always in the epidermis. Occasionally a cell was noted which seemed to have even more than 24 chromosomes. Figure 9 is an example, in which there appear to be at least thirty chromosomes. No differ- ences were to be found between corresponding cells in worker and male larvae. No good dividing nuclei were found in the testes in larvae. Among the pupae, only in the males were there cells showing good nuclear divisions. In them these were often abundant, especi- ally in the testes. Some of the individuals showed no indication of reduction divisions, the testes still being formed of uniformly regular crowded cells (Fig. 11); other specimens showed testes in which sperm maturation was nearly completed. In individuals between these two groups, there were often large numbers of dividing cells in all stages, from regular divisions of undifferentiated cells showing the usual twelve quite uniform chromosomes (Figs. 12-15), to those showing various stages in reduction division (Figs. 18-23). The latter occurred in scattered groups in the several testes lobes, each group seeming to be very uniform in the stage and rate of division of its cells; but among the different groups, there was the greatest of irregularity. One fact was very frequently noticeable — when the chromosomes began moving from the metaphase plate to the poles, often very 94 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII great irregularity seemed to be the rule. Another noticeable feature was the presence of one or two small granules among the chromosomes. Perhaps there were always two of these granules, but in many cases, there seemed to be only one. Not infrequently none was observed, especially in the earlier stages of division. It is easy to suppose that even if present one or both of these granules could be obscured by a much larger chromosome. With separation of the chromosome halves and migration to the spindle poles, these granules seemed to be much more frequently observed, when they were quite often seen lagging behind on the spindle, even after the chromosomes had begun to lose their identity when merging into a forming nucleus. (Figs. 15, 17, 21 & 22). In no case could any connection of the granules to any chromosome be detected. At the completion of the reduction divisions, there were often formed rather large spherical cells not unlike the cells forming the early testes except that these following reductions had very small spherical nuclei about 2g in diameter. (Fig. 26.) In other and ap- parently more usual cases, reduction division led into sperm matura- tion at once. Well before the end of pupation, sperm formation had been completed in the entire testes. In the pupa, many cells were observed to have a larger chromosome number than twelve. Most conspicuous of these polyploid cells were some in the forepart of the intestine, where the cells occurred singly, were of noticeably larger size and when properly oriented showed conspicuous spindles. (Fig. 28.) In these cells the chromosome num- ber was frequently 24, but occasionally appeared to be at least 30 or higher. (Fig. 27.) In the forepart of the gut, in the region of the proventriculus, similar large cells with increased chromosome numbers were often observed. (Fig. 25.) In the head, where they were apparently always limited to certain of the appendages and to the epidermis, there were some exception- ally large cells. No satisfactory divisions were observed in any of these cells, but a few gave indication that the chromosome numbers were large, perhaps as high as 36. As is usual in Hymenoptera, the cells of the brain cortex showed a very great range in size, some being truly gigantic. In no case June, 1954] Whelden: Bumble-bee 95 could an accurate chromosome count be made in any of these large cells, but it was definitely in the order of 24 and 36. Little need be said of the adults here. The only dividing nuclei found in any of them were in the queens, and there only in the cells of the follicular epithelium. Even here nuclear divisions were rarely found. In these, there were invariably twelve chromosomes, very small here as would be expected, considering the small size of the cells. Presumably such reduction divisions as were to occur in the fe- males had been completed before fixation. But all stages in egg formation were found. In the smallest eggs, scarcely distinct from the surrounding cells, the nucleus was relatively very large, with conspicuously sparse chromatin substance. As egg enlargement pro- gressed, the egg nucleus gradually changed its position and its shape, moving to a position near the lower end of the egg, until it seemed pressed against the egg membrane and had a thick discoid shape. Later in development, it moved away from this position and once again became spherical. Sectioning of the cells of the comb showed that in nearly all cases the inner wall of the cell was covered with an irregular layer of pollen grains, sometimes sparse and sometimes two to four grains thick. These grains were from four different plants, in about equal numbers. Very rarely a grain of some other plant was seen. These were of the same species as those which were observed in the mid- guts of the several larva?. 96 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 1. Epidermal cell of embryo in egg, the chromatin now aggregated into twelve chromosomes. 2. From the same egg, an epidermal cell in early anaphase, the twelve pairs of chromosomes being quite clear. The darker ones are above the shaded ones. 3. Two epidermal cells, one showing a later stage of anaphase. The nucleus of the cell at the right is sectioned, only being figured in this section. The chorion is indicated above the cells. 4. Two complete epidermal cells plus a portion of a third from the epidermal layer of the same egg. One cell protrudes very prominently above the surface of the egg; in this there are 24 chromosomes. 5. Another of these protruding cells, also with 24 chromosomes, from another egg. 6. Two cells from stomodaeum, that at the left with twelve chromosomes at metaphase, that at the right in (late) telophase, the nuclear division nearing completion. These cells border the lumen of the stomodaeum. 7. Surface cell from a small worker larva, showing the twelve small chromosomes. 8. Cell from a medium sized worker larva, showing twelve chromosomes, two of which are conspicuously smaller. 9. Epidermal cell of same medium sized larva, with over 30 chromosomes. 10. Surface cell of medium sized larva, showing one of the many cells having a greater number of chromosomes. In this nucleus there are 24, in metaphase. 11. Spermatogonia, in early prophase. 12. & 13. Spermatogonia, showing metaphase plate, with twelve chromo- somes, plus small granule. 14. Spermatogonium, showing 12 chromosomes, plus very small granule, very irregularly distributed on the spindle. 15. Spermatogonium, in mid- anaphase, with twelve chromosomes to each half, plus a minute granule. 16. Spermatogonium, showing bent spindle. 17. Early telophase, with minute granule remaining remote from two chromosome masses. 18. Stage of second spermatocyte division. 19. Early pairing of chromosomes in spermatocyte division. 20. Spermatocyte division, showing six chromosomes, plus two minute particles. 21. Late anaphase, showing six pairs of chromosomes, plus two small gra- nules, in spindle fibres. 22. Group of three cells in early to mid- telophase, showing lagging par- ticles; and at right, six chromosomes at each pole. 23- A cell similar to one at right above, but cut transversely, showing the six small chromosomes rather clearly. 24. In wall of oesophagus, in thorax of male pupa, showing late anaphase with twelve chromosomes, plus small granule. 25. In same region as fig. 24, but in metaphase, and with 24 chromosomes. 26. Cell before beginning of sperm formation. 27. Large cell in fore part of intestine, showing at least thirty chromosomes. 28. Cell in same region, at right angles to that in fig. 27. June, 1954] Whelden : Bumble-bee 97 98 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII NEW ARRANGEMENTS FOR JOURNAL Beginning with Volume 62, of which this Journal is the second issue, the publication of the Journal of the New York Entomological So- ciety has been transferred to New Haven, Connecticut. The present editor and the editor emeritus, had been hopeful that it would be possible to continue publication with the former publishers, Business Press, Inc., of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, but the matter of costs forced the Society to make the final decision. We have nothing but praise for the careful, workmanlike product of the former publishers, who served us well for the 28 year period, 1925 - 1953. The Science Press Printing Company, Lancaster, Penn- sylvania, operated by the Cattell family, printed the Journal during the years 1925 - 1947 and when that company sold out to Business Press, Inc., this publication went over to the new company which continued to serve us through 1953. We would not ordinarily differ- entiate between Business Press and Science Press, because of the fact that most of the persons with whom the Journal dealt transferred their employment from the former firm to the latter, when the busi- ness was sold. So we have moved. Obviously, there have been many difficulties in bringing forth the first issue of Volume 62, due in March, 1954, and appearing, finally, in December, 1954. Publication of the cur- rent issue has also lagged badly. It is expected that, during the 1955 calendar year, the Journal will be able to make a partial recovery toward appearing on schedule and that the four issues of the 1956 volume will appear by the end of that year. — F. A. Soraci. June, 1954] Hood : Arachisothrips 99 A NEW ARACHISOTHRIPS FROM ARGENTINA By J. Douglas Hood Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. The species bescribed below was taken by Dr. Petr Wygodzinsky at Tucuman Argentina, and is particularly interesting because the known distribution of the genus is thereby extended from Mexico and Jamaica to the far southern portion of South America.1 Arachisothrips seticornis, sp. nov. (Pis. V and VI). Female (macropterous) . — Length 0.82 mm. Color brownish yellow; ptero- thorax darkened laterally, abdomen paler apically, legs concolorous with body; fore wings with a gray-brown band across middle of inflated part, this band broadened along posterior margin of wing and connected along this margin with a second cross-band which occupies basal half of narrowed apical part of wing; antennal segment I yellow and paler than head, II yellowish brown and darker than head, III and IV yellow and shaded with gray in about basal half except for the yellow, narrow pedicel of III; V-VIII gray brown, the first of these paler than the others, especially in basal half. Head (Fig. 2) typical in form, with strongly constricted, neck-like base, protruding eyes, distinct postocular notch, and broad frontal costa; cheeks greatly swollen, somewhat diverging posteriorly, then so abruptly constricted that the posterior margin of the resulting bulge is transverse; dorsal surface polygonally reticulate. Eyes small, rounded, 53 g long dorsally, 40g wide, 91 apart. Ocelli small, borne on a slight prominence, the median one facing forward above a longitudinal groove, the posterior pair directed somewhat posteriorly and laterally, 13g in diametter and 13 g apart. Mouth-cone short (66g), broadly rounded. Antennae (Fig. 3) eight-segmented, typical in structure, terminal segment extremely long and slender, about twenty-two times as long as greatest width; antennae almost devoid of setae and with all sense-cones simple and arising from outer surface of segments, III-V each with one near apex, VI with one at apical third, VII with one at basal third, this the largest; segment II reticulate with asperate lines, III-V each with several distinct, raised cross-lines. Prothorax (Fig. 2) transverse, sides diverging posteriorly (rather than merely rounded), dorsum finely cross-striate throughout, except in the two sublateral foveae and for a few polygonal reticles laterally (rather than 2The cost of the cuts for the two accompanying plates was borne by Cornell University, through its committee on Faculty Research Grants. 100 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII striate merely anteriorly and posteriorly); posterior third abruptly elevated and with its anterior margin vertical (rather than undifferentiated from rest of notum); all setae minute. Fore wings (Figs. 1, 4, 5) typical, greatly inflated in basal two-thirds to form a sac, but not appreciably constricted at middle of this inflation, entire surface of wing except extreme tip and an area along costal margin near base of wing polygonally (usually hexagonally) reticulate; ambient vein complete, broad, and strong, its costal portion set with stout, nearly black, backwardly-curved, asperate (not pinnate) setae ( Fig. 6) which are supported by pale stalks, the setae disposed in two series in the saccate part of wing, one series arising from anterior margin of vein and directed outward, the other arising from inner surface and directed in- ward, both series inclined upward (morphologically) and together presenting the appearance of ribs arising from a breastbone, several of them projecting beyond base of wing as seen from above; median vein broad and distinct, with one stalked seta where it ends on distal margin of inflation; one long (I60g), slender, pale seta extending into wing-sac; hind wings typical. Fegs typical, tibiae claviform (Figs. 7-9). Abdomen normal, lightly reticulate at sides, lightly cross-striate elsewhere in most of dorsal surface. Measurements of female (holotype): Length 0.82; head, total length 0.110, median length 0.106, width across eyes 0.171, just behind eyes 0.155, great- est width across cheeks 0.167, least width near base 0.107; prothorax, median length of pronotum 0.070, greatest width of pronotum 0.190; mesothorax, greatest width across anterior angles 0.203; metathorax, greatest width pos- teriorly 0.231; fore wings, length 0.853, greatest width 0.276; abdomen, greatest width 0.337. Antennal segments : I II III IV V VI VII VIII Length 00: 30 47 110 63 62 43 32 132 Width O) : 34 35 18 17 19 14 9 6 Total length of antenna 0.519 mm. ARGENTINA: Tucuman, February 14, 1953, Dr. Petr Wygod- zinsky, 1 2 (holotype), from "Parque Aconquija, in a dark and rather moist place in the forest, near a small creek, among fallen leaves.” It is impossible to compare this species satisfactorily with the two previously-named ones because the descriptions of the latter are too brief and do not include the measurements which present-day workers on the group consider essential. The eight-segmented antennae should presumably distinguish it from the Jamaican millsi, whose antennae June, 1954] Hood : Arachisothrips 101 are said to be seven-segmented, though the reference in the original description of that species is to a figure which shows an eight- segmented antenna. From the Mexican boneti, described in some- what less than seven full lines of text, which is said to have eight- segmented antennae but where again the reference is apparently to the wrong figure, the present species would appear to differ markedly in (1) the subangulate, rather than rounded, cheeks; (2) the shallower constriction near the middle of the saccate part of the fore wings; and (3) the form of the sides of the pronotum. Perhaps, too, the eighth antennal segment is slenderer. The conspicuously elevated posterior third of the pronotum and the almost complete cross- striation of its surface, referred to in the description above, are pre- sumably characters possessed in common by all three species, even though not shown in the figure of boneti. Seen for the first time, the members of this genus present a most un-thysanopterous appearance, because their greatly inflated fore wings, marked with a dark cross-band and reticulated, produce a striking resemblance to the homopterous Tingidae, such as Corythuca — in fact, one wonders whether their apparent scarcity might not be partly due to the failure of collectors to penetrate their disguise. With their wings removed, however, or if short-winged, they would be looked upon by any student of the thrips as a thoroughly conven- tional type of Heliothripinae, and, indeed, the characters exhibited by the wings are merely of degree, rather than of kind: Reticulated fore wings and stalked setae, for example, occur in Parthenothrips and saccate fore wings in Retithrips. The legs and antennae, as well as other body parts and the sculpture, are closely duplicated in other members of the same group. This close relationship certainly must be reflected in their food habits, and the three known species, rather than being ‘'inhabitants of ground cover” are much more likely feeders upon green leaves like their relatives. The fact that only five specimens are known to date bears out a belief that we know little about where to look for them. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII Arachisothrips seticornis, sp. nov.; 9, holotype, x 46. [J.D.H., camera lucida] 102 (Plate V) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII (Plate VI) Arachisothrips seticornis, sp. nov.; $, holotype. — 2, head and prothorax, x 157. — 3, left antenna and front of head, x 196. — 4, left fore wing, x 73. — 5, anterior portion of right fore wing, ventral aspect, x 73 (sculpture of the morphologically ventral surface shown only at bend of wing) . — 6, basal portion of costal vein of left fore wing, x 196. — 7, left fore tibia, ventral aspect, x 118. — 8, left middle tibia, ventral aspect, x 118. — 9, left hind tibia, ventral aspect, x 118. [J.D.H., camera lucida] 103 104 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXI1 INSECTS FOR SALE IN NEW YORK CITY BEFORE 1800 The "New-York Daily Advertiser” of December 26, 1796 carried the following: "A Naturalist, lately arrived from Europe, takes this method to inform his friends and the public in general, that he has brought with him, a large collection of birds, insects, butterflies, and several quadrupeds, from different parts of the world, which he will dispose of, either by large or small quantities. He further informs, that he possesses entirely the art of stuffing animals, &c. so as to give them their natural appearance, as well as to preserve them from decay. Apply at No. $55 Broadway.” Another insect that was offered for sale by some one at No. 7 Beek- man street, New York, along with wax figures, "and an alarm against House Breaking and Fire”, consisted of a "brilliant Diamond Beetle.” This advertisement was printed in the "New-York Daily Advertiser” of March 21, 1791. — H. B. Weiss. EXHIBITS OF INSECTS IN NEW YORK CITY BEFORE 1800 In the "Weekly Museum” of July 26, 1794, the Museum and Wax Works in the Exchange advertised its "largest collection of Birds, Butterflies, Insects and Beetles in America; from Europe, Asia, Africa and America. The collection contains near 600 Birds, upwards of 2000 Insects.” A later advertisement in the "Columbian Gazetteer” of October 16, 1794 is somewhat more detailed and refers to the number of insects as being between two and three thousand "such as butterflies, Stinging bees, Biting flies and Beetles — One box 26 by 18 inches, contains one thousand and forty-two different species of Beetles arranged in families.” William Winstanley in the "Weekly Museum” of February 4, 1797 stated that a New Panorama would be opened "in Greenwich street near the bottom of Barley street” on the sixth of the month and that a print shop at the Panorama was well furnished among other things with "a large collection of American Butterflies and other insects in frames.” — H. B. Weiss. it: June, 1954] Smith & Wing: Ant 105 REDESCRIPTION OF DISCOTHYREA TESTACEA ROGER, A LITTLE-KNOWN NORTH AMERICAN ANT, WITH NOTES ON THE GENUS ( H YMENOPTER A : FORMICID2E ) By Marion R. Smith1 and Merle W. Wing2 The primary purpose of this paper is to redescribe and figure Discothyrea test ace a Roger, an almost unknown North American ant, and to furnish such historical and biological facts concerning it as may be of interest. The genus Discothyrea is also discussed and all the known species listed. In 1863 (Berlin. Ent. Ztschr. 7: 176-177) Roger described a new genus and species of ponerine ant, Discothyrea testacea, on the basis of a worker and dealated female. His generic description was un- usually thorough, his specific description extremely brief. Through some unfortunate oversight he failed to designate a specific type locality; however, this was remedied later in 1863 in his "Verzeichniss der Formiciden — Gattungen und Arten,” where he gave "Nord Amerika” as the general type locality without further remark. From 1863 until 1948 no one in this country succeeded in find- ing additional individuals, and the presence of testacea in North Am- erica was becoming a matter of considerable doubt. Such well- known works as Wheelers, 1910 and 1926 editions of "Ants”; Smith’s, 1947, "A Generic and Subgeneric Synopsis of the United States Ants, Based on the Workers”; and Creighton’s, 1950, "Ants of North America”, made no mention of the genus or species. So far as we are aware, no one in North America has ever seen Roger’s types. A number of workers, especially beginners, did not know that Discothyrea had ever been recorded for North America, although the species testacea is listed for North America by Emery (1911, in Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum, fascicule 118, p. 52). Emery 1U. S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, Entomology Research Branch, Washington, D. C. 2Raleigh, N. C. 106 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII apparently recorded the form from North America entirely on the basis of Roger’s original statement. Not only had our workers failed to find testae ea, but even another North American species, Ponera gilva (now Euponera gilva ) described by Roger in 1863, was not collected again until 1919. The authors do not believe that either species is so rare that it should not have been collected on numerous occasions during this time. Credit for collecting the first Discothyrea since Roger’s time, though, should go to the junior author, who found a single worker on August 29, 1948, while collecting from soil humus by means of a Berlese funnel about three miles from Holly Springs (Wake County), North Carolina. Less than a year later (April 29, 1949) H. T. Vanderford found three workers of Discothyrea adhering to the roots of a swamp fern growing on the edge of an old salt marsh lake at Savannah, Georgia. Approximately two months later he collected two additional workers and a dealated female from almost the same spot, an area of approximately six square feet. Vander- ford kindly permitted us to study all his specimens except one worker, and we came to the conclusion that they represent the same species as that of the individual collected in North Carolina which we be- lieved to be Roger’s testacea. Realizing that Roger’s types should be in the Zoological Museum of the University of Berlin, we sent H. Bischoff one worker each of the North Carolina and Georgia individuals to be compared with the type. At the same time we requested Dr. Bischoff to furnish us with as detailed information as possible concerning specific locality, date, and collector of the types. After comparing our individuals with the type Dr. Bischoff pronounced them to be the same species. He also stated that there were no original labels of Roger’s attached to the type, but only labels by Gerstacker as follows: "Discothyrea testacea Rog.*, Amer. Sept.” The asterisk following Roger’s name is inter- preted as indicating type designation. No further information was available, but it is Dr. Bischoff’s opinion that the type specimens may have been sent to Roger by Christian Zimmerman from one of the Carolinas. Upon reading the biography of Dr. Zimmerman we learned that he was a German who migrated to and lived in the United States from 1832 to 1867, mostly in Georgetown and Colum- bia, South Carolina. He had been a teacher of music and drawing June, 1954] Smith & Wing: Ant 107 and a collector and student of insects, mostly Coleoptera. It appears that we shall never know for certain the locality or collector of testacea, and that we can only surmise that the species was collected in the Carolinas, probably by Zimmerman. This is especially unfor- tunate, since testacea is the genotype of Discothyrea. So far as we know, only 21 forms of Discothyrea have been des- cribed, these having been recorded from all the faunal realms except the Palearctic. The ants are believed to be well adapted to the Tem- perate and Torrid Zones of the earth. The forms and the faunal realms from which they have been recorded are as follows: Nearctic testacea Roger (the genotype), 1863, worker, dealate female, (prob- ably North or South Carolina). Neotropical denticulata Weber, 1939, worker, Forest Settlement, Mazaruni River, British Guiana. horni Menozzi, 1927, alate female, fig. 1, San Jose, Costa Rica. Menozzi, 1937, worker, San Jose, Costa Rica. humilis Weber, 1939, dealate female, Barro Colorado Island, Pan- ama Canal Zone. icta Weber, 1939, dealate female, grounds of Imperial College of Tropical Agriculture, St. Augustine, Trinidad, British West Indies. isthmica Weber, 1940, dealate female, Barro Colorado Island, Pan- ama Canal Zone. neotropica Bruch, 1919-1920, dealate female, 3 figs., Alta Gracia, Province of Cordoba, Argentina. Ethiopian hewitti Arnold, 1916, worker, Grahamstown, Cape Province, South Africa. oculata Emery, 1901, worker, alate female, male, Cameroons, Africa. oculata var. sculptior Santschi, 1913, worker, French Congo, Africa. patrhzi Weber, 1949, worker, dealate female, fig. 1, Kenya, Africa. traegaordhi Santschi, 1914, worker, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, Africa. Oriental globus Forel, 1905, worker, Tjompea, Java. 108 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII globus var. sauteri Forel, 1912, worker, dealate female, Pilam, Form- osa. Australian antarctica Emery, 1895, worker, North Island, New Zealand. Emery, 1897, worker, pi. 2, fig. 8, Hunua Mountains, New Zealand. Moore, 1938, biology and distribution. bidens Clark, 1927-1928, worker, pi. 1, figs. 30, 31, Victoria, Aus- tralia. clavicornis Emery, 1897, worker, pi. 15, figs. 39, 40, German, New Guinea. Mann, 1919, alate female, fig. 6, Fulakora, Ysabel, British Solomon Islands. crassicornis Clark, 1926-1927, worker, pi. 6, figs. 4, 4a, worker, Man- jimup, Western Australia. lea Clark, 1934, dealate female, pi. 2, fig. 11, Mt. Lofty, Southern Australia. remingtoni Brown, 1948, worker, figs. 1A, IB, 7 Mi S. E. La Foa, New Caledonia. turtoni Clark, 1934, worker, dealate female, pi. 4, figs. 5, 6, Otway Range, Australia. The worker of our North American Discothyrea is readily dis- tinguishable from that of other North American ponerine genera in the possession of a 9-segmented antenna3, the funiculus of which is strongly thickened (clavate) toward the apex and the last funicular segment remarkably enlarged, oval and approximately as long as the combined lengths of the preceding funicular segments; the semi- circular, disk-like clypeus extended above the mandibles; extremely minute or almost obsolescent eye; dorsum of thorax without sutures; gaster strongly curved anteroventrally with the apical segments pro- truding from the venter rather than the apex of the large, second gas- tric segment; erect hairs lacking from most of the body except usually 3Some species of Discothyrea are known to have only a 7 -segmented antenna, the reduction in segments probably being due to fusion. One should be cautious, therefore, in accepting a given number of segments as being in- variable for a species. It is not impossible that individuals in a colony may have a variable number of segments composing the antenna. June, 1954] Smith & Wing: Ant 109 the apex of the gaster; body unusually small (less than 2 mm.) and with a dull opaque or subopaque cast. The North American female is very similar to the worker except for her larger size, possession of wings (when a virgin), and modifica- tions of the head and thorax such as ocelli, compound eyes, and the Worker of Discothyrea testacea Roger. Fig. 1, anterior view of head. Fig. 2, lateral view of body (illustrations by Arthur D. Cushman). extra sclerites of the thorax. We have not seen a Discothyrea male, but a male of oculata, an African species, is known to have a 13-seg- mented antenna with a short scape, which is approximately as long 110 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII as the combined lengths of the first three funicular segments, the frontal carinae fused to form a single vertical plate as in the worker and female, the thorax with Mayrian furrows, the anterior wing lacking a disocidal cell but having at least one closed cubital cell, the petiole and gaster almost as those of the other castes. Although Discothyrea is an ancient and relict genus, we are not aware of any fossil forms. These highly specialized ants are well adapted to their cryptotobiotic life. Little is known concerning their feeding habits, but it is almost a certainty that they are carnivorous, probably on some of the small organisms near the surface of the soil, humus, or well rotted cavities of logs and stumps. Their unusually small colonies must not comprise more than a dozen or so adult individuals and should be found in the habitats mentioned above. It is quite likely that females establish colonies alone without the assistance of workers. Discothyrea testacea Roger, 1863, Berlin. Ent. Ztschr. 7:177, worker, fe- male (without locality). — Roger, 1863, Verzeichniss der Formiciden, Gat- tungen und Arten, p. 21 (designated "Nord Amerika” as type locality). — Mayr, 1886, Zool. — Bot. Gesell. Wien 36: 438. — Emery, 1895, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. f. System. 8: 226. — W. M. Wheeler, 1911, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 21: 162. — Emery, 1911, in Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum, fascicule 118, p. 52. — Weber, 1939, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 32: 99, 101-102, worker, female (in key). — Weber, 1940, Psyche 47: 79. — Donisthorpe, 1943, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 10: 640. — Borgmeier, 1949, Rev. Brasil Biol. 9: 205, worker, female (in key). — M. R. Smith, 1951, in U. S. Dept. Agr. Monogr., No. 2, p. 785. WORKER. Length 1.55 mm. Head ovoid, approximately one and one-third times as long as broad (maxi- mum length from the extreme anterior border of the clypeus to the posterior border of the head, 0.46 mm., maximum breadth, eye to eye, 0.34 mm.), with weakly convex sides, rounded posterior corners and almost imperceptibly emarginate posterior border. Compound eye extremely minute, scarcely per- ceptible, placed on side of head nearer to the base of the mandible than to the posterior border of the head, composed of only a few ommatidia. An- tenna 9-segmented, placed near the extreme anterior border of the head; scape short (excluding the pedicel, 0.25 mm. in length), strongly curved and also strongly thickened (clavate) toward the apex; funiculus short and stout, the first segment as long as, or longer than broad, the second through the seventh segments successively widening, each of these being clearly broader than June, 1954] Smith & Wing: Ant 111 long, the last funicular segment (eighth) extraordinarily large, oval, and ap- proximately as long as the combined lengths of the preceding funicular segments. Clypeus extended over the mandibles as a plate or disk-like process, the anterior edge of which is subangularly arched (from side to side). Frontal carinse fused with the clypeus into an extremely thin, vertical plate, which extends from the anterior border of the clypeus between and also past the antennal insertions, the plate bearing a very small but visible hole (viewed in profile). Mandible subtriangular, the masticatory border bearing several rather indistinct denticuli at the base and a fairly distinct and acute tooth at the apex. In profile, dorsum of the thorax rather evenly and moderately arched (anteroposteriorly), meeting the slightly inclined declivity of the epinotum to form a distinct angle. Thorax, from above, 0.46 mm. in length (from the extreme anterior border of the pronotal collar to the point where the dorsum of the thorax meets the epinotal declivity, widest at the pronotal humeri, narrowest at the epinotal tubercles; the promesonotal and mesoepinotal sutures lacking; pronotal humeri rounded or subangular; dorsum of the thorax meeting the epinotal declivity to form a distinct subangular emargina- tion between the epinotal tubercles. Legs moderately long, the femora and tibiae not especially thickened, the anterior and posterior tibia each with a well developed and distinct spur, the spur apparently lacking on the middle tibia. Petiole, in profile, erect, somewhat wedge-shaped, with the apex of the wedge directed dorsally, ventral border of the petiole with a spine-like lamella; viewed anteriorly, the petiole also appears wedge-shaped, with the highest point of the wedge at about the middle of the dorsal border of the petiole. Gaster from above, 0.63 mm. in length (from the extreme base of the first gastric segment to the extreme apex of the second gastric segment), the first two segments combined form an ellipsoid, the base of which is sub- truncate and the apex of which is subangularly rounded; in profile, the much rounded apical segments of the gaster are borne from the venter rather than the apex of the second gastric segment. Extreme apex of gaster with a sting as in other ponerines. Body and appendages devoid of any erect or suberect hairs. Pubescence scarcely perceptible, grayish, extremely fine and very closely appressed on body and appendages. Body light brown or yellowish brown to slightly reddish brown, the color depending largely on the intensity of the light, subopaque or opaque, this also depending upon the light intensity. Eyes blackish. The two Georgia workers are similar to the North Carolina worker except for some minor differences that seem scarcely worth men- tioning. Differences in the length of the head, for instance, are very close, 0.03 — 0.04 mm., so these might well be within the range of error in measuring. The epinotal declivity of each of these workers 112 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII also appears more vertical, and the general body color more infuscated or sordid. DEALATE FEMALE. Length 2.01 mm. Larger than the worker. Total body length obtained in the same manner as with the worker and comprising the following parts, head 0.50 mm., thorax 0.66 mm., gaster 0.85 mm. Differing from the worker largely in the usual female characters such as the possession of ocelli, compound eyes, and thoracic modifications. Other differences are mandible edentate except for the single apical tooth; eye rather large, oval, approximately 0.13 mm. at its greatest width and bearing in this width 10-12 ommatidia, placed approximately 0.05 mm. from the base of the mandible; anterior ocellus borne less than 0.10 mm. behind a transverse line connecting the posterior border of each eye; compound eyes and borders around the ocelli black; pronotal humeri more angular; epinotal declivity apparently more concave. Color similar to that of the two Georgia workers but more sordid than that of the worker from North Carolina. The redescription of the worker is based largely on the individual from North Carolina which has been carefully compared with the type. The redescription of the female is from the single, dealated Georgia individual. Type locality — North America (very probably collected in one of the Carolinas by Dr. Christian Zimmerman). Other localities — 3 miles from Holly Springs (Wake County), North Carolina, Merle W. Wing and Savannah, Georgia, H. T. Vander- ford. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 113 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS OF CUBA (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) By Salvador Luis de la Torre y Callejas Professor of Zoology Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba (Continued from Vol. LXII, No. I Family DANAID/E Subfamily Danain^E Tribe Danaini Genus Danaus Kluk Danaus Linnaeus, 1758. Danaus Kluk, 1780. Danaida Latreille, 1804. Anosia Hiibner, 1816. Danais Latreille, 1819. Danaomorpha Kremky, 1925. Panlymnas Bryk, 1937. Dio gas d’ Almeida, 1938. Genotype: Papilio plexippus Linnaeus, 1758. According to Opinion Number 124 of The International Commis- sion on Zoological Nomenclature, Linnaeus did not use the word Danaus as a generic term. (See Smithsonian Misc. Coll. vol. 73, No. 8, p. 1, Oct. 28, 1936). 62. DANAUS (DIOGAS) PLEXIPPUS MENIPPE (Hiibner) (The Monarch) Anosia menippe Hiibner, 1816. Danais erippus : Gundlach, 1881: 23. Anosia ( Danaida ) plexippus : Abbot, 1914: 205. Danaida ( Anosia ) ar chip pus: Kremky, 1925: 166. Anosia plexippus : Showalter, 1927: 113; Fazzini, 1934: 18; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 204. 114 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Danaus plexippus plexippus : Clark, 1932: 115; id., 1941: 533; Bates, 1935: 145; Field, 1938b: 127; Comstock, 1944: 430; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 17; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 52; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106; id., 1946b: 109, 117; id, 1947: 19. Danais plexippus : Hoffmann, 1933: 227; id, 1936: 262; Holland, 1942: 68; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 274. Dio gas curassavicae : d’Almeida, 1939: 44; Hoffmann, 1940c: 663- Danaus ( Anosia ) curassavicae curassavicae : Berger, 1939: 191. Danaus erippus menippe : Forbes, 1939: 133. Danaus plexippus : Brown, 1944b: 238; Evans, Kloet, Hincks. . , 1946: 4; Weiss & Boyd, 1950: 164; Judd, 1950: 169; Garth, 1950: 15. Danaus menippe menippe : Chermock, 1947: 2. Danaus ( Danaida ) plexippus plexippus : Dufrane, 1948: 192. Danaus plexippus menippe : Field, 1950: 236. Danaus (Dio gas) plexippus menippe : S. L. de la Torre, 1951: 95. Illustrations. — Kremky, 1925: pi. XX, f. 3, (genital), text figs. 6-8, (legs), 9, (genital); Showalter, 1927: pi. 9, f. 12, p. 124, fig. not numbered; Clark, 1932: pi. 6, f. 4, pi. 58, f. 1, 2, pi. 63, f. 2, 3, pi. 64, f. 1, 2; id, 1941: pi. 71, f. 1; Fazzini, 1934: p. 19, f. not numbered; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. I, f. 1, 2, (larva), f. 3, (chrysalis), f. 4, pi. XXVIII, f. 1, pi. XXXII, f. 3; d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 4, f. 5, 6, 8, (genital), pi. 5, f. 5, 7, pi. 16, f. 1, 3; id, 1944: pi. 2, f. 1, 2; Holland, 1942: text figs. 4, 5, (eggs), 14, 15, (head of Caterpillar), 16, 18, (larva), 23, 24, (larva and chrysalis), 29, 30, (head), 40, (venation), 41, 42, (section of larva), 80, (swarm of D. plexippus resting on a tree), pi. IV, f. 1-3, (chrysalis), pi. VII, f. 1; Comstock, 1944: pi. 5, f. 9; S. L. de la Torre, 1946b: pi. 13, f. 31-34; id., 1947: pi. I, f. 2; Weiss & Boyd, 1950: pi. XVI, f. 50a, 50b. 63. danaus (diogas) plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus) Papilio plexippus Linnaeus, 1758. Danaida ( Anosia ) archippus ni grip pus : Kremky, 1925: 167. Danaus plexippus nigrippus : Field, 1938b: 128. Danaus erippus megalippe : Forbes, 1939: 133. Diogas curassavicae nigrippus : d’Almeida, 1939: 54. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 115 Danaus plexippus megalippe : Clark, 1941: 536; Beatty, 1944: 156; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: 19. Dio gas erippus? : Schweizer, 1941: 11. Dio gas curassavicas megalippe : d’ Almeida, 1944: 53. Danaus (Dio gas) plexippus megalippe : S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. Danaus plexippus plexippus : Field, 1950: 236. Danaus (Dio gas) plexippus plexippus : S. L. de la Torre, 1951: 96. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1947. (See Memo* rias de la Sociedad Cubana de His. Nat., vol. XIX, p. 19). Illustrations. — Kremky, 1925: text fig. 10, (genital); d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 18, f. 3; Clark, 1941: pi. 71, f. 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: pi. I, f. 1; Garth, 1950: f. 7. 64. DANAUS (DIOGAS) PLEXIPPUS PORTORICENSIS Clark Danaus plexippus portoricensis Clark, 1941: 539; Comstock, 1944: 431; d’Almeida, 1944: 54; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: 20; Munroe, 1951: 56. Danaus megalippe portoricensis : Forbes, 1943: 297. Diogas curassavicae portoricensis : d’Almeida, 1944: 70. Danaus (Diogas) plexippus portoricensis : S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1951: 96. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1949 (See The Lepidopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65). Illustrations. — Clark, 1941: pi. 72, f. 3, 4; d’Almeida, 1944: pi. 2, f. 1, 2; Comstock, 1944: text fig. 1, (venation); pi. 5, f. 10. 65. danaus (danaus) gilippus Berenice (Cramer) Papilio berenice Cramer, 1779. Danais berenice\ Gundlach, 1881: 24; Holland, 1942: 69. Anosia berenice\ Holland, 1916: 488; Showalter, 1927: 113; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 207; Hoffmann, 1940c: 662. Danaus gilippus berenice : Bates, 1935: 146; Forbes, 1939: 135; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 17; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106; Chermock, 1947: 2. Danaus berenice berenice'. Field, 1938b: 129; Clark, 1941: 541; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: 20. Anosia gilippus berenice'. d’Almeida, 1939: 23; id., 1944: 39. 116 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Anosia eresimus kaempfferi : d’Almeida, 1939: 36; id., 1944: 41, 46. Danaus ( Danaus ) gilippus berenice : S. L. de la Torre, 1951: 97. Illustrations. — Showalter, 1927: pi. IX, f. 11; d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 6, f. 1, (genital), pi. 15, f. 4; Clark, 1941: pi. 73, f. 3; Holland, 1942: pi. VII, f. 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 45-47, 50, (scales); id., 1947: pi. 2, f. 7, 8. 66. DANAUS (DANAUS) GILIPPUS STRIGOSA (H. W. Bates) Danais strigosa H. W. Bates, 1864. Danais berenice strigosa'. Hoffmann, 1924: 1; id., 1933: 228. Anosia berenice strigosa : J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 208. Danais berenice : Hoffmann, 1936: 262. Danaus berenice strigosa : Field, 1938b: 129; Clark, 1941: 541; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: 20; Garth, 1950: 16. Danaus gilippus strigosa'. Forbes, 1939: 135; Chermock, 1947: 2. Anosia gilippus berenice var. strigosa : d’Almeida, 1939: 25; id., 1944: 43. Anosia berenice form strigosa'. Hoffmann, 1940c: 662. Danais berenice var. strigosa'. Holland, 1942: 69. Anosia berenice race strigosa'. Brown, 1944b: 237. Danaus (Danaus) gilippus strigosa'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1951: 98. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1947 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., vol. XIX, p. 20). Illustrations. — Hoffmann, 1924: f. 2; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Com- stock, 1936: pi. XXXII, f. 2; d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 6, f. 2, (genital), pi. 7, f. 2, (genital), pi. 18, f. 1; Clark, 1941: pi. 73, f. 4; Holland, 1942: pi. VII, f. 3; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: pi. 2, f. 9. 67. danaus (danaus) gilippus gilippina (Hoffmann) Anosia berenice form gilippina Hoffmann, 1940: 277; id., 1940c: 662; d’Almeida, 1944: 41. Danaus (Danaus) gilippus gilippina: S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1951: 98. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1949 (See The Lepidopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65). June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 117 Illustrations. — Hoffmann, 1940: f. 3, 4; d’Almeida, 1944: pi. 1, f. 3, pi. 2, f. 3. 68. danaus (danaus) eresimus tethys Forbes Danaus eresimus tethys Forbes, 1943: 301. Danaus eresimus'. Bates, 1935: 146; Clark, 1941: 541; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106; id., 1947: 21. Danais eresimus'. Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 275. Danaus (Danaus) eresimus tethys-. S. L. de la Torre, 1951: 99. This subspecies was described by William T. M. Forbes in 1943 (See Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. LI, p. 301). Illustrations. — Clark, 1941: pi. 74, f. 1, 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 48, 49, (scales); id, 1947: pi. 2, f. 6. 69. DANAUS (DANAUS) ERESIMUS MONTEZUMA Talbot Danaus eresimus montezuma Talbot, 1943; Forbes, 1943: 299; Cher- mock, 1947: 2. Danais cleothera : M. Sanchez Roig & G. S. Villalba, 1934: 109; id, 1934b: 32. Anosia eresimus cleothera : d’Almeida, 1939: 34. Anosia cleothera : Hoffmann, 1940c: 663; Brown, 1944b: 238. Danaus cleothera : Clark, 1941: 539; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: 21. Anosia eresimus ares d’Almeida, 1944: 46. Danaus (Danaus) eresimus montezuma'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id, 1951: 100. This subspecies was reported by Dr. Mario Sanchez Roig and Gaston S. Villalba in 1934 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. VIII, No. 2, p. 109, and Revista de Agricultura, vol. 15, No. 55, P- 32). Illustrations. — M. Sanchez Roig & G. S. Villalba, 1934b: f. 2 ?; d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 3, f. 1, 6, (genital), pi. 15, f. 5, pi. 16, f. 4; Clark, 1941: pi. 74, f. 3, 4; S. L. de la Torre, 1947: pi. 2, f. 4, 5. Subfamily LYCOREIN^ Tribe LYCOREINI Genus Lycorea Doubleday Lycorea Doubleday, 1847 (See Brown, 1941: 136). Lycorella Hemming, 1933. 118 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Genotype: Ly corea atergatis Doubleday & Hewitson, 1847 (See Brown, 1941: 136). 70. LYCOREA CERES DEMETER C. & R. Felder Ly corea demeter C. Felder & R. Felder, 1867; Gundlach, 1881: 19. Ly corea ceres demeter : Bates, 1935: 147; d’Almeida, 1939: 88; id., 1944: 62; Comstock, 1944: 437; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 78; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106. Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 23, f. 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 51, 52, (scales). Tribe Anetiini Genus Anetia Hiibner Anetia Hiibner, 1823, f. 1, 2. Anelia Hiibner, 1823, f. 3, 4. Clothilda Blanchard, 1840. Genotype: Anetia numidia Hiibner, 1823?. 71. ANETIA (CLOTHILDA) NUMIDIA BRIAREA (Latreille) Argynnis briar e a Latreille, 1820. Clothilda pantherata : Gundlach, 1881: 27. Anelia numidia numidia'. Bates, 1935: 148. Anetia numidia-. d’Almeida, 1939: 60; id., 1944: 56. Clothilda ( Clothilda ) numidia briarea : Forbes, 1939: 108. Anetia ( Clothilda ) numidia briarea : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 69. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 9, (venation); d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 11, f. 8, 10, (genital), f. 15, (venation), pi. 12, f. 4, 10, (legs), f. 5, (palp), f. 17, (tarsus), pi. 13, f. 7, (genital), pi. 20, f. 1, 2. 72. ANETIA (CLOTHILDA) PANTHERATA CLARESCENS (Hall) Clothilda pantherata clarescens Hall, 1925. Clothilda numida: Gundlach, 1881: 27. Anelia pantherata clarescens: Bates, 1935: 150; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106. Anetia pantherata clarescens: d’Almeida, 1939: 62; id., 1944: 57. Clothilda ( Clothilda ) pantherata clarescens: Forbes, 1939: 108. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 119 Anetia ( Clothilda ) pantherata clarescens : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 69. Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 28, f. 2, 4; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 53, 54, (scales). 73. anetia (synalpe) cubana (Salvin) Clothilda cubana Salvin, 1869; Gundlach, 1881: 28. Anelia cubana : Bates, 1935: 150; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106. Anetia cubana : d’Almeida, 1939: 63; id., 1944: 57. Clothilda ( Synalpe ) cubana : Forbes, 1939: 107. Anetia ( Synalpe ) cubana : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 69. Illustrations. — d’Almeida, 1939: pi. 29, f. 1, 2. Subfamily ITHOMIIN/E Genus Hymenitis Hiibner Hymenitis Anon. (Illiger?), 1807. Hymenitis Hiibner, 1816. Greta Hemming, 1934. Genotype: Papilio diaphanus Drury, 1773 ( = Hymenitis diaphane Hbn, 1816). We do not know whether a generic name of an anonymous author is accepted in Nomenclature. d’Almeida asked that question of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (See his pa- per entitled "Alguns tipos de generos da ordem Lepidoptera. la. Nota: Rhop., Fam. Mechanitididae. Papeis Avulsos do Dep. Zool. Secret, da Agric. Sao Paulo, vol. II, No. 14, p. 185). We await their opinion; meanwhile, agreeing with d’Almeida, we consider this name null and adopt the name Hymenitis Hiibner, 1816, placing the name Greta Hemming, in the synonymy of the same. 74. hymenitis cubana Herrich-Schaffer Hymenitis cubana Herrich-Schaffer, 1862; Gundlach, 1881: 19; Bates, 1935: 151; id., 1939: 2; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 38; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 10, (venation); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 55, 56, (scales). 120 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Family SATYRID^E Subfamily SATYRIN/E Genus Calisto Hiibner Calisto Hiibner, 1823. Genotype: Papilio zangis Fabricius, 1775. 75. CALISTO HEROPHILE HEROPHILE Hiibner Calisto herophile Hiibner, 1823; Gundlach, 1881: 26; Lathy, 1899: 226; Holland, 1916: 494; Bates, 1935: 152; id., 1939: 3; Dethier, 1940: 14; Comstock, 1944: 480; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106. Calisto herophile herophile : Bates, 1935b: 242; Michener, 1943: 6, id., 1949: 1; Munroe, 1950b: 225; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 62. Illustrations. — Lathy, 1899: pi. IV, f. 8, 9; Bates, 1935: f. 11, (vena- tion); id., 1935b: f. 6, (genital); Dethier, 1940: pi. Ill, f. 1, (2o. instar head capsule), f. 3, (first instar head capsule), f. 5, 6, (eggs), f. 9, 11, (color pattern on an abdominal segment); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 57-62, (scales). 76. CALISTO HEROPHILE PARSONSI Clench Calisto herophile parsonsi Clench, 1943: 26; Michener, 1949: 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1950: 72; id., 1952: 62. Calisto sp .: Munroe, 1950b: 229. This subspecies was captured by Dr. Carl T. Parsons in the Trinidad Mts., Las Villas province, and described as a new subspecies by Mr. Harry K. Clench in 1943 (See Psyche, vol. L, Nos. 1-2, p. 26). 77. CALISTO bruneri Michener Calisto bruneri Michener, 1949: 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 62. This species was described by Dr. Charles D. Michener in 1949 (See American Museum Novitates, No. 1391, p. 2). 78. CALISTO SMINTHEUS SMINTHEUS Bates Calisto smintheus Bates, 1935b: 242. Calisto delos Bates, 1935b: 243; id., 1939: 4; Michener, 1943: 6; id., 1949: 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 121 Calisto smintheus smintheus : Bates, 1939: 3; Michener, 1943: 6; id., 1949: 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1952: 62; Munroe, 1950b: 226. This species was reported by Mr. Marston Bates in 1939 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XIII, p. 3). Illustration. — Bates, 1935b: f. 9, (genital). 79. CALISTO SMINTHEUS MURIPETENS Bates Calisto smintheus muripetens Bates, 1939: 3; Michener, 1943: 6; id, 1949: 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id, 1952: 63; Munroe, 1950b: 226. This subspecies was described by Mr. Marston Bates in 1939 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XIII, p. 3). 80. CALISTO SMINTHEUS BRADLEYI Munroe Calisto smintheus bradleyi Munroe, 1950b: 227; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 63. This subspecies was described by Eugene G. Munroe in 1950 (See Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, vol. LVIII, No. 4, p. 227). Family NYMPHALID/E Subfamily HeliC0NIIN>E Tribe HELICONIINI Genus Heliconius Kluk Heliconius Kluk, 1802; Latreille, 1804 (part). Eueides Hiibner, 1816: 11. Sunias Hiibner, 1816: 12. Mi gonitis Hiibner, 1816: 12 (preoccupied in Mollusca). Aj antis Hiibner, 1816: 13. Apostraphia Hiibner, 1816: 13. Sicyonia Hiibner, 1816: 13. Heliconia Godart, 1819 (part). Laparus Billberg, 1820. Phlogris Hiibner, 1825. Semelia Doubleday, 1844. Blanch ardia Buchecker (1880?); preoccupied in fishes. 122 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Heliconias Boenninghausen, 1896. Genotype: Papilio charithonia Linnaeus, 1767. 81. HELICONIUS (heliconius) charithonius ramsdeni Com- stock & Brown Heliconius charithonius ramsdeni Comstock & Brown, 1950: 14. Heliconius charithonia : Gundlach, 1881: 20. Heliconius charithonius'. Holland, 1916: 488. Heliconius charithonia charithonia'. Bates, 1935: 157; Bruner, Scara- muzza & Otero, 1945: 128. Heliconius charithonius charithonius'. Comstock, 1944: 438; Beatty, 1944: 156; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 52. Heliconius ( Heliconius ) charithonius charithonius'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949b: 192. Heliconius ( Heliconius ) charithonius ramsdeni'. S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 70. Illustrations. — Michener, 1942: f. 1, (venation), f. 13, (harpe); Comstock & Brown, 1950: f. 3D. 82. HELICONIUS (HELICONIUS) CHARITHONIUS PUNCTATUS Hall Heliconius charithonia punctata Hall, 1936: 276. Heliconius charithonius punctatus'. Comstock, 1944: 439; Beatty, 1944: 156; Comstock & Brown, 1950: 11. Heliconius ( Heliconius ) charithonius punctatus : S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id, 1949b: 192; id, 1952: 70. This subspecies was annotated for Cuba by the writer in 1949 (See The Lepidopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65, and Memorias So- ciedad Cubana de Hist. Nat, vol. XIX, p. 192). Illustrations. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 12; Comstock & Brown, 1950. f. 3 A. 83. heliconius (eueides) cleobcea cleobaiA (Geyer) Eueides cleobcea Geyer, 1832, Gundlach, 1881: 22; id, 1891: 445. Eueides cleobcea cleobcea : Bates, 1935: 158; Comstock, 1944: 440; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 128. Heliconius ( Eueides ) cleobcea: Michener, 1942: 3. Heliconius {Eueides) cleobcea cleobcea'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949b: 192. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 123 Genus Philcethria "Dalman” Billberg Philcethria "Dalman” Billberg, 1820. Metamandana Stichel, 1907. Genotype: Papilio dido Clerch, 1764. 84. * PHILCETHRIA DIDO (Clerch) Papilio dido Clerch, 1764. Metamandana dido : Bates, 1935: 237; Hoffmann, 1940c: 674. Philcethria dido : Michener, 1942: 3; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1949b: 193. This species is cited by Bates as doubtful; but we know that it has been observed on several occasions in Cuba. Illustrations. — Michener, 1942: f. 8, (venation), f. 9, (harpe). Tribe Dionini Genus Dryas Hiibner Dry as Hiibner, 1807. Colcenis Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio iulia Fabricius, 1775. 85. dryas iulia cillene (Cramer) Papilio cillene Cramer, 1782. Colaenis delila : Gundlach, 1881: 55. Colaenis julia cillene : Holland, 1916: 489; Riley, 1926: 240. Colaenis julia nudeola : Bates, 1935: 159; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 127. Colaenis cillene : Holland, 1942: 78. Dryas iulia cillene : S. L. de la Torre, 1949b: 193 (See W. P. Comstock, 1944: 443, and C. Michener, 1942: 4). Illustrations. — Michener, 1942: f. 3, (venation), f. 12, (harpe); Hol- land, 1942: pi. LXXI, f. 1, 2. Genus Agraulis Boisduval & Leconte Agraulis Boisduval & Leconte, 1836?. Genotype: Papilio vanillce Linnaeus, 1758. 124 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Dr. Charles D. Michener considers different the genus Agraulis Bsd. & Lee., 1836?, to the genus Dione Hiibner, 1819 (See American Museum Novitates, No. 1215, p. 5). 86. AGRAULIS VANILL2E insularis Maynard Agraulis insularis Maynard, 1889. Dione vanillce : Gundlach, 1881: 57; Hall, 1936: 276. Dione vanillce var. insularis : Holland, 1916: 490. Dione vanillce insularis : Riley, 1926: 243; Bates, 1935: 160; Com- stock, 1944: 443; Beatty, 1944: 156; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 127; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 52; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 275; Munroe, 1951: 56. Agraulis vanillce insularis : Michener, 1942b: 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1949b: 194. Illustrations. — Michener, 1942: f. 6, (venation), f. 17, (harpe); Com- stock, 1944: pi. 6, f. 4. 87. AGRAULIS VANILL2E nigrior Michener Agraulis vanillce nigrior Michener, 1942b: 7; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1949b: 194. This subspecies was reported by the writer in 1949 (See The Lepidopterists’ News, vol. Ill, No. 6, p. 65, and Memorias Sociedad Cubana de Hist. Nat, vol. XIX, p. 194). Subfamily NYMPHALIN^E Genus Euptoieta Doubleday Euptoieta Doubleday (not Hiibner), 1848. Genotype: Papilio claudia Cramer, 1775. 88. EUPTOIETA HEGESIA HEGESIA (Cramer) Papilio hegesia Cramer, 1779. Euptoieta hegesia: Gundlach, 1881: 44; id, 1891: 447; Holland, 1916: 491; Bates, 1935: 161; d’Almeida, 1941: 308; S. L. de la Torre, 1943: 140; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 184; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 276. Euptoieta hegesia karihica Stichel, 1938. Euptoieta hegesia hegesia'. Berger, 1939: 196; Comstock, 1944: 444; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 65. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 125 Illustrations. — Holland, 1942: pi. VIII, f. 8; S. L. de la Torre, 1943: pi. 16, f. 2; Comstock, 1944: text fig. 5, (the markings in the forewing discal cell). 89. euptoieta CLAUDIA (Cramer) Papilio claudia Cramer, 1775. Euptoieta claudia : Clark, 1932: 114; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Com- stock, 1936: 109; Hoffmann, 1936: 262; id., 1940c: 674; Field, 1938b: 122; Holland, 1942: 80; S. L. de la Torre, 1943: 139; id, 1949: 65; Brown, 1944c: 346; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 276; Bruner, 1947: 26; Garth, 1950: 20. Euptoieta claudia claudia : Schweizer & W. Kay, 1941: 15. This species was reported by the writer in 1943 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XVII, p. 139). Illustrations. — Clark, 1932: pi. 21, f. 1, 2; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XVIII, f. 4; Holland, 1942: pi. V, f. 8, 9, (chrysalis), pi. VIII, f. 9; S. L. de la Torre, 1943: pi. 16, f. 1. Genus Melitcea Fabricius Melitcea Fabricius, 1807. Genotype: Papilio cinxia Linnaeus, 1758. 90. MELIT2EA (MICROTIA) PELOPS PELOPS (Drury) Papilio pelops Drury, 1770. Phyciodes pelops : Gundlach, 1881: 53; Hall, 1936: 276. Phyciodes pelops aegon : Bates, 1935: 162; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 277. Phyciodes pelops pelops : Comstock, 1944: 446. Melitcea ( Microtia ) pelops pelops : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 66. We place this species in the subgenus Microtia of the genus Melitcea according to Wm. T. M. Forbes (See "The genus Phyciodes”, 1945. Ent. Amer, vol. XXIV, No. 4, p. 152 and 188). Illustrations. — Comstock, 1944: text fig. 7, (venation), pi. 9, f. 1. Genus Phyciodes Hiibner Phyciodes Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio cocyta Cramer, 1777 ( =Papilio tharos Drury, 1773). 126 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 91. PHYCIODES (PHYCIODES) PH AON PHAON (Edwards) Melitcea phaon Edwards, 1864. Phyciodes phaon : M. Sanchez Roig & Gaston S. Villalba, 1934: 109; id, 1934b: 32; Field, 1938b: 113; Hoffmann, 1940c: 676; Holland, 1942: 137. Phyciodes phaon phaon: Bates, 1935: 162; Brown, 19 44c: 350; Bruner, 1947: 26. Phyciodes ( Phyciodes ) phaon : Forbes, 1945: 154. Phyciodes ( Phyciodes ) phaon phaon : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 66. Illustrations. — M. Sanchez Roig & G. S. Villalba, 1934b: f. 3; Holland, 1942: pi. XVII, f. 22, 23. 92. PHYCIODES (PHYCIODES) PHAON PHAON f. HIEMALIS Edwards This is the winter form of that species, which was reported by the writer in 1952 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XXI, p. 66). Phyciodes ( Phyciodes ) phaon phaon f. cestiva Edwards (1878: 179) is the summer form of that species. 93. PHYCIODES (ERESIA) FRISIA FRISIA (Poey) Melitea frisia Poey, 1832. Phyciodes frisia: Gundlach, 1881: 53; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 277. Eresia frisia: Holland, 1916: 491. Phyciodes frisia frisia: Bates, 1935: 163; Comstock, 1944: 448. Anthanassa frisia: Holland, 1942: 140. Phyciodes ( Eresia ) frisia frisia: Forbes, 1945: 156; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 66. Illustrations. — Poey, 1832: 3 figs, not numbered; Bates, 1935: f. 12, (venation); Holland, 1942: text fig. 94, (neuration), pi. XVII, f. 42; Comstock, 1944: pi. 6, f. 6; Forbes, 1945: pi. X, f. 29, (genital). Genus Chlosyne Butler Chlosyne Butler, 1870. Genotype: Papilio janais Drury, 1782. June, 1954] de la Torre: Rhopalocera 127 94 CHLOSYNE PEREZI PEREZI (Herrich-Schaffer) Synchloe perezi Herrich-Schaffer, 1862. Chlosyne perezi : Gundlach, 1881: 54. Chlosyne perezi perezi : Bates, 1935: 164; Comstock, 1944: 449. Genus Polygonia Hiibner Polygonia Hiibner, 1819. Grapta Kirby, 1837. Genotype: Papilio c-aureum Linnaeus, 1758. 95. * POLYGONIA INTERROGATION IS /. FABRICII (Edwards) Polygonia interrogation is form fabricii : Clark, 1932: 94; J. H. Com- stock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 134; Field, 1938b: 75; Hoffmann, 1940c: 680. Grapta interrogation is var. fabricii : Fazzini, 1934: 30. Polygonia interrogation is: Holland, 1942: 149. Polygonia interrogation is var. fabricii'. S. L. de la Torre, 1943: 140. Polygonia interrogationis fabricii'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. This species was reported by the writer in 1943 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. XVII, p. 140). Illustrations. — Clark, 1932: pi. 10, f. 3; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XXIII, f. 1; Holland, 1942: pi. I, f. 3, pi. HI, f. 23, 27, (larva), pi. IV, f. 21, 22, 24-26, 40, (chrysalis); pi. XIX, f. 1; S. L. de la Torre, 1943: pi. 16, f. 3. Genus Vanessa Fabricius Cynthia Fabricius, 1807: 88. Vanessa Fabricius, 1807: 110. Pyrameis Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio atalanta Linnaeus, 1758. We use the name Vanessa according to Opinion number 156 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (See "Opin- ions and Declarations Rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature”. Vol. 2, Part 26, pp. 239-250, London, 1944). 128 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII 96. * VANESSA ATALANTA ITALICA Stichel Vanessa atalanta italica Stichel, 1907; Field, 1938b: 82; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 68. Pyrameis atalanta'. Gundlach, 1881: 39. Vanessa atalanta var. edwardsi? : Grinnell, 1918: 113- Vanessa atalanta : Showalter, 1927: 107; Fazzini, 1934: 16; Bates, 1935: 165; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 154; Hoff- mann, 1940c: 680; Holland, 1942: 153; Comstock, 1944: 451; Brown, 1945: 31; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 278; Bruner, 1947: 26; Garth, 1950: 27. Pyrameis atalanta atalanta : Clark, 1932: 84. Illustrations. — Showalter, 1927: pi. 3, f. 3; Clark, 1932: pi. 7, f. 5, 6; Fazzini, 1934: p. 17, fig. not numbered; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XXVI, f. 1, 2; Holland, 1942: pi. Ill, f. 35, pi. IV, f. 52, 53, 55, (chrysalis), pi. XLIII, f. 4. 97. VANESSA virginiensis IOLE (Cramer) Papilio iole Cramer, 1775. Pyrameis hunter a\ Gundlach, 1881: 41. Vanessa virginiensis virginiensis : Bates, 1935: 165. Vanessa virginiensis'. Comstock, 1944: 449; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 278. Vanessa virginiensis iole : d’Almeida, 1941: 308; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 68. 98. VANESSA CARDUI CARDUELIS (Seba) Papilio carduelis Seba, 1765; Cramer, 1779. Pyrameis cardui : Gundlach, 1881: 40; Clark, 1932: 88; Fazzini, 1934: 14. Vanessa cardui : Grinnell, 1918: 113; Bates, 1935: 166; J. H. Coms- tock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 158; Hoffmann, 1940c: 681; Hol- land, 1942: 154; Comstock, 1944: 450; Brown, 1945: 31; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 278; Bruner, 1947: 26; Garth, 1950: 27. Vanessa cardui carduelis : Field, 1938b: 85; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 68. (TO BE CONTINUED) New York Entomological Society The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 P. M., in the AMERICAN MUSEUM OF Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1954 President, DR. LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History Vice-President, DR. ROMAN VISHNIAC 219 W. 81st St., N. Y. 24, N. Y. Secretary, DR. LOUIS S. MARKS 74 Main St., Tuckahoe, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, DR. FREDERICK H. RINDGE American Museum of Natural History Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE . . American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEJSS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Associate Editor, HERBERT F. SCHWARZ .... American Museum of Natural History ' i b TRUSTEES Dr. Alexander B. Klots vf VO' PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Frank A. Soraci E. W. Teale Herbert F. Schwarz PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Lucy Clausen FIELD COMMITTEE Dr. James Mullen E. W. Teale E. Irving Huntington Dr. Mont A. Cazier Dr. James Forbes Dr. James Mullen Dr. Roman Vishniac Dr. T. C. Schneirla DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Herbert F. Schwarz JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by United Printing Services, Inc., 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. All communications re- lating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allentown, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following rates: 4 pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 24pp. 32pp. 25 copies $4.56 $ 9.90 $10.38 $10.38 $16.39 $18.01 50 copies 4.91 10.72 11.40 11.40 18.34 19.52 Additional 100's . . 1.26 2.95 3-90 3.90 5.66 6.08 Covers 50 copies, $6.08; additional 100’s, $3.62. Half-tone prints: 2 cents for each half-tone print. Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when advisable. SEPTEMBER, 1954 Publication Committee Journal of the IHKI7; m ; ' h. $1 mi i 'i ' \ v A'>, New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS Edited by FRANK A. SORACI Blf ? IRS? U.Sw MATL? HOSJ FRANK A. SORACI E. W. TEALE HERBERT F. SCHWARZ JAMES MULLEN Subscription $5.00 per Year CONTENTS New American Terebrantian Thysanoptera By J. Douglas Hood 129 Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies (Tipulidae, Diptera), XXVIII By Charles P. Alexander 139 Gaylord Crossette Hall, 1871-1954 153 Book Notice • • 160 Notes on Some Siphonaptera from Albany County, New York By Edward D. Cummings 161 The Faneuil Hall Grasshopper and Shem Drown . 166 The Odonata of Cape Cod, Massachusetts By Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. and Sarah Preble Gibbs .... 167 Andrew S. Fuller, Early Economic Entomologist of New Jersey, 1828-1896 By Harry B. Weiss 185 An Annotated List of the Butterflies and Skippers of Cuba (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) By Salvador Luis de la Torre Y Callejas 189 NOTICE: Volume LXII, Number 2, of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on May 5, 1955. Published Quarterly for the Society By United Printing Services, Inc. 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Mu- seum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at New Haven, Conn., under the Act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in the Act of Feb- ruary 28, 1925, embodied in Paragraph (d-2) Section 34.40 P. L. & R. of 1948. JOURNAL OF THE New York Entomological Society Vol. LXII September, 1954 No. 3 NEW AMERICAN TEREBRANTIAN THYSANOPTERA By J. Douglas Hood With the exception of one from Texas, the eight new species de- scribed below are from the American tropics — Argentina, Costa Rica, Panama, British West Indies, French West Indies, Puerto Rico, and Surinam. Heterothrips elusive, sp. nov. Like condei in having fore wings much paler basally, abdominal sterna with setae anterior to those on posterior margin, and middle and hind tibiae yellow but clouded at middle; but with fringe of microtrichia on abdominal tergum VI broadly interrupted on either side of median line and pronotum with about 35 transverse striae FEMALE (macropterous). — Color blackish brown, not paler in basal abdominal segments; legs pale yellow, with fore and hind femora shaded at middle of dorsal surface, the hind femora more darkly; fore wings brown, recognizably paler for a short distance beyond their dark base; antennae about concolorous with body in segments I and II, slightly paler in VI-IX, II pale yellow apically, III wholly pale yellow, IV yellow but lightly shaded with gray, V darker but yellowish basally. Length about 1 mm. (fully dis- tended, 1.2). Head 104, across eyes 134, just behind eyes 130, across cheeks 137, at base 125, distinctly cross-striate, about 8 striae in occipital area; a pair of setae directly in front of median ocellus; eyes 67, width 41, interval 53; mouth-cone with tip about 50 beyond dorsal margin of head; antennae normal; segment III composed of three parts; I 20(27), II 34(23-24), III 53(23), IV 35(23), V 24(18), VI 27(17), VII 14(11), VIII 14(9), IX 14(5). Pronotum 110, width 176; surface cross-striate with about 35 heavy dark lines about 3g apart, and with a relatively large number of dark setae (those at middle of disc occasionally as close together as their length); mesonotum strongly and closely cross -striate, the striae less than 2 g apart; metanotum sculptured concentrically, the striae with closely set microtrichia; fore wings 0EC16J955 130 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 672, setae dark brown in dark areas, costa with about 27, anterior vein with about 28, posterior vein with about 22. Abdomen 277 at segment IV, closely pubescent laterally in I-VII, almost completely in VIII, in posterior two-thirds of IX, and with a patch at middle of X; comb complete on terga VII and VIII, on VI interrupted broadly at sides of a median group of 8-13, II- V with a few microtrichia at median line; sterna II-VII with posterior comb and with a number of dark setae in advance of those along posterior margin. MALE (macropterous) . — Length about 0.8 mm. (fully distended, 0.9). Color as in female, but with somewhat paler antennas; abdominal terga with a few microtrichia on posterior margin at middle, VII and VIII with comb complete, IX not modified; sterna without glandular areas. SURINAM: Landerij (air-field near Paramaribo), July 4, 1951, Dr. D. C. Geijskes and J. D. H., 6 $ $ (including holotype) and 4 $ $ (including allotype), from flowers of Clusia nemorosa G. F. W. Meyer. Heterothrips cacti, sp. nov. Allied most closely to the following species ( trinidadensis ) and apparently also to flavitibia, agreeing with both in having (1) pos- terior margins of abdominal terga fringed with microtrichia which arise directly from the terga themselves (rather than from margining plates or scales), (2) pronotum not closely striate with dark lines, (3) fore wings with white subbasal cross-band, (4) mid and hind tibiae dark across middle and yellow at either end, (5) head with a pair of setae directly in front of median ocellus, and (6) antennal segment III composed of three parts; but differing from both in having numerous short dark setae on pronotum only about their length apart, mesonotum not closely striate (the striae at middle about 6fx. apart), ventral surface of pterothorax and abdomen with numerous conspicuous dark setae like those on pronotum (in addition to the setae on posterior margins of abdominal sterna), and antennae nearly white in the broad sensory band which occupies the apical two-fifths. FEMALE (macropterous). — Color blackish brown, not paler in basal abdominal segments; legs paler than body, the fore pair yellow with femora heavily shaded along upper surface except at tip, their tibiae lightly clouded at middle, mid and hind femora and mid tibiae brown at middle and yellow at either end, the hind tibiae yellow but shaded at middle of upper surface, all tarsi yellow; fore wings brown at extreme base, remainder pale yellowish Sept. 1954] Hood: Thysanoptera 131 in its basal fifth and yellowish brown beyond, darker at tip of wing; antennae about concolorous with body in segments I, II, and V-IX, but with II yellow across tip and V and VI somewhat yellowish in most of basal half, III clear whitish yellow, IV abruptly brown in basal three-fifths (pedicel darkest) and abruptly nearly white in apical two-fifths. Length about 1.2 mm. Head 127, width across eyes 164, just behind eyes 159, across cheeks 161, across base 148, delicately cross-striate, about 9 stronger striae in occipital area; a pair of setae directly in front of median ocellus; eyes 87, width 54, interval 56; mouth-cone with tip about 67 beyond dorsal margin of head; antennae normal; segment III composed of three parts; I 24(33), II 37(28), III 60(27), IV 44(23), V 31(18), VI 33(16), VII 24(13), VIII 20(10), IX 23(7). Pronotum 150, width 231; surface cross-striate with delicate lines which frequently anastomose and are about 6/a apart (three or four along anterior margin dark), and with numerous dark setae (those at middle of disc about as far apart as their length); mesonotum similarly sculptured; metanotum sculptured concentrically as in sericatus group, the striae with closely set microtrichia; fore wings 714, setae dark gray-brown in dark areas, costa with about 32, anterior vein with about 25, posterior vein with about 24. Abdomen 300 at segment IV, pubescent laterally in I-VII and in about posterior half of VIII and IX, VII with a small median patch, VI and X nearly bare medially; comb complete on terga VI-VIII, usually with a few median teeth on II-V; sterna II-VI similarly but somewhat irregularly fringed, and with numerous dark setae in advance of those along posterior margin. MALE (macropterous). — Length about 1 mm. Color about as in female, but with much paler antennae, segment II paler and much more yellowish than I, III pale yellow, IV golden yellow in basal three-fifths and pale beyond, V-VII brownish yellow and successively shaded a little more darkly with gray, VIII and IX yellowish gray; abdominal terga II-VI with a few microtrichia on posterior margin at middle, VII and VIII with comb complete, IX not modified; sterna VI-VIII each with a transverse glandular area. ARGENTINA: Ingeniero Juarez, Formosa, November 29, 1949, F. Monros, 3 $ 2 (including holotype) and 5 $ $ (including allotype), from cactus flowers; received from Dr. Abraham Willink. Heterothrips trinidadensis, sp. nov. Allied most closely to the preceding species {cacti) and apparently also to flavitibia, agreeing with both in having (1) posterior margins of abdominal terga fringed with microtrichia which arise directly from the terga themselves (rather than from margining plates or scales), (2) pronotum not closely striate with dark lines, (3) fore wings with white subbasal cross-band, (4) mid and hind tibiae dark across 132 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii middle and yellow at either end, ( 3 ) head with a pair of setae directly in front of median ocellus, and (6) antennal segment III composed of three parts; but differing from the former species in that the pronotum and the ventral surface of pterothorax are sparsely set with pale setae, abdominal sterna without setae in front of posterior marginal ones, and in the coloration of the fourth antennal segment; and differing from the latter species ( flavitibia ) also in the color of the fourth antennal segment. FEMALE (macropterous). — Color dark blackish brown, not paler in basal abdominal segments, with bright red internal pigmentation; femora concolorous with body save for yellow tips of fore pair; fore tibiae largely yellow but shaded heavily along dorsal surface except at ends; mid and hind tibiae pale whitish yellow, the former with middle half blackish brown, the latter similarly but not so heavily darkened in a band whose middle is beyond middle of tibiae and which is largely confined to dorsal surface; all tarsi whitish yellow; fore wings dark brown at extreme base and in apical four-fifths, remainder white; an- tennae about concolorous with body in segments I, II, and IV-IX, I and II more brownish, IV-IX more blackish and darker, IV with the sensoria themselves pale, III pale yellow to deep incision at basal two-fifths, brownish yellow beyond, shading to a dark gray apical band which begins at first whorl of setae. Length about 1.3 mm. (distended, 1.55). Head 122, across eyes 145, across cheeks 147, across base 140, delicately cross-striate, about 11 stronger striae in occipital area; a pair of setae in front of median ocellus; eyes 74, width 45, interval 55; mouth-cone with tip about 47 beyond dorsal margin of head; antennae normal; segment III composed of three parts; I 24(29), II 38(26), III 63(25), IV 43(25), V 27(19), VI 27(16), VII L6-17 (11), VIII 14(10), IX 19(6). Pronotum 137, width 216; surface with three or four distinct cross-striae along anterior margin and along posterior margin, remainder almost smooth; mesonotum with heavy close dark striae; metanotum sculptured concentrically as in sericatus group, the striae granulate; fore wings 763, setae dark brown in dark areas, costa with about 31, anterior vein with about 26, posterior vein with 19. Abdomen 398 at segment IV, pubescent, but with the microtrichia minute or wanting at extreme sides of III-X, IX and X with the usual median patch, IX bare across base; comb complete on terga VI-VIII, usually a few teeth medially on II-V; sterna II-VI similarly fringed, but without setae in advance of the dark ones along posterior margin. MALE (macropterous). — Length about 1 mm. Color and structure almost as in female; comb broadly interrupted on either side of median line of tergum VI, IX not modified; sterna III-VIII each with a transverse glandular area. TRINIDAD: El Tucuche, June 22, 1951, J. D. H., 6 $ $ (includ- ing holotype) and 1 $ (allotype), in flight at extreme summit of the Sept. 1954] Hood: Thysanoptera 133 mountain. — St. Augustine, June 25, 1951, J. D. H., 1 $ from a dead branch. Sericothrips vicenarius, sp. nov. Like typical sambuci in having the body pale yellow, without dark antecostal lines on abdominal terga, no comb on tergum VI, non- banded fore wings, and fore wings without accessory setae; but with three pairs of minute gray dots in area of pronotal blotch and a similar pair of dots at sides of metanotum, at posterior angles of metathorax, and on abdominal terga II-VI, the pronotum much more closely striate in area of blotch than anterior to it, segment IV of antennae about 2.0 times, VI about 2.6 times, as long as wide, and the setae on fore wings and that on posterior angles of pronotum brown or gray, those at middle of anterior margin of fore wings about 30 g and shorter than width of wing. FEMALE (macropterous). — Color nearly uniform pale yellow (due to internal pigmentation in body, legs, antennal segments I-V, and wing veins), somewhat whitish in abdomen, with small gray dots (visible by reflected light) as described above; legs concolorous with body; fore wings colorless except for an extremely faint cloud opposite anal area and the conspicuous yellow-pigmented ambient, anal, and medial veins; antennae yellow, sometimes slightly darkened in apical portion of segment I, III narrowly shaded with gray just beyond pedicel and again at tip, IV more heavily darkened beyond setae, apical third of V and all of VI-VIII gray. Length about 1.1 mm. (distended, 1.2 mm.). Head 97g long, 153 across eyes, 146 across cheeks, 130 across base, 20 across frontal costa, faintly cross- striate with pale lines, chaetotaxy normal; occipital apodeme colorless, far posterior to eyes and to ocellar area, arched forward only slightly, with about three stria? behind it medially; eyes 68 long, 41 wide, 71 apart; mouth-cone short, broadly rounded at tip, extending about 85 beyond posterior margin of head; antenna? normal, seta? on II-V mostly gray, segment I 19(29), II 3,6(27), III 50(20), IV 43(20), V 39(20), VI 43(16), VII 10(7), VIII 13-14(5). Pronotum 123 long, 171 wide, cross-striate throughout, more finely in blotch, about 16 stria? crossing midline in front of median seta? of blotch, without inter-strial lines or wrinkles; seta at posterior angles 32 g, gray, other seta? paler; meso- and metanota similarly finely striate; hind tibiae not especially slender, about 17 lg long; fore wings about 728g long, seta? dark yellowish gray, costa with 25-29, median vein with 3 or 4 + 18-22, those on vein at middle of wing about 34g. Abdomen normal in structure and chaetotaxy, 280g wide at segment JV, without medial fringe on posterior margin of terga I-VI. 134 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII TEXAS: Bay City, March 31, 1939, J. D. H., 7 $ $ (including holotype), from leaves of Baccharis halimifolia L. (det. by C. V. Morton); Francitas, Feb. 26, 1939, J. D. H., 10 $ $ , from miscellane- ous living vegetation. Sericothrips mimosas, sp. nov. Like burungce in having the fore wings light gray, with an obscure dark area opposite the slightly darkened anal lobe and a minute colorless spot beyond the area, without indications of cross-bands, veins orange-pigmented in fresh specimens, one accessory seta on fore wings, abdominal terga II-VII with complete dark antecostal line, VII and VIII (only) with complete comb, and pronotal blotch distinct, though broken; but with the head dark yellowish brown in ocellar area and along occipital line, with abdominal terga II-VIII rather heavily shaded at sides behind basal dark line, this shading occupying about one-half the length of the segments and extended on VII and VIII to posterior margin in about median fourth, with about 16 striae medially in front of pronotal blotch, and the wing setae longer, those on costal margin at middle of wing about 43 /x long. FEMALE (macropterous) . — Color orange-yellow, head nearly colorless between antennas and darkened with brown in ocellar area and broadly so along occipital line; pronotal blotch distinct, dark gray-brown and complete along anterior margin, about three pairs of paler, coalescing gray spots occupying the foveas behind; mesonotum darkened anteriorly and at sides, metascutellum irregularly darkened; abdominal terga II-VII with complete dark brown antecostal line, VIII with this line dark in median third, all of these segments shaded (especially at sides) behind the line for about one-half their length, the shading extended on VII and VIII to posterior margin in about median fourth; IX and X not darkened; legs about concolorous with body, femora and front and middle tibias obscurely darkened or spotted at middle, hind tibiae yellow; fore wings pale gray, with orange pigment (especially in veins), somewhat darker in anal lobe and opposite it, with a minute colorless spot at basal fifth, the setae all dark gray; antennae nearly colorless in segment I, brown beyond, II as dark as VI, III nearly colorless in basal two-thirds of pedicel and in a narrow line just beyond, yellowish in basal half or more of swollen apical portion, narrowly nearly black at tip, IV and V nearly black in pedicel and at tip, paler beyond pedicel, VI-VIII dark brown. Length about 1.1 mm. (distended, 1.3 mm.). Head 107 long, 150 across eyes, 136 across cheeks, 120 across base, 15 across frontal costa; sculpture normal, consisting of fine cross-lines, these dark in the dark parts of occiput, Sept. 1954] Hood: Thysanoptera 135 absent from the pale transverse area between occipital line and the ocellar area and eyes. Pronotum 122 long, 175 across, with dark cross-lines of sculpture, these closer together in blotch, about 16 medially in front of blotch; seta at posterior angles 55 long, nearly black, outstanding, other setae paler, normal in number and distribution. Mesonotum and metascutellum finely and closely striate, without inter-strial roughenings; fore wings 770 long, slender but normal, with about 3 + 24 setae on vein and one accessory seta near tip; hind tibae 218 long, not especially slender. Abdomen 276 wide (at segment IV), structure and chaetotaxy normal, all setae brown. Antennal segments: I 21(26-27), II 40(26), III 57(20), IV 54(18), V 44(16-17), VI 53(16), VII 11(7), VIII 13(5). MALE (macropterous). — Nearly identical in color and structure with female; length about 1 mm. COSTA RICA: Turrialba, Jan. 16, 1951, Dr. T. Roy Hansberry, 18 $ 9 and 5 $ $ (including holotype and allotype), from Mimosa flowers and foliage. Echinothrips caribeanus, sp. nov. Like americanus in having dark brown body with red internal pig- mentation and abdominal terga II-VII with microtrichia arising from the lines of sculpture at sides in posterior half; but with the fore wings nearly uniform brown, setas on wings shorter (those at middle of costa about 65/x, at middle of vein about 50/x), occipital and pronotal reticles not wrinkled, and setae on dorsum of antennal seg- ment II near apex blunt and tapering only slightly. FEMALE (macropterous). — Color dark brown, with red internal pigmenta- tion; fore legs yellow, lightly shaded at middle of femora and near base of tibiae; mid and hind tarsi and distal halves of their tibiae yellow, remainder of legs dark brown except for yellow bases of femora; fore wings light gray, with orange pigment in ambient vein; antennae dark brown in segments I and II, somewhat paler in V beyond setae and in VI-VIII, remainder pale yellow with III shaded in constricted portion just beyond pedicel. Head I43g long, across eyes 151, across cheeks 145, at base 139, across frontal costa 18, cheeks slightly concave, serrate in basal half, sculpture and chaetotaxy normal, reticles not roughened; mouth-cone extending 74g beyond posterior dorsal margin of head, broadly rounded at tip, maxillary palpi 2-segmented; antennae normal, segment I 24(31), II 40(29), III 56(16), IV 45(17), V 50(16-17), VI 66(16-17), VII 17(8), VIII 25(6). Pronotum 113g long, 202 across, sculpture as illustrated for subflavus; setae at posterior angles grayish yellow, slightly dilated and blunt at tip, inner 5 1ft, outer 56; 136 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii fore wings 89 6g long, costa with about 16 setae, vein with about 14, these dilated at tip and yellow. Abdomen normal, with dark raised lines of sculpture along sides curved posteriorly, those in about posterior half with microtrichia. MALE $ (macropterous). — Virtually identical with female in color and structure, but with numerous glandular areas on sterna III-VIII; length about 1.22 mm. (distended, 1.35 mm.). GUADELOUPE: March 12, 1915, Dr. C. B. Williams, 16 $ $ (including holotype) and 3 S S (including allotype), from lower side of leaves of Erythrina sp.; same, 2 $ 2 , from grass and low herbage; same, 1 $ from jaws of ant. MARTINIQUE: March 14, 1915, C. B. W., 2 $ 2 , swept from grass. ST. VINCENT: Kingston, Dec. 10, 1917, C. B. W., 1 2 , under- side leaf of small weed. TRINIDAD: St. Annes, Jan. 7, 1917, C. B. W, 1 2 , swept from low herbage. PANAMA: Barro Colorado Island, C. Z., July 29, 1933, J. D. H. and James Zetek, 1 $ , from flower of Euphorbia brasiliensis. PUERTO RICO: El Yunque (Caribbean National Forest), June 16, 1951, J. D. H., 1 2 , from grass. Enneothrips (Enneothripiella) subtilis, sp. nov. Distinctive in having head and body yellowish brown, with all femora partly or largely brown, antennal segments I-IX almost wholly brown, abdomen very closely striate with dark lines at sides, the lines without microtrichia, interocellar setae short and inconspicuous, and seta at posterior angles of prothorax about as long as width of fourth antennal segment. FEMALE (macropterous). — Color nearly uniform yellowish brown, abdomen paler medially in segments III-V, head narrowly darkened across base; fore femora brown along outer surface, yellow along inner surface and at tip, the mid femora largely brown, hind femora dark brown, all of them yellow at base; tibiae and tarsi yellow, the former lightly clouded with brown along outer surface; fore wings dark brown, pale in about second seventh except along costal margin; antennae nearly uniform brown throughout, segment I only slightly paler than II, III pale in pedicel and (like IV and V) narrowly pale just beyond pedicel. Length about 0.9 mm. Head 89 g, width across Sept. 1954] Hood: Thysanoptera 137 eyes 130, across cheeks 128, cheeks nearly straight and parallel; dorsal surface with fine raised cross-lines which project distinctly beyond outline of cheeks, no wrinkles between the lines, ocellar area similarly but more faintly sculptured; chaetotaxy normal, all setae slender, pale, and inconspicuous, interocellar setae about 17 g; occipital apodeme darkened, marginal; eyes 57 g, width 39, interval 52; ocelli about 14 g in diameter, the posterior pair about 20 apart and about 11 from median ocellus; mouth-cone with tip slender (not broadly rounded) and extending about 110 g beyond posterior dorsal margin of head, maxillary palpi 3-segmented; antennae normal, almost as illustrated for type species, segment I 19(24) g, II 33(22, exclusive of the strongly-projecting lines of sculpture), III 39(17), IV 43(16), V 39(15), VI 37(14-15), VII 13(8), VIII 8(6-7), IX 12(4). Pronotum 106 g, width 157, seta at posterior angles 30; striae very fine and close (1.5-2 g apart), without inter- lineations; mesonotum as closely but more strongly striate, anterior sclerite of metanotum similarly striate across base, longitudinally striate elsewhere, reticulated medially only at extreme posterior margin; fore wings 546 g, typical, with 24-26 setae on costal margin, fore vein with 4+7-8 in basal half and 1+1 in apical sixth, hind vein with 13-15 evenly-spaced ones. Abdomen 238 g wide at segment IV, lateral thirds of most terga with striae dark, strong, inclined backward, and closely spaced (about 1.5 g apart), microtrichia only along posterior margins of terga at sides; comb on VIII complete; setae dark gray, segment IX with seta I 50 g, II and III 57, X with seta I 70, II 67. TRINIDAD: April 1, 1915, Dr. C. B. Williams (No. 635), 1 $ (holotype), swept from grass. Enneothrips (Enneothripiella) flaviceps, sp. nov. Distinctive in having head and legs pale lemon-yellow, antennae with segment I yellow and remainder almost wholly brown, abdomen without microtrichia arising from lines of sculpture (the latter weak, transverse, and rather widely spaced), interocellar setae fully twice as long as diameter of ocelli, and seta at posterior angles of prothorax longer than fourth antennal segment. FEMALE (macropterous) . — Color of head and abdomen pale lemon- yellow, thorax orange-yellow, the head narrowly darkened across base, abdominal terga II- VIII gray medially, more narrowly so on VI-VIII, these clouds darkest anterior to antecostal line; thoracic nota with very obscure clouds either side of middle; legs nearly clear yellow; fore wings almost uniform yellowish brown; antennae with segment I pale like head, Il-IX brown, II darker than III and somewhat orange, III pale yellow in pedicel and basal part of widened portion, IV pale basally, V with pedicel dark, both of last nearly colorless just beyond pedicel, VI-IX uniform brown. Length about 0.9 mm. Head 138 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 107 g, width across eyes 140, across cheeks 134, across base 122, cheeks slightly arched; dorsal surface with fine raised cross-lines which project only slightly beyond outline of cheeks, but without wrinkles between the lines, the striae longitudinal medially between bases of antennae, ocellar area smooth; chaetotaxy normal, but interocellar setae long (35 g) and gray, other setae shorter and paler; occipital apodeme darkened, marginal; eyes 67/*, width 49, interval 62; ocelli 13-14 g in diameter, the posterior pair about 23 apart and 10-11 from median ocellus; mouth-cone with tip slender (not broadly rounded) and extending about 81 g beyond posterior dorsal margin of head, maxillary palpi 3-segmented; antennae normal, almost as illustrated for type species, segment I 19(24)g, II 32(23-24), III 37(19), IV 47(19), V 38(16), VI 34(17), VII 13(10), VIII 10(7), IX 13(4). Pronotum 111 /*, width 142, seta at posterior angles 56; striae fine and close, without interlineations; mesonotum finely striate, anterior sclerite of metanotum reticulate medially in about posterior half, striate elsewhere; fore wings 546 /a, typical, with about 26 setae on costal margin, fore vein with 4+6 in basal half and 1+1 in apical sixth, hind vein with about 13 evenly-spaced ones. Abdomen 251 /* wide at segment IV, lateral thirds of most terga transversely weakly striate, microtrichia only along posterior margins at sides; comb on VIII complete; setae dark gray, I-III on IX 45-47 g, I and II on X 62. PANAMA : Barro Colorado Island, C. Z., August 8 ( 1 $ , holotype, from unidentified plant), Aug. 10 (2 $ $ from leaves of Machaerium purpurascens) , and Aug. 14 (1 $ from miscellaneous vegetation), 1933, J. D. H. Sept., 1954] Alexander: Tipulid^e 139 RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL CRANE-FLIES (TIPULIDAE, DIPTERA), XXVIII By Charles P. Alexander Amherst, Massachusetts The preceding part under this general title was published in the Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 61: 147-157; 1953- At this time I am considering a series of Tipulidae that were taken at El Limbo, in the Yungas del Palmar, Province of Chapare, Depart- ment of Cochabamba, Bolivia, at a general altitude of 2,000 meters, in March 1953. This important series of crane-flies was received from Mr. Alberto F. Prosen, to whom I express my sincere apprecia- tion. The types of the novelties are preserved in my personal col- lection. Besides the Tipulidae herein described as new, a considerable num- ber of additional species were included, with the same data as given above. Most of these were known previously only from Ecuador and Peru and provided marked extensions of range. Tipula ( Eumicrotipula ) conspicillata Alex. Limonia ( Limonia ) bimucronata Alex. L. (L.) brachyacantha Alex. L. ( Dicranomyia ) labecula Alex. L. (D.) subandicola Alex. L. ( Geranomyia ) aequalis Alex. L. ( G.) carunculata manabiana Alex. L. ( G .) stoica Alex. Shannonomyia sopora Alex. Atarba ( Ischnothrix ) obtusiloba Alex. A. ( Atarba ) macracantha Alex. A. (A.) scabrosa Alex. Elephantomyia ( Elephantomyia ) boliviensis Alex. Teucholabis ( Teucholabis ) ducalis Alex. Gonomyia ( Paralipophleps ) heteromera Alex. G. ( Lipophleps ) projecta Alex. G. (L.) senaria Alex. Erioptera ( Empeda ) austronymphica Alex. 140 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII E. E. boliviana Alex. E. E. percupida Alex. E. ( Erioptera ) andina Alex. E. E. multiannulata Alex. E. E. mania Alex. Molophilus ( Molophilus ) piger Alex. M. (M.) tucumanus Alex. Genus Tipula Linnaeus Tipula (Eumicrotipula) longurioides new species Belongs to the glaphyroptera group; general coloration of praescutum yellow, subnitidous, with three reddish brown stripes; a conspicuous brown spot on the pretergite beneath the humeri; antennae very short; femora obscure yellow, darker outwardly, with a vague darker nearly terminal ring; wings weakly tinged with brown, almost unpatterned; cells C and Sc, with the stigma, darker brown; vein Ri+2 entirely atrophied; abdomen black, the basal segments and the hypopygium yellowed; male hypopygium with the posterior border of tergite produced into a short median point; gonapophysis very large and conspicuous; eighth sternite unarmed. Male. Length about 12 mm.; wing 14 mm.; antenna about 2.4 mm. Female. Length about 11.5 mm.; wing 14 mm.; antenna about 2 mm. Frontal prolongation of head yellow; nasus very short; basal three segments of palpi yellow, the terminal one abruptly black. Antennae unusually short in both sexes; basal three segments yellow, the remainder black; flagellar segments subcylindrical, with poorly developed basal enlargements; verticils much shorter than the segments; terminal segment very reduced. Head buffy; vertical tubercle low. Pronotum obscure yellow, restrictedly patterned with darker medially and on sides. Mesonotal praescutum yellow with three reddish brown to brown stripes, the surface subnitidous; a very conspicuous black spot on the preter- gites opposite the humeral region of the praescutum; posterior sclerites of notum yellow, patterned with more reddish brown, including the scutal lobes, scutellum and central line of the mediotergite. Pleura and pleurotergite more opaque yellow; a very small black dot on dorsal anepisternum before the wing-root. Halteres with stem pale brown, knob obscure brownish yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; femora obscure yellow, more infuscated outwardly, with a vague darker nearly terminal ring; tibiae and tarsi more reddish brown, the outer tarsal segments darker; claws (male) simple. Wings with a weak brownish tinge, cells C and Sc, with the stigma, Sept., 1954] Alexander: Tipulhxe 141 darker brown; small and vague darkenings at origin of Rs, cord and outer end of vein Cu\ obliterative areas before stigma and across cell 1st M2 restricted and inconspicuous; veins brown. Venation: Rx+2 entirely atrophied; petiole of cell Mi about one-half longer than m\ basal section of vein Mi perpendicular. Basal abdominal segments broadly yellow laterally, the tergites with a con- spicuous blackened central stripe, the fourth and succeeding segments black; hypopygium light yellow. Male hypopygium with the tergite transverse, its posterior border broadly emarginate, the median area produced into a small carinate blade; lateral angles narrowly produced into longer points. Basistyle small, unproduced, its lobes reduced and inconspicuous. Outer dististyle a weak club with relatively few long setas. Inner dististyle with the beak and lower beak conspicuous, the latter smaller and more blackened; setae of dorsal region long but scattered and relatively few in number. Gonapophysis very con- spicuous, appearing as a broadly flattened obtuse blade, with a smaller inner one that narrows outwardly, bidentate at extreme tip. Eighth sternite un- armed, the posterior border pale and very shallowly emarginate. Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Allotopotype, $ . The present fly is quite distinct in the coloration, venation and structure of the male hypopygium. It is most similar to species such as Tipula ( Ettmicrotipula ) flavidula Alexander but quite distinct in the coloration, wing pattern, and details of structure of the male hypo- pygium. Genus Limonia Meigen Limonia (Rhipidia) proseni new species General coloration of mesonotum light brown, pleura with a broad darker brown longitudinal stripe; antenna (male) unipectinate, black throughout ex- cept for the pale apical pedicels of the segments; femora obscure yellow, pale brown outwardly, most extensively so on the fore legs; wings faintly infuscated, with a restricted darker brown pattern; 5A ending just before midlength of Rs\ cell 1st Ma long-rectangular; vi-cu shortly before fork of M; male hypopygium with two short rostral spines. Male. Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 7 mm. Rostrum black, relatively long, about one-half the remainder of head; palpi black. Antennas black, the glabrous apical pedicels of the flagellar segments obscure yellow; flagellar segments unipectinate, the longest branches nearly as long as the segments; penultimate segment vaguely produced, darkened except for the apical stem, shorter than the terminal segment. Head light brown; anterior vertex reduced to a capillary line. 142 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum almost uniformly light brown, without clearly defined stripes, the sides paler; scutal lobes light brown; re- mainder of notum more testaceous yellow. Pleura with a broad diffuse darker brown longitudinal stripe, the ventral pleurites yellow. Halteres with stem pale yellow, knob weakly darkened. Legs with coxae and trochanters testaceous yellow, the fore coxae darker; femora obscure yellow, the tips passing into pale brown, most extensive on the fore legs, very narrow on the hind pair; tibiae and tarsi pale brown, the outer tarsal segments darker. Wings faintly in- fuscated, with a restricted darker brown pattern, arranged much as in domestica and allies; small spots at near midlength of cell Sc, origin of Rs and fork of Sc; cord and outer end of cell 1st M2; stigma ringed with pale brown, the center pale; a dusky streak in cell R2 beyond stigma, with scarcely indicated similar darkenings in cells R3 and R5; broad but diffuse dusky clouds in cell R adjoining vein M and in base of cell 1st A; veins pale brown, darker in the patterned areas. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sci ending shortly before midlength of Rs, Sc2 close to its tip; cell 1st M2 long-rectangular, nearly equal to the distal section of vein M3; m-cu about one-fifth its length before the fork of M. Abdomen dark brown, including the hypopygium, the basal sternites a trifle paler. Male hypopygium with the tergite semicircular in outline, the posterior border broadly rounded; setae relatively few, marginal. Basistyle with the ventromesal lobe relatively large, with a small accessory lobule near base. Dorsal dististyle a stout rod, strongly curved on outer half, suddenly narrowed into a terminal spine. Ventral dististyle fleshy, its area approximately three times that of the basistyle; rostral prolongation stout, with two short spines that are not quite as long as the prolongation beyond their insertion. Gonapophysis with mesal-apical lobe black, nearly straight, the narrowed tip a little curved. Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Limonia ( Rhipidia ) proseni is dedicated to Sehor Alberto F. Prosen. It is most similar to species such as L. ( R .) sycophant a Alexander and L. ( R .) thy she Alexander, differing in the coloration, venation, and slight details of the male hypopygium. Limonia (Geranomyia) neanthina new species Generally similar to anthina and glauca; size relatively small (wing under 8 mm.); general coloration greenish yellow, the praescutum with a broad reddish brown central stripe; femora with two blackened rings, the narrower one subterminal; wings pale yellow, with a conspicuous brown pattern; male hypopygium with the notch of the tergite very deep and narrow, the lobes conspicuous; rostral spines straight, from a small common basal tubercle. Sept, 1954] Alexander: TipuliD/E 143 Male. Length, excluding rostrum, about 6 mm.; wing 7.5 mm.; rostrum about 4 mm. Female. Length, excluding rostrum, about 6.5 mm.; wing 7.6 — 7.8 mm.; rostrum about 4 mm. Rostrum black throughout, long in both sexes, exceeding one-half the wing. Antennas black; flagellar segments oval with short verticils. Head above black, with a narrow buffy gray central line over the entire vertex. Pronotum reddish brown, paling to greenish yellow on sides. Mesonotal praescutum with a broad median reddish brown stripe, the lateral borders less evidently darkened, leaving broad pale green intermediate areas be- tween the stripes; posterior sclerites of notum strongly greenish, the centers of the scutal lobes darkened. Pleura and pleurotergite greenish, presumably fading to yellow in long dead specimens. Halteres with stem pale green, knobs infuscated. Legs with the coxae and trochanters pale green; femora on proximal half chiefly blackened, the bases yellowed, least extensive on fore legs, more broadly so on the middle and posterior pairs; outer half or less yellow, enclosing a second blackened ring that is subequal to the yellow annuli before and beyond it; tibiae dark brown or blackened, the bases yellowed; tarsi light brown, the outer segments black. Wings tinged with yellow, the prearcular and costal fields more saturated; a relatively heavy brown pattern, as follows: Bases of cells R and M; supernumerary crossvein in cell Sc; origin of Rs; fork of Sc; stigma, confluent with a complete band at cord; outer end of cell 1st M2; marginal clouds at ends of longitudinal veins, largest over the Anals; a restricted heavy darkening at midlength of cell 2nd A; veins light yellow, infuscated in the patterned areas. Venation: Sc long, Scj. ending about opposite midlength of Rs, Sc2 near its tip; r-m reduced by approximation of adjacent veins; cell 1st M2 subequal in length to distal section of vein Afi+2. Abdomen pale brown, strongly suffused with green, including the hypopyg- ium. Male hypopygium with the tergite narrowed posteriorly, the caudal border with a deep and narrow notch, the lobes obtuse, conspicuous. Ninth sternite broadly semioval, with numerous rather short setas that are well- distributed over the surface. Dorsal dististyle a gently curved rod that nar- rows to the long straight terminal spine. Ventral dististyle large and fleshy, its area exceeding four times that of the basistyle; rostral prolongation moder- ately long, with two straight spines that exceed the prolongation, placed close together at summit of a low common tubercle. Gonapophysis pale, the mesal-apical lobe relatively slender, without a lateral flange, gently curved to the acute tip. Aedeagus relatively broad, glabrous, terminating in two very large apical flaps, their apices obtuse. Holotype, 2 , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Allotopotype, $ . Paratopotypes, 2 $ $ . 144 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii The most similar described species is Limonia ( Geranomyia ) anthina Alexander, of Peru, which differs in the larger size, details of coloration, and in the structure of the male hypopygium. Genus Orimarga Osten Sacken Orimarga (Orimarga) subcostata new species Size relatively small (wing, female, about 5.5 mm.); general coloration gray, the praescutum with three vaguely darker stripes; intermediate flagellar segments nearly globular; legs obscure yellow, the outer tarsal segments dark- ened; wings with a weak brownish tinge; Sc very long, Sci ending beyond three-fourths the length of Rs; R2 longer than Ri+y, basal section of Ri+ 5 short, suberect at origin; m-cu nearly three times its length before fork of M. Female. Length about 6 mm.; wing 5.6 mm. Rostrum and palpi brownish black, the former about one-third the re- mainder of head. Antennae very pale brown, the pedicel brighter; inter- mediate flagellar segments nearly globular, with inconspicuous vestiture; outer segments passing into oval. Head light gray; anterior vertex about three times the diameter of scape. Thoracic dorsum gray, the praescutum with three scarcely indicated brownish gray stripes; scutal lobes faintly brownish gray. Pleura infuscated dorsally, more brownish yellow below. Halteres obscure yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters testaceous yellow; remainder of legs brownish yellow to obscure yellow, the outer tarsal segments darkened. Wings with a weak brownish tinge, the prearcular and costal fields more whitened; veins very pale brown, more yellowed at the wing base. Anterior branch of Rs without macrotrichia; veins Ran, Mi+2, M3 and Mi with trichia. Venation: Sc very long, ending beyond three-fourths the length of Rs, Sc2 some distance from its tip, with no indication of the free tip of Sc2; Rs angulated at origin, long, about equal to the distal section of vein Ri+ 5; Ri+2 shorter than R>; m-cu nearly three times its length before fork of M, about opposite Sc2; basal section of vein Ri+5 short, suberect at origin, about in alignment with fork of M; cell Ms longer than its petiole. In one wing of type, vein R> entirely atrophied. Abdomen dark brown, including the genital shield; cerci short, slightly upcurved, horn-yellow, the tips ending almost on a level with those of the hypovalvae. Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Orimarga ( Orimarga ) subcostata is quite distinct from all other described regional species in the venation, particularly the combination Sept, 1954] Alexander: Tipulhle 145 of very long Sc and short R1+2. In general, it is closest to species such as 0. ( 0.) dampji Alexander, yet quite distinct in the features listed. Genus Atarba Osten Sacken Atarba ( Ischnothrix ) rectangularis new species General coloration of thorax buffy; antennae (male) elongate, approximately equal to the body, the flagellar segments with a long outspreading pubescence; wings tinged with brown, the long-oval stigma darker brown; vein R3 short, oblique, m-cu beyond midlength of cell 1st AI2; abdominal segments bi- colored, especially the sternites; male hypopygium with the median area of the posterior border of the eighth sternite produced into a long parallel- sided lobe, the ninth sternite into two strong horns; aedeagus small and weak. Male. Length about 6 — 6.2 mm.; wing 6.6 — 7 mm.; antenna about 6.3 — 6.4 mm. Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi dark brown. Antennae (male) very long, approximately equal to the body; scape and pedicel light yellow, flagellum dark brown; flagellar segments very long-cylindrical, with abundant erect white pubescence, this three or four times as long as the diameter of the segment. Head light brown. Thoracic dorsum buffy, without a distinct pattern; scutellum and postnotum darker, pruinose. Halteres with stem pale, knob weakly darkened. Legs with the coxae pale, the fore pair darker in front; trochanters pale yellow; remainder of legs light brown, the outer tarsal segments blackened. Wings tinged with brown, the long-oval stigma darker brown; veins dark brown. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sci ending beyond midlength of Rs, Sc2 a short distance from its tip; vein R;s short, oblique, subequal to the distance on mar- gin between it and the tip of R i+2; m-cu beyond midlength of cell 1st M2 Abdominal tergites brown, the posterior borders more yellowed; sternites bicolored, yellow, with a darkened ring at near midlength of each; subterminal segments dark brown, forming a conspicuous ring; basistyies of hypopygium light yellow. Male hypopygium with the posterior border of the eighth sternite produced into a long parallel-sided lobe, its apex truncate, the length about two and one-half times its width. Ninth sternite produced into two stout yellow horns that are only slightly divergent, narrowed to the acute tips. Basistyle elongate, without mesal lobes. Outer dististyle slender, gently curved toward apex, with a series of about a score of appressed spines, the outer ones longer; inner style a little longer, dark colored. Aedeagus slender, unusually small and weak. Holotype, S , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. 146 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Paratopotype, $ . This fiy is most similar to species such as Atarba ( Ischnothrix ) capitella Alexander and A. (/.) digitifera Alexander, differing from all in the structure of the male hypopygium, especially the nature of the lobe of the eighth sternite. The paratype is much darker, with slightly different venation, yet seems to be conspecific. Genus Tench olabis Osten Sacken Teucholabis (Teuchoiabis) analis new species General coloration of entire body polished black, the pronotal scutellum, an area at center of the suture and the mesonotal scutellum yellow; antennas and legs entirely black; halteres black, the knobs orange; posterior tibise and basitarsi weakly dilated; wings whitish, restrictedly patterned with brown, including the cord and wing tip; basad of cord with no dark areas except at end of vein 2nd A; Sc relatively long, Sc± ending about opposite two-fifths Rs, the branches of the latter parallel to one another; sternal pocket of fifth segment conspicuous. Male. Length about 8 mm.; wing 7 mm. Female. Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 6 mm. Rostrum, palpi and antennae black, the flagellar segments subglobular. Head black. Thorax almost uniformly polished black, the pronotal scutellum and preter- gites, a restricted median area at the suture, and the mesonotal scutellum light yellow. Pleura polished black, the dorsopleural membrane pale yellow. Halteres with stem black, the apex of knob orange. Legs entirely black, in male the posterior tibia before midlength and posterior basitarsus on proximal third slightly dilated. Wings whitish, rather restrictedly patterned with dark brown, including the stigma and a confluent band over the cord, outer end of cell 1st M2, and a weak cloud at end of Sc; wing tip rather broadly dark brown, leaving nearly the basal halves of cells 2nd M2 and pale, the dark pattern continued basad as a very narrow marginal seam to vein Cu; cell Sc dark; no darkening basad of cord except a single spot at end of vein 2nd A; veins dark brown, more yellowed in the prearcular field. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sci ending about opposite two-fifths Rs; R2 only a little distad of level of cord, R2+ 3+4 thus very short to virtually lacking; branches of Rs extending parallel to one another for virtually their whole lengths. Sept., 1954] Alexander: Tipulidaz 147 Abdomen black throughout. Sternal pocket of fifth segment conspicuous, including a dense concentration on either side of a narrow longitudinal cleft, with coarser, inwardly-directed bristles on either side; on sternite six with a group of about twenty very long setas on either side of a broad central area. Hypopygium lost. Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Allotopotype, $ , pinned with type. Teucholabis ( Teucholabis ) analis is most similar to species such as T. (T.) cybele new species and T. (T.) decora Alexander, differing in the coloration of the body and appendages, and in the distribution of the wing pattern. Teucholabis (Teucholabis) cybele new species Head and abdomen black; thorax variegated black, yellow and fulvous, prasscutum black with a transverse fulvous band at midlength; a major black area on the mesepisternum; halteres black; legs black, the fore and middle femora broadly yellow basally; wings with the restricted ground pale yellow, heavily patterned with dark brown; pocket of fifth abdominal sternite in male an oval area of dense microscopic points; male hypopygium with the spine of basistyle short and straight; outer dististyle a flattened black blade, terminat- ing in a black spine; inner dististyle a divided blade, the inner arm elongate, the beak terminating in two unequal spines. Male. Length about 8 mm.; wing 8.5 mm. Female. Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 7 mm. Rostrum and palpi black, the former nearly as long as the remainder of head. Antennas black throughout; flagellar segments oval to long-oval. Head black. Pronotum yellow. Mesonotal praescutum black medially on anterior third, the posterior third uniformly black, the intermediate part fulvous, forming a broad crossband at near midlength; scutum black, the region of the suture more reddened; scutellum yellow; postnotum reddish. Pleura with the mese- pisternum polished black, the propleura and mesepimeron yellow; meron black; dorsopleural region chiefly yellow. Halteres black throughout. Legs with all coxas black; trochanters brownish yellow, darker beneath, the posterior pair more uniformly so; fore femora with the bases broadly yellow, the outer half or more black; middle femora with outer two-thirds black, the posterior femora entirely blackened; tibiae and tarsi black; posterior basitarsi a trifle enlarged on proximal fourth. Wings with the restricted ground pale yellow, 148 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii the basal region more conspicuously flavous; a broad and conspicuous dark brown pattern, restricting the ground to the bases of the Anal cells, and X- shaped mark before cord, and an incomplete band beyond cord; veins dark brown, yellow in the brightened areas. Costal fringe (male) normal. Vena- tion: Sci ending shortly beyond midlength of Rs; veins R1+2 and R2 subequal; branches of Rs virtually parallel to one another for their entire lengths. Abdomen black, the basal sternites restrictedly yellowed. Pocket of fifth sternite of male an oval area densely set with microscopic points; sixth sternite with a group of mesally directed setae on either side of midline; seventh sternite with a few similar setae, scarcely forming a pocket. Male hypopygium with the apical spine of basistyle short and straight. Outer dististyle a flattened black blade that terminates in a slightly curved black spine, the inner angle of the blade produced into a small point; style with numerous setae, the outer ones large and conspicuous. Inner dististyle a blackened divided blade, the main body or beak terminating in two unequal spines, the pos- terior lobe elongate, bearing several strong setae on its expanded outer end. Aedeagus writh the apical spine longitudinal in position, almost in alignment with the main axis; two long setae on outer part of aedeagus, with a group of about four others on the axis before the spine. Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Allotopotype, 2 , pinned with type. Paratopotypes, $ $ . Teucholabis (T eucholabis) cybele is most similar to T. (T.) decora Alexander, differing in the pattern of the wings and in all details of the male hypopygium. Genus Gnophomyia Osten Sacken Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) toleranda new species General coloration of mesonotum light brown, the praescutum with three darker brown stripes; posterior sclerites of notum dark brown, the apex of the scutellum broadly paler; femora yellow with a nearly terminal light brown ring; wings yellow, weakly patterned with darker, including brown seams over cord and outer end of cell 1st My, vein R > at or very close to fork of Ra+a+ij m-cu about its own length beyond the fork of M; abdominal tergites vaguely bicolored; male hypopygium with the posterior margin of the tergite long-produced medially; outer dististyle a relatively narrow flattened blade, its tip obtuse; phallosome blackened, the outer margin vaguely lobed. Sept., 1954] Alexander: Tipulida3 149 Male. Length about 7 mm.; wing 7.5 mm. Female. Length about 8 mm.; wing 8 mm. Rostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae dark brown, relatively long; flagellar segments passing through oval to long-oval. Head ochreous in front and behind, the vertex chiefly dark brown; anterior vertex broad, nearly twice the diameter of the scape. Pronotum darkened medially, broadly light yellow on sides. Mesonotal praescutum with the ground light brown, with three darker brown stripes, the lateral borders somewhat more brightened; scutum dark brown; scutellum darkened medially, the apex broadly paler; postnotum dark brown. Pleura and pleurotergite dark brown dorsally, the ventral part broadly yellow. Halteres short, the stem infuscated, the large knobs yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; femora yellow, with a nearly terminal light brown ring; tibiae and tarsi yellow, the outer tarsal segments darkened. Wings with the proximal third weakly infuscated, the remainder of the ground more yellowed; a further vague brown pattern at origin of Rs and more extensively along the outer end of vein Cu; stigma and seams over the cord and outer end of cell 1st M2 darker brown; veins yellow in the ground, darker in the patterned areas, Venation: Sc long, Sci ending shortly beyond R2, the latter at or very close to fork of R2+a+i; r-m at fork of Rs, vein Rs being in direct longi- tudinal alignment with Rs; m-cu about its own length beyond the fork of M ; cell 2nd A broad. Abdominal tergites vaguely bicolored, reddish brown, the posterior and lateral borders darker brown; sternites more uniformly brownish yellow; hy- popygium scarcely more brightened . Male hypopygium with the posterior border of the tergite long-produced medially. Basistyle short and stout. Outer dististyle a relatively narrow flattened blade, the narrowly darkened tip obtuse; inner dististyle with the outer part long-oval, with several long setse. Phallosome a transverse blackened structure, its outer margin vaguely lobed. Aedeagus short. Holotype, 8 , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Allotopotype, $ , pinned with type. Gnophomyia ( Gnophomyia ) toleranda is most similar to species such as G. {G.) argutula Alexander, G. (G.) duplex Alexander, and G. ( G .) laticincta Alexander, differing from all in the details of colora^ tion, venation, and structure pf the male hypopygium. 150 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Genus Molophiltis Curtis Molophilus (Molophilus) sponsus new species Belongs to the plagiatus group; general coloration of thorax reddish brown, the pleura with a conspicuous brownish black longitudinal stripe; antenna? short; male hypopygium with the beak of the basistyle slender, black; basal dististyle unequally bifid, the main axis a long gently curved spine, the inner arm shorter; phallosome an oval glabrous plate. Male. Length about 3.7 — 4.2 mm.; wing 4.5 — 5 mm.; antenna, about 1.1 — 1.2 mm. Rostrum dark brown; palpi black. Antenna? short; scape and pedicel light browrn, flagellum black; flagellar segments subcylindrical to long-oval, with very long verticils. Head grayish white. Pronotum and pretergites whitened. Mesonotal pra?scutum, scutum and scutellum reddish brown, the humeral region of the pra?scutum pale yellow; postnotum darker brown, its posterior end blackened. Pleura yellow, with a conspicuous brownish black longitudinal stripe extending from the cervical region to the postnotum, more or less interrupted on the propleura and pteropleurite. Halteres pale yellow. Legs with all coxa? and trochanters pale yellow; fore legs chiefly dark brown, remaining femora obscure yellow, the tips vaguely more darkened; tibia? darkened; tarsi passing into black; glandular ring on fore tibia of male distinct. Wings pale yellow, the prearem lar and costal regions more saturated; maerotriehia darker, Venation: R a lying distad of level of r-m; petiole of cell Ah about twice m-cu ; vein 2nd A elongate, gently arcuated, ending about opposite one-third the length of the petiole of cell Ms. Abdomen dark brown; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the beak of the basistyle slender, black, the tip gently decurved. Outer dististyle with the unequal arms blackened, the stem horn-yellow. Basal dististyle unequally bifid, the main axis a long gently curved spine, the inner arm a shorter straight spine that is about one-third as long, the common base subequal in length to the shorter arm; a few scattered seta? on axial spine and, in cases, on base of lateral one. Phallosome a long-oval plate, its apex obtuse, surface glabrous. Aedeagus long and slender. Holotypc, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. Paratopotypes, $ $ . Sept., 1954] Alexander: Tipulidas 151 Most similar to species such as Molophilus ( Molophilus ) cladocerus Alexander and M. (M.) gymnocladus Alexander, differing especially in the structure of the male hypopygium. Genus Toxorhina Loew Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) revulsa new species General coloration of thorax gray, the praescutum with three darkened stripes, the central one more blackened; rostrum shorter than body; knobs of halteres weakly darkened; legs black; wings with a strong dusky tinge, the prearcular region and base of costal field more whitened; veins delicate; Sc short, Sci ending immediately beyond origin of Rs; inner end of cell 1st AU pointed, the first section of vein Mi+a long; male hypopygium with spine of basistyle and arms of sedeagus relatively slender, the latter terminating in hyaline membrane. Male. Length, excluding rostrum, about 6 — 6.3 mm.; wing 6.5 — 7 mm.; rostrum about 5 — 5.2 mm. Rostrum shorter than the wing or the remainder of body, black. Antennae black throughout. Front, anterior vertex and narrow orbits gray, the remainder of vertex dark brown; anterior vertex broad, about three times the diameter of scape. Cervical region and pronotum black. Mesonotal praescutum with the central region blackened, narrowly divided at posterior end; lateral stripes a little paler than the central area, lateral borders buffy gray; scutal lobes dark brown, the median region and scutellum more pruinose; postnotum and dorsal pleurites blackened, the ventral pleurites with a broad dark gray stripe. Halteres with stem and base of knob brownish white, the apex of the latter more infuscated. Legs with the coxae blackened, sparsely pruinose; remainder of legs black. Wings with a strong dusky tinge, the prearcular region and base of costal field more whitened; veins brown, paler in the prearcular area. Veins more delicate than in vulsa. Venation: Sc short, Sci ending immediately beyond origin of Rs, the latter a little longer than the basal section of R$; inner end of the cell 1st M* pointed, with m-cu slightly basad of the fork; first section of M1+2 long, equal to the second section. In the paratype, cell M2 open by the atrophy of m. Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium with the apical spine of basistyle relatively slender. Base of outer dististyle less expanded than in vulsa. Arms of a?deagu| darkened, relatively slender, terminating in hyaline membrane. 152 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953. The present fly differs from T oxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) vulsa Alex- ander, of Peru, in the coloration and venation of the wings, the more delicate veins, and in slight details of structure of the male hypopygium. Toxorhina (Ceratocheilus) revulsa macrorhyncha new subspecies Female. Length, excluding rostrum, about 9 mm.; wing 7.5 mm.; rostrum about 6.2 mm. Generally as in typical revulsa new species, differing in the longer rostrum and in slight details of coloration and venation. Rostrum only a little shorter than the wing, black throughout. Prsescutal stripes virtually confluent to form a single discal area; scutellum and postnotum clear light gray. Wings with veins heavier and more conspicuous, brownish black. Rs nearly straight, subequal to the basal section of R->; inner end of cell 1st M2 less pointed; basal section of vein Mi+2 shorter than the second section. Wings less heavily suffused with darker, the prearcular field paler but not abruptly so. Holotype, $ , El Limbo, Cochabamba, 2000 meters, March 1953, Sept., 1954] Weiss: Hall 153 GAYLORD CROSSETTE HALL, 1871-1954 Gaylord C. Hall, former member of the New York Entomological Society and its treasurer from 1929 to 1936 died in a convalescent home in Quakertown, Pennsylvania on March 21, 1954. For the following facts about Mr. Hall’s parents, his youth, his travels and business interests, I am greatly indebted to his brother Robert W. Hall of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Gaylord, who was born in Cincinnati, Ohio, on January 26, 1871, was one of three brothers, the others being Robert William, born in 1872 and Norman Fisher, born in 1878. Their father was Ephraim Gaylord Hall, a graduate, at the age of 18, from the University of Michigan from which he also received his M.A., in 1866. Following his graduation he, with other classmates, volunteered in a Michigan regiment as a private and finally became a captain. In the Battle of Stone-River he was left for dead on the battlefield after a musket ball had passed through his neck. After recovery he was put in Libby Prison for three months until exchanged, whereupon he returned to the Union Army, serving until the end of the war. Captain Hall married Alice Cogswell Crossette daughter of Rev. Robert Crossette and Dorothea Fisher Crossette in 1869. While a young girl Alice C. Crossette was supervisor of music for the Cin- cinnati public schools, and in addition to being an artist she wrote and illustrated many magazine articles, and was the author of one novel. Owing to the moves of his parents Gaylord during his boyhood attended schools at Cincinnati, Kent, Hockingport, and Cincinnati again, all in Ohio, and Washington, D.C. It was at Hockingport, a small village on the Ohio River that Gaylord, aged 10, and his brother Robert became interested in butterflies, an interest that remained with them for practically their whole lives. About 1875 their father Captain Hall began to suffer from the wound that he had received during the Battle of Stone-River. This was thought to have completely healed but an injury to the base of the brain developed and spread until the Captain became physically and mentally helpless. This culminated in his death in 1881. 154 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii In 1885, Mrs. Hall, perhaps in view of her interest in art and literature, took her sons to Europe on a visit originally planned for two years but that lengthened into five. Christmas was spent on the ocean and after reaching Hamburg they went on to Heidelberg where they lived for the winter. The boys attended the Realschule and got their first German lessons. Later Gaylord and Robert attended the same schools and engaged more or less in the same activities, their brother Norman being too young. In the words of Robert Hall, their arrival in Heidelberg coincided with "the gorgeous celebration of the five hundredth anniversary of the founding of the University. But tragedy lurked in Heidelberg; it was so damp that drops of water collected on the walls and they did not glimpse the sun for twenty- one days, with the result that Gaylord developed tuberculosis of one lung. Even after he recovered it had an effect on his later life in that, fearing recurrence, he decided he must never marry, and he never did. The immediate result was doctor’s orders for them to move to the most noted resort of those suffering from tuberculosis, Davos, in German Switzerland. September, 1886 found them there. The village itself is almost as high as the top of Mount Washington, with peaks about it up to ten and eleven thousand feet. They thought they faced a year but it stretched out to a winter, a summer and an- other winter. "The second winter Gay was allowed to attend a regular school and he and his brother Robert went to a noted one, run by Germans, the Friederichsianum (see Thomas Mann’s "The Magic Mountain”). In summer there were butterfly and plant collecting and some mountain climbing (moderate on Gay’s part). In winter there were sledding and skating. Below the village was a moderate sized rink, freshly flooded each night by a mountain stream. On sunny days they skated in straw hats! A picture of that rink recently appeared in 'Life’; it is now the world’s largest and of worldwide fame. "In May, 1888 they left Davos. And what an experience that was, seeing spring rush on them as they were driven down the mountain side. When they passed the lake (Davoser See) it was frozen over and there was plenty of snow about, but when they arrived at Lucerne Sept., 1954] Weiss: Hall 155 that evening the blackbirds were singing among the blossoms of the horse chestnut trees. "They did not stay long in Lucerne, but moved for the summer to Gersau, a quaint little village, by the way, mentioned in Schillers "William Tell.” In the autumn they went to Vevey and then to Montreaux, where they attended the "College de Montreaux.” Their apartment was on the shore of the lake with the Castle in full view and of course they made frequent visits and saw the deep path in the solid stone made by the naked feet of poor Bonivard as described in Byron’s "Castle of Chillon.” "That brings us to the early summer of 1889 when they went to Champery, a typical French-Swiss village in a valley at the base of the Dent du Midi. "In the fall it was on to Paris and a term in the Lyce Janson de Sailly, a rather prominent municipal school. Their apartment was on the Avenue Victor Hugo, diagonally across from Hugo’s home. Un- fortunately he had been dead some two years. The Arc de Triomphe was only about a half block away and still better, the Bois de Boulogne was near enough to afford an almost country playground. A real bit of luck was that their arrival coincided with the opening of the great international exposition of 1889 and the completion of the Eiffel Tower. In the summer of 1890 there were some weeks at Ostend, with a few day’s trip to England and then back to America! Gay then busied himself in electrical concerns and then entered the Massachu- setts Institute of Technology with the class of ’96.” Later he went to Chicago with the Metropolitan Elevated Railway, with Stone and Webster of Boston, the Boston Elevated Railway, the Manhattan Railway Company, and The Interborough Rapid Transit Company of New York where he was superintendent of motive power and had a staff of over ninety men and women. In the mid-thirties he entered the National Arts Club where he lived among a wide circle of friends for nearly the balance of his life. For some years he was chairman of the House Committee. His interest in art, literature, etc., is indicated by his membership in the Salmagundi Club, the Com- 156 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii monwealth Club of Montclair, the Appalachian Mountain Club, the Shakespeare, McDowell and Technology clubs, Water Color Society, The American Museum of Natural History, and the American Insti- tute of Electrical Engineers. After his retirement around 1941, his main hobby was his interest in his great grandfather, Jonathan Fisher, father of Dorothea Fisher Crossette, and versatile clergyman of Blue Hill, Maine. He made many visits to the small sea-side village and published two pamphlets about his ancestor. Dr. Mary Ellen Chase dedicated her book "Jona- than Fisher, Maine Parson” to Gaylord C. Hall and stated that without his help she could not have written it. As has been stated Mr. Hall’s interest in butterflies began when he was a boy of ten. He was an active member of the local collecting group during his residence in New York City and made collecting trips with Frank E. Watson, another lepidopterist who was on the staff of The- American Museum of Natural History. According to Dr. A. B. Klots, he was probably the first of the New York collectors to get an automobile. Watson recorded in one of his notebooks his first collecting trip via automobile to Lake Hopatcong, N.J., with Mr. Hall. Dr. Klots also recalls that inspired by the descriptions and painting of Carl Rungius, who was a friend, Hall was the first to collect butterflies in the wild interior country at timberline in the Wind River Range, Wyoming. Among other things he found there Boloria pales (Denis & Schiffermueller) a circumpolar butterfly not previously known from North America south of Alaska. Dr. Klots visited the same place in 1939 and took a very large series which he named Boloria pales halli. Cook and Watson named an aberration of Limenitis archijppus floridensis halli after him and he himself named Nymphalis j-album subsp. watsoni and Lyccena epixanthe subsp. phcedrus, the latter now generally considered a subjective synonym of amicetus Scudder. The types are in The American Museum of Natural History, to which his collection of butterflies went. This included many local specimens as well as some very valuable material of his own and other peoples’ collecting in Europe, Canada, and the West. Cyril F. dos Passos communicated with Mr. Hall in 1935 about Sept., 1954] Weiss: Hall 157 Argynnis but it was only from 1947 on that he met him occasionally at The American Museum of Natural History. As a result of these meetings Mr. dos Passes purchased some spread butterflies and pa- pered material that Mr. Hall had collected mostly in Wyoming and a few in Newfoundland and British Columbia, as well as some by well-known, old collectors, also three specimens of Oeneis aello that Hall had collected when a boy of 16 in Switzerland, and in addition an interesting aberration of Lycaena hypophlceas collected by him at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Some of the material received by dos Passos was turned over to the Museum as a donation from Hall. Herbert F. Schwarz, of The American Museum of Natural History, knew Mr. Hall over many years and within recent ones he would drop into Mr. Schwarz’s office for a friendly visit and to talk over old times. My own contacts with Mr. Hall were business rather than entomological ones. As treasurer of the New York Entomological Society, he paid the bills that I incurred as editor of the Society’s Journal. Mr. Hall succeeded the late William T. Davis as treasurer of the Society and of course they knew each other quite well. "Willie” T. Davis a well-known, versatile naturalist and historian of Staten Island was quite bald on the top of his head and in the middle of the bald patch a wart reposed. This excrescence annoyed Mr. Davis and he decided to get rid of it. Not, however, by visiting a physician, but by enlisting the aid of Gaylord C. Hall, who put a binocular microscope without a stage on top of "Willie’s” head and neatly sliced off the offending wart with a sharp scalpel. This little opera- tion probably took place in the attic of the Museum of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences, where Mr. Davis held forth sur- rounded by his natural history collections. It is not known if the head and scalpel were sterilized before the excision but no ill effects followed. Mr. Hall attended the meetings of the New York Entomological Society quite regularly, as I recall, and was a contemporary of the older entomologists, many of whom died before Mr. Hall. If they were alive, I am sure they could add to this account many recollections of his entomological activities. Personally, I recall Mr. Hall as a very 158 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii pleasant, rather quiet and friendly gentleman, of slight build, with various interests aside from his butterflies. My last correspondence with him took place when he was working on his "Supplement to the Biographical Sketch of the Rev. Jonathan Fisher”, and dealt with "metamorphoses”, popular among children a hundred and fifty years ago. Mr. Hall was hospitalized during the Christmas holidays of 1948. In 1951 he suffered from a coronary thrombosis and had a long siege in a hospital. According to his brother Robert, he made a fair re- covery but had to be careful about his exercise. During the latter part of 1953 he had several hospitalizations because his condition became worse. In January 1954, he was so weakened that his doctor advised constant care and so on January 30, 1954 his brother Robert had him removed from the hospital in New York City to his own home in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, and then to a convalescent home in Quakertown, Pennsylvania, that was close enough for Robert to pay him frequent visits. After lingering on for nearly two months, Gaylord C. Hall died in the early morning of March 21. He was buried in the Nisky Hill Cemetery of Bethlehem. Mr. Hall’s publi- cations that I know about, are listed below. As no extended search has been made he may have been the author of others. Distribution of Argynnis at-lantis and Aphrodite. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 21:162. 1913. Limenitis Ursula var. albo fasciata. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 24:93. 1916. Aglais j-album Boisduval and Leconte. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 29:57. 1921. Notes on Polygonia j-album, Cercyonis alope, Phyciodes tharos, Heodes epixanthe and Euphydryas gilletti. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 32:109-111. 1924. Sept., 1954] Weiss: Hall 159 Biographical Sketch of the Rev. Jonathan Fisher of Blue Hill, Maine, 1768-1847. New York, N. Y. 1945. 20p. 15 plates. Pri- vately printed. Supplement to the Biographical Sketch of the Rev. Jonathan Fisher of Blue Hill, Maine. New York, N. Y. 1946. 22 pages, frontispiece and 2 plates. Privately printed. Harry B. Weiss Highland Park, N. J. 160 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii BOOK NOTICE Insect Fact and Folklore by Lucy W. Clausen. The Macmillan Company, New York. June, 1954. 194 pages + 45 figures. $3.50. This collection of insect facts and folklore has been many years in the making. It is the result of a fervor, nurtured and expressed during the waiting period, in whatever manner at hand, to convert anyone who might have a few minutes to spare to the study of Dr. Clausens friends, the insects. The president of our Society, and the first female to hold that office, is a crusader of real ability in the field of promotion of in- terest in nature and particularly in insect study. In her work in the Department of Public Instruction in the American Museum of Natural History, she has been vitally aware of need for an authentic and in- teresting presentation of Insects as they effect man and his works. The book is not lengthy, yet it is well constructed in a requisite num- ber of chapters for good coverage of the field of popular inquiry into entomology. The fifteen chapters summarize the field from taxonomy to insecticides, with singular lack of prosaism. Her dragonflies are Master Aerialists, her wasps are Anesthetists and her termites are Undercover Workers. It is not meant to stamp this book as having only popular appeal. It is needed in every entomological library because it is primarily a capable summary of much of the interesting background of the insects. As extra dividends there are 45 refreshingly original figures, by Jan B. Fairservis, as well as a number of proverbs, anecdotes, beliefs and superstitions on the subects of her chapters. If, as Dr. Clausen states, the purpose of this book is ". . . . to make people aware of the fact that the majority of insects are interesting, necessary and do play an important part in the everyday life of all peoples”, then she has had an admirable success in her first effort. I know her first teacher, "Andy” Mutchler, would join me in offering congratulations on her contribution toward a better understanding of the insect, entomology and the entomologist. — F. A. S. Sept., 1954] Cummings: Siphonaptera 161 NOTES ON SOME SIPHONAPTERA FROM ALBANY COUNTY, NEW YORK By Edward D. Cummings U. S. Chemical Corps, Army Chemical Center, Maryland1 This is the second in a projected series of papers on the Siphonap- tera of eastern New York. Sturm (1953) has reported on a small collection of fleas from Fulton County. The present paper deals with a collection of 241 fleas collected in Albany County during 1952 and 1953. I am grateful to Dr. Allen H. Benton, N.Y.S. College for Teachers, Albany, for advice and assistance throughout the progress of this study; to Arnold Dansky, who collected most of the mammals from which the parasites were taken; and to John Wilcox, N. Y. State Museum, Albany, for assistance in the indentification of certain cri- tical specimens. Nomenclature follows Jellison et. al. (1953), with the exception of Peromyscopsylla scotti Fox, which Dr. Jellison informs me was inadvertently omitted from the list. Family Pulicidae Cediopsylla simplex (Baker) — Slingerlands, February, 1953: nine males, 16 females, from cottontail rabbit, Sylvilagus floridanus. Al- bany, no date: one male, from house cat, Felis domestica. Ctenocephalides f. felis (Bouche) — Colonie, no date: 11 males, 17 females, from Felis domestica. Family Hystrichopsyllidae Hystrichopsylla tahavuana Jordan — Albany, October 28, 1952: one female from short-tailed shrew, Blarina brevicauda. 1Formerly at New York State College for Teachers, Albany, New York. 162 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Stenoponia americana (Baker) — Albany, Sept. 25, 1952: one male from Blarina brevicauda; Sept. 26, 1952: one female from the deer- mouse, Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis; March 12, 1953: one female, same host. These are the only New York records of this flea. Epitedia wenmanni (Rothschild) — Albany, Sept. 27, 1952: one fe- male from Blarina brevicauda; Oct. 29, 1952: one male from Pero- myscus leucopus noveboracensis. Ctenophtloalmus p. pseudagyrtes Baker — This common flea occurred on practically every species of small mammal taken. Forty-five speci- mens were taken as follows: Albany, March, 1953: nine males and 12 females from nests of meadow mouse, Micro tus p. pennsylvanicus; Sept. 24, 1952: one male from Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis; No date: two females, one male, same host; Oct. 14, 1952: one male, one female, from Blarina brevicauda; Oct. 15, 1952: one female, same host; Oct. 25, 1952: one male, same host; Oct. 28, 1952: two males, same host; Oct. 30, 1952: two males, four females, same host; Slingerlands, Oct. 31, 1952: four males, three females from Para- scalops breweri; Nov. 20, 1952, one female from star-nosed mole, Condylura crist at a. Doratopsylla blarinae Fox — Albany, Oct. 28, 1952: five males, six females, from Blarina brevicauda; Oct. 29, 1952: eight males, three females, same host; Oct. 30, 1952: seven males, two females, same host; Slingerlands, Nov. 12, 1952: two males, one female, from Parascalops breweri. Nearctopsylla genalis laurentina Jordan and Rothschild — Albany, Oct. 28, 1952: one male, two females, from Blarina brevicauda; Oct. 29, 1952: two males, same host; Oct. 30, 1952: two males, two females, same host. Holland (1949) has summarized the taxonomic problem in this species. Our specimens agree perfectly wtih the description and illustrations of N. g. laurentina. The shape of sternum IX of the male is very constant in our specimens. Sternum VII of the females is more variable, but approaches that illustrated by Holland. Sept., 1954] Cummings: Siphonaptera 163 Family Ceratophyllidae Orchopeas leucopus (Baker) — Albany, Sept. 25, 1952: two females, from Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis; Sept. 26, 1952: three fe- males, same host; Oct. 29, 1952: nine males, 14 females, same host; March 12, 1953: six females, same host; March 18, 1953: one male, nine females, same host; March 19, 1953: three males, two females, from nest which was supposed to be that of Microtus p. pennsylvani- cus, but which may have been occupied by deer mice. Orchopeas h. howardii (Baker) — Albany, Oct. 15, 1952: four males, ten females, from gray squirrel Sciurus carolinensis leucotis; February, .1953: four males, five females, same host. Females of the genus Orchopeas are often exceedingly difficult to identify, for the distinguishing characters are highly variable. Often the host animal is the best clue to identification, since these fleas are rather host-specific; but even this guide is not always helpful, since fleas occasionally find their way onto accidental hosts. Most keys, e. g. Fox (1940) and Holland (1949) utilize the presence or absence of the frontal row of bristles to separate the mouse fleas from the squirrel-infesting species, O. caedens and 0. howardii. Hubbard (1947) gave no key to the females of this genus, but showed, (Fig. 36, p. 102), a complete frontal row of bristles on O. c. durus. None of our specimens of O. c. durus shows this characteristic, but one female, which otherwise agrees with 0. howardii, has a complete frontal row of bristles. While this is certainly not the normal state of affairs, it apparently may occur in both these species. Holland (1949) further stated that the sinus in sternum VII of 0. howardii "appears to be very constant, there being a small but distinct sinus, situated low down.” In our collection, this character is highly variable. Figure 1 shows the range of variation in this character among females taken from a single gray squirrel at Albany. It appears that this character is nearly as variable in this species as in other species of the genus. 164 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii FIGURE I -variation in sternum vii OF ORCHOPEAS HOWARD!! Megabothris a. asio (Baker) — Albany, Oct. 15, 1952: one female, from Microtus p. pennsylvanicus; Oct. 16, 1952: one male, same host; March 19, 1953: one male, two females, same host; March 19, 1953: four males, eight females, from nest of same host. This species, while difficult to secure by normal trapping methods, can be taken readily from nests of its host. Nests collected and placed in glass jars in a warm room will produce adult fleas over a period of several weeks in most cases. Peromyscopsylla scotti I. Fox — This flea has been taken only a few times in the northeast, P. h. hesperomys being far more common in most collections. Specimens taken were: Albany, Sept. 26, 1952: one male, three females, from Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis. LITERATURE CITED FOX, IRVING. 1940. Fleas of eastern United States. The Iowa State College Press, pp. i-vii, 1-191. Sept., 1954] Cummings: Siphonaptera 165 Holland, George P. 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Tech. Bull. 70, Canad. Dept. Agr. 306 pp. Hubbard, C. A. 1947. Fleas of western North America. Iowa State College Press, pp. i-ix, 1-533. Jellison, W. L., Betty Locker and Roma Bacon. 1953. A synopsis of North American fleas, north of Mexico, and notice of a supple- mentary index. Journ. Parasit. 39(6): 610-618. Sturm. Robert. 1953. Notes on some Siphonaptera from Fulton county, New York. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 61:139-140. THE FANEUIL HALL GRASSHOPPER AND SHEM DROWN Apropos of the note on entomological signboards in the December 1948 issue of this Journal, the late Dr. William Procter while passing through Boston about 25 years ago, noticed the old grasshopper weather- vane on Faneuil Hall. Upon making inquiry the librarian of the State House supplied the following information, which Dr. Procter passed on to Harry B. Weiss. Shem Drown was born at Kittery, Maine in 1683. His father, Leonard Drown, born 1646, came to Kittery from the west of England, the first of the family to come over to those shores. On account of the French and Indian wars he moved with his family to Boston in 1692, where he died October 31, 1729, and was buried at Copp’s Hill. Shem Drown was made a deacon of the First Baptist Church in 1721. He died January 13, 1774, aged ninety-one years. In 1721 he made a cockerel for the vane of the "new brick church” on Hanover Street, which was built the year before. In 1873 this 166 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii cockerel, or rooster, was moved to the Shepard Memorial Church, Cam- bridge, where he still greets the dawn and guards the Washington Elm. The grasshopper on Faneuil Hall was made in 1742 of hammered copper. When it was down for repairs about fifty years ago, a paper was found inside of it, which read in part as follows: Shem Drown Made Itt, May 25, 1742 To my Brethren and Fellow Grasshopper Fell in ye year 1755 November 15th day from ye Market by a great Earthquake [repaired] by my old master above. Again like to have met with my utter Ruin by Fire, but Hopping Timely from my Publick Scitation came off with Broken bones, and much Bruised, Cured and again fixed by Old Master’s Son Thomas Drown, June 28th, 1763. On the evening of Evacuation day, 1889, the "Bird” as it is called, was knocked from its perch by the carelessness of the men taking in the flag and fell to the street, losing its eyes, horns and two feet. It was soon repaired by E. B. Badger & Sons Company and, feeling very proud in a new coat of goldleaf, it gave a reception in the historic hall before getting back on the perch from which it had been missed. In 1899 the "Bird” left the perch again, while the old wooden cupola that had long been considered a "fire trap” was replaced by a copper and steel one, erected by E. B. Badger & Sons Company. Deacon Drown also made the Indian Chief, with bent bow and arrow drawn, which for nearly one hundred years did duty as a vane on the cupola of the Province House. It is now in the rooms of the Mass- achusetts Historical Association. — H. B. W, Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 167 THE ODONATA OF CAPE COD, MASSACHUSETTS1 By Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. and Sarah Preble Gibbs Departments of Conservation and Zoology Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Comparatively few workers have studied the Odonata of Cape Cod. Such well-known odonatists as Hagen, Kellicott, and Calvert appar- ently collected a few dragonflies, but only Howe and Gray did any systematic collecting. A remnant of Gray’s collection, which appears to have been limited to the Woods Hole region, is now in the museum of the Marine Biological Laboratory. His only published contribution (1937) concerned Anax longipes. Howe was the principal student of the Odonata of Cape Cod (and that of New England), but his collecting was limited to the eastern portion (Howe, 1920). His listing of New England records (Howe, 1917, 1918, 1917-21), how- ever, brought together the available records, and his paper on distri- bution of New England Odonata (Howe, 1921) contains some per- tinent ideas on Cape Cod. During the summers of 1950 through 1953 the present authors made 115 collections at 55 localities on the Cape. Seventy-two species were found, of which nineteen are new for Cape Cod and two ( Enallagma recurvatum and Ladona deplanata) are new to both Massa- chusetts and New England. Of those listed by other authors, we failed to collect thirteen species. This represents the only recorded systematic collection of Odonata covering the major part of Cape Cod. As a faunal area, Cape Cod is interesting for several reasons. First, it is formed almost entirely of glacial moraine and outwash plain and, principally for this reason, represents the northernmost extension of 2Cape Cod is here defined as the isolated area from the Cape Cod Canal to the spit at Provincetown. This excludes a small triangle east of the Plymouth moraine which is influenced by streams from the mainland. 168 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii the Coastal Plain (Fenneman, 1938). Long Island is of very similar formation. From New Jersey southward the true Coastal Plain be- comes broader, the fall line marking approximately its inner boundary. Second, Cape Cod marks the most southerly terminus of the second and last substage of the Wisconsin glacier (Woodworth and Wiggles - worth, 1934). Thus the species inhabiting it must have become estab- lished since the last retreat, a gradual succession of faunas with differing temperature and habitat requirements doubtless having occur- red as the climate became warmer. Third, the surrounding ocean, due to the influence of the cold Labrador current and the warm Gulf Stream, is a region of crowded isotherms, causing a faunal break which may be reflected on the land. From these factors, it might be expected that Cape Cod would be a meeting place of northern and southern forms, and that, due to the coastal plain habitat, the southern would predominate. Northern species may be those at the margin of their range which can tolerate certain more favorable habitats, may have become established by ac- cident, or may be relict populations. Southern species, although mar» ginal, are doubtless entirely immigrants which are expanding their range northward. Howe (1921) records 58 species from Cape Cod, of which 39 are of southern affinities. In his Manual (1917-21), however, 69 species are recorded from Cape Cod, of which 46 are southern. Of the 72 species collected by the present authors, 46 are southern. Howe (1921) stated that the moraine which extends from near Plymouth to Woods Hole was the only faunal barrier in New England. He may have believed that this low line of hills was ef- fective in preventing many New England species from invading Cape Cod. In support of this he listed 28 species whose ranges ended abrupt- ly at the moraine. We have collected eighteen of these on Cape Cod, and of them only Pantala flavescens appears to be transient. Most were breeding populations. Of the remaining ten, four river-inhabit- ing species of northern affinities would be hard-put to find suitable streams, and three more species are recorded by Howe, himself, in his Manual (1917-21). The moraine might be considered a barrier, but only in the sense that it demarcates a type of habitat distinct from the rest of New England, but similar to the Coastal Plain of Long Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 169 Island and New Jersey. Evidence of this is the occurrence, predomin- antly on the Coastal Plain, of several comparatively rare species, such as Enallagma laterale and Ischnura kellicotti, which have been found on the Cape and Long Island (Davis, 1913; Thomas W. Donnelly, pers. comm.), and Enallagma recurvatum and pictum, which have been found in New Jersey (Beatty, 1945, 1946) as well. It must be admit- ted that, of these, Enallagma recurvatum alone has been taken only in Coastal Plain; the others have been found sparingly in other places. The northern Coastal Plain nevertheless seems to be their center of distribution. There are five general habitat types suitable for Odonata on Cape Cod. The most prominent are the kettle holes, formed by deposition of glacial outwash material about unmelted blocks of ice. These and a few depression ponds will be designated as ponds. The large lakes, which may be very large kettles, depressions, or former coves, form a different habitat. A few bogs, some small streams, and many brackish water areas occur. Some species appear confined to a given habitat. Argia moesta, Enallagma exsulans, Dromogomphus spinosus, and Epicordulia princeps were found only in large lakes, possibly requir- ing the greater wave action which occurs or the greater amount of oxygen due to comparative lack of organic detritus and to better mixing. These are commonly stream species. Agrion maculatum, Amphiagrion saucium, and Sympetrum semicinctum occurred only near running water. Kettle holes showed all stages in transition from sandy-bottom- ed ponds to true bogs. Several species with bog affinities, therefore, were found also in boggy portions of ponds. Bog species were Enal- lagma cyathigerum, Nehalennia gracilis, Gomphaeschna furcillata, Dor- ocordulia lepida, Libellula quadrimaculata, and Nannothemis bella. Since all these are northern species, the relative constancy of the bog habitat may permit their survival southward. E^rythrodiplax berenice and Libellula needhami were taken only near brackish water habitat. Many species had very limited distributions even within a habitat type, often occurring in widely separated areas. This was noticeably true of Enallagma recurvatum, laterale, and pictum, which occurred in only a few ponds of the great number. Others were nearly cosmopolitan, occurring widely in one or more habitats. 170 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii One climatic factor seems important enough to be mentioned. Rain- fall in the spring of 1953 was apparently quite heavy, for the water level in all the ponds previously visited was approximately a foot and a half higher than normal. Even when collecting was ended, in early August, the levels were still well above normal. This was accompanied by a marked absence of several species which had formerly been locally common. Leucorrhinia frigida was a notable example. At Flashy Pond it had previously been extremely common, the exuviae covering the emergent rush stems. In 1953 only four were caught in four trips. Since the normally emergent vegetation was covered, per- haps there were not enough places to allow the nymphs to transform. The same was true for Celilhemis elisa and martha and Lestes disjunctus and forcipatus at Flashy Pond. DESCRIPTION OF LOCALITIES The names given in the following descriptions are those found on the U. S. Geological Survey topographic maps. No attempt is made to name ponds not named on these sheets. Larger lakes. These are usually both larger and deeper than those designated as ponds. They are sandy to the shore line, seldom with boggy edges, and are often populated with sport fishes. Blue flag ( Iris versicolor ) occurred in the marginal water, but was never seen on a small pond. Water lobelia ( Lobelia dortmanna) and swamp candle ( Lysimachia terrestris ) were also common emergents, but were found in some of the ponds which had sandy margins. All except Oyster Pond are described in the Massachusetts Fisheries Report for Barn- stable County (1951). 1. Ashumet Pond. Mashpee and Falmouth Townships. A smaller pond connected to it by a narrow ditch at high water will be distin- guished in the species accounts. Eleven collections. June 10-July 30, 1953. 2. Lawrence Pond. Sandwich Township. July 25, 1953. 3. Oyster Pond. Falmouth Township. Slightly brackish at least in places, having at one time been a cove. This is quite a different Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 171 habitat than the other lakes, partly because the margins slope steeply, thus allowing no gradual transition of littoral zones. Visited, but not collected, on several occasions. Collected June 15, 1953. 4. Snake Pond. Sandwich Township. July 25, 1953. 5. Wakeby Pond. Mashpee Township. July 25, 1953. Ponds. These are generally small in size, but a few reach several acres in area. They usually have at least some accumulation of peat and initiation of bog formation at the edges. Commonly they have a heavy accumulation of organic debris. Nymphtea, Utricularia, Scirpus, and Juncus are common plants. 6. Deep Pond. Falmouth Township. July 27, 1951. 7. Deer Pond. Falmouth Township. June 18, 1953. Deeper than most. A heavy population of bullheads ( Ameiurus nebulosus). 8. Duck Pond. Barnstable Township. About a mile west of Hyannis airport. June 13, 1953. 9. Elisha Pond. Yarmouth Township. August 22, 1951. 10. Emery Pond. Chatham Township. August 23, 1951. 11. Flashy Pond. Mashpee Township. Twelve collections in 1951- 1953, June 10-August 24. An extremely productive small pond to which special attention was given. 12. Flax Pond. Bourne Township. Near Barnstable County Sani- torium. Nine collections in 1950-1953, June 6-September 2. Now being called "Picture Pond.” 13. Flax Pond. Falmouth Township. Part of L. W. Francis Estate in Quisset. Four collections in 1951 and 1953, June 9-August 2. 14. Fresh Pond. Barnstable Township. About a half mile west of Hyannis airport. July 15, 1951. Very little water at time visited. 15. Grassy Pond. Falmouth Township. Just south of Ashumet Pond. June 25, 1951. 16. Greenough Pond. Yarmouth Township. August 22, 1951. 17. Hawksnest Pond. Harwich Township. Three collections in 1951 and 1953, June 25-August 4. Good bog development at one end, sandy beach at other. 172 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 18. Unnamed Pond. Brewster Township. In deep depression northeast of Sheep Pond. August 4, 1951. 19. Horse Pond. Yarmouth Township. August 22, 1951. 20. Unnamed Pond. Barnstable Township. About a mile north- east of Hyannis airport. June 13, 1953- Almost a bog. 21. Martha Pond. Mashpee Township. June 29, 1951. 22. Mary Dunn Pond. Barnstable Township. About a mile north of Hyannis airport. July 15, 1951. 23. Miles Pond. Falmouth Township. On Sippewisset Road. June 11, 1953. Used by Cahoon’s Ice Plant. Edges drop off abruptly. 24. Jabinette’s Pond. Yarmouth Township. Three collections in 1951 and 1953, June 13-July 15. Well-developed bog areas as well as sandy beach. Sunfish ( Lepomis gibbosus) very common. 25. Mill Pond. Harwich Township. At east end of Long Pond. August 4, 1951. 26. Unnamed Pond. Mashpee Township. Just south of John’s Pond. Two collections on September 4, 1951 and June 29, 1952. Very small, often with no standing water in late summer. 27. Unnamed Pond. Chatham Township. Southwest of Lovers Lake. August 23, 1951. 28. Randall Pond. Falmouth Township. Two collections on July 17, 1952 and June 24, 1953. 29. Unnamed Pond. Falmouth Township. At Old Silver Beach. Three collections in 1950 and 1951, June 17-September 2. 30. Sols Pond. Falmouth Township. June 15, 1953. 31. Spectacle Pond. Falmouth Township. August 23, 1951. 32. Unnamed Pond. Mashpee Township. Southeast of John’s Pond. Three collections in 1950, 1951, and 1953, June 29-September 4. Quite boggy at the edges. Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 173 33. Twinings Pond. Orleans Township. In most southeasterly por- tion of township. August 22, 1951. 34. Walker’s Pond. Harwich Township. August 4, 1951. 35. Weeks Pond. Sandwich Township. July 25, 1953. 3 6. Unnamed Pond. Falmouth Township. In woods north of Ran- som Road. Locally called Whittemore Pond. Five collections in 1951 and 1953, June 11-August 4. Myriophyllum, Nymphcea, and Brasenia are abundant plants. Bogs. Only two localities were visited which could be called definitive bogs. Both have quaking bottoms, but otherwise present different aspects. 37. Woods Hole Cedar Bog. Falmouth Township. Six collections in 1951-1953, June 8-July 25. Largely shaded by cedars and has an abundance of Sphagnum. A deep bog lake is surrounded by Decadon and Andromeda. 38. Gifford Bog. Falmouth Township. Just west of Long Pond. Five collections in 1952 and 1953, June 15-August 20. An open bog with Juncus, V actinium (a highbush blueberry), and Rhexia around the edges and Sagittaria and Xyris on slightly emergent islands. Nym- phcea and Utricularia occur in open water. Streams and running water. All but Silver Spring Brook are associated with cranberry bogs above the collected areas and have sandy bottoms. All are fairly small, no large freshwater streams oc- curring on Cape Cod. 39- Silver Spring Brook. Wellfleet Township. At Austin Orni- thological Research Station. July 21, 1951. 40. Coonamessett River. Falmouth Township. North of Great Pond at highway 151 crossing. Two collections on July 7, 1951 and June 8, 1953. 41. Mills River. Barnstable Township. Just south of Mill Pond. July 15 and August 22, 1951. This includes an extensively widened portion, much like a pond, with a heavy accumulation of detritus. 174 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 42. Quashnet River. Mashpee Township. At highway 151 cross- ing. July 1, 1951. 43- Mashpee River. Mashpee Township. At highway 151 cross- ing. July 7, 1951. Brackish habitat. The Odonata collected here may not spend their nymphal life in brackish water, but the abundance of some species and the lack of completely fresh water point to this condition. 44. Eastham tidal beach. Eastham Township. Mud flat on inner bay. July 21, 1951. 45. Nauset Bay. Eastham Township. August 18, 1951. 46. Tidal marsh off Eel Pond, Woods Hole. Falmouth Township. Two collections on June 30, 1951 and July 26, 1953. 47. Sippewisset Beach. Falmouth Township. On Buzzard’s Bay. Three collections in 1951 and 1953, July 4-26. A small freshwater pond is also present. Other localities. These cannot be classified as any of the previous habitat types, but may be located near such areas. 48. Wet meadow in dry bed of Childs River. Mashpee Township. Just south of John’s Pond. Two collections on June 29 and July 11, 1951. 49. Road west of Elbow Pond. Brewster Township. August 4, 1951. 50. Ponds of Sandwich Fish Hatchery. Sandwich Township. July 19, 1952. 51. Goodwill Park. Falmouth Township. Near Long Pond. July 10, 1952. 52. Sippewisset Road, Quisset. Falmouth Township. Near Flax Pond of L. W. Francis estate. July 30, 1952. 53. Telegraph Hill. Sandwich Township. July 25, 1953. 54. Cultivated cranberry bog near Wing Pond. Falmouth Town- ship. July 9, 1952. 55. Woods Hole. Falmouth Township. July 26, 1951. Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 175 LIST OF SPECIES The dates recorded are the earliest and latest on which we have caught or positively identified the species. Since our own extreme dates are June 6 and September 4, and since all areas were not given seasonal coverage, our collecting does not necessarily indicate the season on many species. Suborder Zygoptera Family Agrionidse Agrion maculatum Beauvais. Loc. 41, 42, 43. July 1-August 22. Restricted to running water. Common at Mills River. Hetaerina americana (Fabricius). Reported by Howe (1917-21). Family Lestidae Lestes congener Hagen. Loc. 35. July 25, 1953. One male. Lestes disjunctus Selys. Loc. l(pond), 9, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 32, 33, 35, 37, 38. July 1-August 24. Walker (1952) believed that south- ern New England would be an area of intergradation between the subspecies d. disjunctus and d. australis. Our forms appear referable to the subspecies disjunctus and show no intergradation. Lestes forcipatus Rambur. Loc. l(pond), 9, 11, 13, 14, 26, 28, 32, 35, 36, 38, 48. June 15-August 24. In accordance with Walker’s (1952) observations, we collected forcipatus earlier than disjunctus in this region where both species are common. Lestes inequalis Walsh. Loc. 28. June 24, 1953. One male. First Cape Cod record Lestes eurinus Say. Loc. 8, 11, 15, 21, 32, 38. June 10- July 27. Lestes rectangularis Say. Loc. 9, 11, 13, 17, 21, 35, 36, 37, 38, 41. June 29-August 22. Lestes dry as Kirby. Fvecorded by Howe (1917-21). Lestes unguiculatus Hagen. Loc. l(pond). June 29, 1953. One male. Lestes vigilax Hagen. Loc. l(pond), 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 33, 36, 37, 39. June 13-September 2. 176 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Family Coenagrionidae Argia moesta (Hagen). Loc. l(lake), 2, 4, 5. June 20-July 30. Col- lected only at large lakes. Argia violacea (Hagen). Loc. 4, 9, 13, 17, 18, 23, 24, 25, 28, 31, 35, 36, 40, 41, 51. June 11-August 24. Enallagma aspersum (Hagen). Loc. l(pond), 11, 12, 14, 20, 24, 32, 35, 36. June 10-August 6. Taken only in company with other Enallagmas, and always outnumbered by at least one of these species. Enallagma civile (Hagen). Loc. l(lake), 2, 3, 4, 5, 47. June 10- July 30. Collected only on large lakes except for Sippewisset Beach, where it was abundant. Enallagma doubleday i Selys. Loc. l(pond), 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25, 27, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. June 6- August 24. The most abundant damselfly on the Cape. At Ashumet Pond, where the similar species E. civile was common on the lake, double- dayi occurred only in the adjoining pond. Neither was collected in the other habitat. This contrasts with the observations of Beatty (1945, 1946), who found them flying together in New Jersey. Enallagma cyathigerum (Charpentier). Loc. 38. June 15 and 24, 1953. Pairs were seen in tandem, indicating a probable permanent breeding population. Enallagma durum (Hagen). Reported by Calvert (1894). Enallagma exsulans (Hagen). Loc. l(lake), 4, 5. June 19-July 30. Found on large lakes only. Enallagma geminatum Kellicott. Loc. 9, 13, 16, 17, 24, 25, 28, 33, 35, 36, 38, 39. June 20-August 22. First Cape Cod record. Sel- dom numerous. Enallagma hageni (Walsh). Loc. 11. June 17, 1951. One male. First Cape Cod record. Enallagma later ale Morse. Loc. 17, 24, 38. June 13-25. First Cape Cod record. Abundant around the edge of Jabinette’s Pond on June 13, 1953. Pairs in tandem were taken, representing the first females on record. These will be described elsewhere. On June 25 none could be found here. This species apparently has a wide- spread, but local distribution. It has been taken in Massachusetts Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 177 (Morse, 1895; Howe, 1916), Indiana (Muttkowski, 1910), Maine (Borror, 1940) and New York (Davis, 1913; Donnelly, pers. comm.). Early spring collecting will probably show it to be far more common on Cape Cod, though with a short flying season. Enallagma minusculuvi Morse. Loc. l(lake), 2, 4, 7, 12, 17, 22, 24, 27. June 10- August 23. Probably the most common early damsel- fly, becoming less so later. Enallagma pictum Morse. Loc. 17, 25, 28, 36. July 11-August 4. First Cape Cod record. Common at Hawksnest Pond after mid- July. This species preferred to remain near lily pads, either resting on them or flying a short distance above them. It was never seen close to the shore line, whereas other Enallagmas with it were com- monly found in the rushes or on the shrubby edge. Enallagma recurvatum Davis. Loc. 12, 15, 17, 24. June 13-25. First Cape Cod and New England record. Like later ale this seems to be an early spring species with a short flying season. Abundant around Flax (Picture) Pond on June 16, 1953. Ten days previously none were found. The species has been collected on Long Island (Davis, 1913; Donnelly, pers. comm.) and in New Jersey (Beatty, 1945, 1946). Thus it seems limited to sandy, coastal plain habitat. Early collecting may reveal it farther south. Enallagma signatum (Hagen). Loc. 3. 13, 16, 18, 24, 27, 36, 39- June 15- August 22. Enallagma vesperum Calvert. Loc. l(lake), 4, 13, 17, 18, 25, 27, 36. July 21-August 23. First Cape Cod record. Nehalennia gracilis Morse. Loc. 37, 38. June 6-July 25. First Cape Cod record. Found only in bogs. Very abundant at Woods Hole Cedar Bog. Nehalennia irene Hagen. Reported by Howe (1917-21, 1920). Amphiagrion saucium (Burmeister). Loc. 40, 41, 43. June 8- July 15. First Cape Cod record. Restricted to streams. Ischnura kellicotti Williamson. Loc. 17, 24, 33, 36. June 20-August 22. First Cape Cod record. Common at Jabinette’s Pond on July 15, 1951, but not seen at two earlier dates in 1953. Besides males, only orange females have been seen. This seems to be 178 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii another widespread species with local distribution. It has been recorded from Indiana (Williamson, 1898), Rhode Island (Need- ham and Heywood, 1929), Long Island (Donnelly, pers. comm.), New Jersey (Calvert, 1898), North Carolina (Westfall, 1942), and Florida (Davis and Fluno, 1938; Westfall, 1941). lschnura posita (Hagen). Loc. l(pond), 8, 13, 16, 24, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42. June 6- August 22. lschnura ramburii Selys. Recorded by Howe (1917-21). lschnura verticalis (Say). Loc. l(pond), 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 22, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 47, 48. June 6-August 24. Chromagrion conditum (Hagen). Recorded by Howe (1917-21). Anomalagrion hastaUim (Say). Loc. 36. August 2, 1951. One male. Suborder Anisoptera Family Gomphidae Gomphus abbreviatus Hagen. Recorded by Hagen (Selys, 1878). Gomphus exilis Selys. Loc. l(lake), 11, 12, 17, 23, 40, 51, 54. June 10- July 10. A large emergence occurred at Ashumet Pond on June 10, 1953. On the following day, only one specimen was found. Not uncommon on the Cape. Gomphus spicatus Hagen. Recorded by Howe (1922). Dr omo gomphus spinosus Selys. Loc. 1, 5. June 29-July 25. Common at Ashumet Pond during emergence in late June, when many exu- viae were found on emergent vegetation and tenerals were found in the surrounding scrubby woods. Probably common on large lakes. Progomphus obscurus (Rambur). Recorded by Howe (1920, 1917- 21). Family Aeschnidae Anax junius (Drury). Loc. l(both), 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, 47, 48. June 6-September 4. Anax longipes Hagen. Loc. 11, 13, 22. June 19- August 6. This Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 179 seldom-caught species is apparently locally common on the Atlantic Coastal Plain. Many authors have reported it from the United States from Mississippi and Florida to Massachusetts and inland to Ohio and Indiana. Hagen (1884) and Gray (1937) have previously recorded it from Woods Hole. At Flashy Pond we often saw five or six in a day. We took three males, one with a shotgun, one knocked into the water by another male, and a third by net. Our single female, with abdomen similar in color to that of females of A. junius, was taken while ovipositing alone. The females seem to be dimorphic, as one individual with a brick-red abdomen was observed, apparently ovipositing. Unlike junius, they lay their eggs in the absence of the male. Boyeria vinosa (Say). Recorded by Howe (1922). Basiaeschna janata (Say). Loc. l(lake). Two males on June 10 and 11, 1953. First Cape Cod record. Gomphaeschna furcillata (Say). Loc. 37. June 8, 1953. Another Woods Hole record, possibly from the same bog, is recorded by Gloyd (1940, p. 3), which is the first Cape Cod record. Aeshna canadensis Walker. Loc. 10, 11, 33, 55. July 26-August 23. First Cape Cod record. Aeshna clepsydra Say. Loc. 9, 11, 27, 32, 33, 38. August 6-September 4. Aeshna tuber culij era Walker. Loc. 38, 52. July 30- August 20. This species was abundant hawking along a short stretch of Sippewisset Road in the evening of July 30, 1952, but was not seen there again. Aeshna umbrosa Walker. Recorded by Howe (1917-21, 1920). Aeshna verticalis Hagen. Recorded by Howe (1917-21). Family Corduliidas Didymops transversa (Say). Loc. 11. June 10, 1953. A mating pair. First Cape Cod record. Macromia illinoiensis (Say). Loc. l(lake), 51, 53. July 4-25. Exuviae found at Ashumet Pond. Epicordulia princeps (Hagen). Loc. 1, 2, 5, 47, 49. June 26-August 4 A very large emergence occurred at Ashumet Pond during the last week in June. Hundreds of exuviae were found clinging to emerg- 180 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii ent vegetation; yet even in the surrounding woods, adults were uncommon. T etragoneuria cy no sura (Say). Loc. 1, 11, 13, 24, 37, 51. June 6- July 10. No attempt is made to distinguish the subspecies cynosura from simulans; their status as subspecies arouses considerable doubt. Dorocordulia lepida (Hagen). Loc. 11, 17, 24, 37, 38. June 15-July 7. Found at bogs or quite boggy ponds. Family Libellulidae Libellula auripennis Burmeister. Loc. l(pond), 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 24, 28, 29, 32, 35, 36, 38. June 10- September 4. Common at ponds. Libellula needhami Westfall. Loc. 46, 47. June 30-August 2. This species, only recently distinguished from auripennis (Westfall, 1943), was found only near salt water, whereas auripennis was common, but only at inland ponds. Westfall’s records show very few needhami from localities far from the coast except in Florida. Auripennis, however, seems to be found both inland and coastally. Perhaps the habitat segregation on Cape Cod is indicative of factors which led to their speciation and to which each is adapted. Libellula cyanea Fabricius. Loc. l(pond), 11, 13, 24, 28, 29, 32, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 46, 50, 51, 54. June 10-September 2. Libellula incesta Hagen. Loc. l(pond), 6, 9, 11, 12, 13, 17, 24, 25, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 39, 51. June 25-August 24. An examination of the penes of several specimens thought to be vibrans, as based on color characters, showed only this species. Libellula vibrans Fabricius. Recorded by Kellicott (1884) and Howe (1917-21). Probably refers to L. incesta. Libellula luctuosa Burmeister. Loc. 3, 47, 51. July 10-July 26. Un- common. Collected only on July 10, 1952 at Goodwill Park, Fal- mouth. Libellula pulchella Drury. Loc. l(pond), 11, 12, 13, 14, 26, 29, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 43, 46, 47, 50, 54. June 6-September 4. Libellula quadrimaculata Linne. Loc. 37, 38, 40. June 6-June 15. All but one specimen came from bogs. Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 181 Libellula semifasciata Burmeister. Loc. 37, 38, 46. June 6-July 26. Uncommon. Ladona exusta (Say). Loc. l(pond), 11, 12, 20, 24, 28, 29, 30, 32, 36, 37, 38, 40. June 6-July 4. Ladona deplanata (Rambur). Loc. l(pond), 7, 8, 11, 12, 14, 20, 24, 32. June 10-July 17. This represents a northward extension of the range of this species and a first record for Cape Cod and New England. A cursory study of Ladona exusta, deplanata, and julia has convinced us that exusta and deplanata are definitely good species, and that julia probably is also. The distal end of the penis (median lobes) of deplanata, as seen from the side, is concave, with extended ends. That of exusta is convex and not at all extended. The abdomen of adult exusta becomes white-pruinose, the dorsum of the thorax becoming gray or not at all pruinose. Deplanata becomes uniformly gray-pruinose on thorax and abdomen. All the exusta studied had the supratriangle of the fore wing crossed, while only about a quarter of the deplanata had such a crossvein. The dark basal markings of the wings are generally smaller and divided by a clear streak in deplanata, but this is not constant. Julia seems closer to exusta , the penis being convex distally, but the lobes ex- tending more. The abdomen becomes white-pruinose only on the anterior segments, and the dorsum of the thorax becomes white. The supratriangle is crossed, and the wing markings are small, but without the clear streak of deplanata. Plathemis lydia (Drury). Loc. 11, 14, 28, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 46, 54. June 8-August 24. Perithemis tenera (Say). Loc. 9, 16, 17, 25, 29, 33, 39. July 1 -Aug- ust 22. Never common. Nannothemis bella (Uhler). Loc. 38. July 4, 1952. Two males, one female. Erythrodiplax berenice (Drury). Loc. 14, 39, 44, 45, 47. June 30- August 6. Erythemis simplicicollis (Say). Loc. l(pond), 4, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 25, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 46, 47, 50, 51. June lO-Septem^er 4, 182 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Pachydiplax longipennis (Burmeister). Loc. 11, 13, 23, 28, 29, 32, 37, 38, 39. June 15-September 2. Sympetrum corruptum (Hagen). Recorded by Howe (1917-21). Sympetrum costiferum (Hagen). Recorded by Howe (1917-21). Sympetrum obtrusum (Hagen). Recorded by Howe (1917-21). Sympetrum rubicundulum (Say). Loc. l(pond), 9, 11, 13, 14, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 32, 34, 35, 37, 38, 50, 51. June 29- September 2. Sympetrum semicinctum (Say). Loc. 11, 39, 41. July 15-August 22. First Cape Cod record. Seems to prefer the vicinity of running water. Sympetrum vicinum (Hagen). Loc. 9, 10, 11, 16, 17, 19, 25, 31, 32, 33, 35, 36, 41. August 4-24. Leucorrhinia Intacta (Hagen). Loc. l(pond), 17, 20, 24, 37, 38. June 6-25. Leucorrhinia frigida (Hagen). Loc. 11, 15, 22, 29. June 10-July 27. Abundant at Flashy Pond in 1951 and 1952; scarce in 1953- Celithemis elisa (Hagen). Loc. l(pond), 2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, 27, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 51. June 10-August 24. Celithemis eponina (Hagen). Loc. 10, 25, 33. August 4-23. Celithemis martha Williamson. Loc. l(pond), 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17, 25, 31, 32, 33, 35, 40, 43, 48. June 25-September 2. First Cape Cod record. On July 1, 1951, this species had emerged in numbers at Flashy Pond. The height of the breeding season here was around August 6, when great numbers of tandem pairs were seen. Males re- tained a hold on the female as she dipped her abdomen to lay eggs. July 30 was the height of emergence at the small pond adjoining Ashumet Pond in 1953. A series of nymphs was collected here. Celithemis ornata (Rambur). Recorded by Howe (1917-21, 1920). This is probably C. martha. Celithemis monomelaena Williamson. Loc. 9. One male, another seen. First Cape Cod record. Pantala flavescens (Fabricius). Loc. 45. August 18, 1951. One male, probably a transient, First Cape Cod record. Sept., 1954] Gibbs: Odonata 183 Trained Carolina (Linne). Loc. l(pond), 8, 11, 12, 13, 17, 35, 48, 52. Tune 10- August 6. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors express their sincere thanks to James K. Taylor, Mary Reilly, and Mary Ayers for aiding us in collecting, and to Dr. Philip P. Calvert, Dr. Howard E. Evans, and Thomas W. Donnelly for critical comments on the manuscript. References Beatty, George H., III. 1945. Odonata collected and observed in 1945 at two artificial ponds at Upton, New Jersey. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 40: 178-187. . 1946. Dragonflies collected in Pennsylvania and New Jersey in 1945. Ent. News 62: 1-10, 50-56, 76-81, 104-111. Borror, Donald J. 1940. A list of the dragonflies taken in the region of Muscongus Bay, Maine. Ent. News 51: 45-47, 74-79. Calvert, Philip P. 1894, Data on the distribution of dragonflies I. Ent. News 5; 242-244, - — — — , 1898, Further notes on the new dragonfly Iscknura kellicotti. Ent. News 9: 211-213. — . 1905. Fauna of New England. Part 6. List of the Odonata. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7. Davis, E. M., and J. A. Fluno. 1938. Odonata at Winter Park, Florida. Ent. News 49: 44-47. Davis, William T. 1913. Dragonflies of the vicinity of New York City with a description of a new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 21: 11-29. Fenneman, Nevin M. 1938. Physiography of eastern United States. McGraw- Hill Book Co., New York. Gloyd, Leonora K. 1940. On the status of Gomphaescbna antilope (Hagen). Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 415. Gray, George M. 1937. The large green dragonfly, Anax longipes, in the Woods Hole region. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 32: 122-124. Hagen, H. A, 1884, Anax longipgs, Ent. Monthly Mag. 20: 169-171.. 184 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii £ Howe, R. Heber, Jr. 1916. A preliminary list of the Odonata of Concord, Mass. Psyche 23: 12-15. QS . 1917. Distributional notes on New England Odonata. Part I. Psyche 24: 45-53. O- . 1918. Distributional notes on New England Odonata. Part II. Psyche 25: 106-110. 0^ — . 1920. Odonata of Chatham, Massachusetts. Psyche 27: 55-58. . 1917-21. Manual of the Odonata of New England. Six parts and supplement. Mem. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. II. . 1921. The distribution of New England Odonata. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 36: 105-133. Kellicott, D. S. 1894. Distribution of the Odonata. Ent. News 5: 314. Massachusetts, Commonwealth of. 1951. Fisheries report. Morse, Albert P. 1895. New North American Odonata. Psyche 7: 207-211, 274-275. Muttkowski, Richard A. 1910. Catalogue of the Odonata of North America. Bull. Pub. Mus. City of Milwaukee 1(1). Needham, James G., and Hortense Butler Heywood. 1929. A handbook of the dragonflies of North America. Thomas C, Springfield, 111. Selys-Longchamps, E. de. 1878. Quatriemes additions au synopsis des Gom- phines. Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belg. 46: 408-471. Walker, E. M. 1952. The Lestes disjunctus and forcipatus complex. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 78: 59-74. Westfall, Minter J., Jr. 1941. Notes on Florida Odonata. Ent. News 52: 15-18, 31-34. . 1942. A list of dragonflies taken near Brevard, North Carolina. Ent. News 53: 94-100, 127-132. . 1943. Synonymy of Libellula auripennis and Libellula jesseana and the description of a new species. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 69: 17-31 Williamson, E. B. 1898. A new species of Ischnura. Ent. News 9: 209-211. Woodworth, J. B., and Edward Wigglesworth. 1934. Geography and geology of the region including Cape Cod, the Elizabeth Islands, Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard, No Mans Land, and Block Island. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. 52, Sept., 1954] Weiss: Fuller 185 ANDREW S. FULLER, EARLY ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGIST OF NEW JERSEY, 1828 - 1896 By Harry B. Weiss From a biographical viewpoint some of our early writers on insects have been neglected in our entomological literature in favor of their more prolific and outstanding contemporaries. Andrew S. Fuller was one of such persons. Only a brief mention was made of him in Entomological News (June, 1896, p. 192) shortly after his death. The only other biographical reference to him in entomological literature occurs in L. O. Howard’s "History of Applied Entomology”, (Wash- ington, D. C., 1930), in which his portrait is reproduced on plate 5. Fuller, an editor, horticulturist, amateur entomologist and writer was born at Utica, New York, on August 3, 1828, and brought up in a region devoted to fruit growing. His parents moved to a small farm near Barre, New York, where he attended a country school and helped around the farm. After his parents had moved to Milwaukee, Wis- consin, in 1846 he learned carpentering and with his interest in plants he started to devote his activities to the construction of greenhouses, becoming in 1855 the manager of the greenhouses belonging to W. R. Prince of Flushing, Long Island. This position he held for two years. He then moved to Brooklyn, New York, and began to cultivate small fruits, paying particular attention to strawberry improvement. Soon he began to v/rite articles on horticulture for "Life Illustrated,” the "New York Tribune” and other papers. The "Tribune” at one time distributed, as circulation premiums, 300,000 of Fuller’s strawberry plants. And in 1862 his first book "The Illustrated Strawberry Cul- turist” appeared. In 1851 he married Jennie Clippens and in I860 he moved to Ridgewood, New Jersey, and bought a tract of land which he improved and then used for experimental purposes. His articles continued to appear in the agricultural and horticul- tural press. During 1866 and 1867 he edited Woodward’s "Record of Horticulture.” From 1868 until 1894 he was editor of the "Weekly 186 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Sun” and while connected with this paper he was responsible for the distribution of seed white potatoes with subscriptions. In 1871 he became the associate editor of "Moore’s Rural New Yorker” later the "Rural New Yorker”, becoming part owner and editor-in-chief in 1876. However within a year he severed these connections. He was a member of various organizations and when the New Jersey State Horticultural Society was organized for the second time in 1875 he was one of its founders and its vice-president from Bergen County. At the January, 1876, meeting of this society, in a paper on entomol- ogy and its relation to horticulture, he stressed the need for knowledge about injurious insects and said that future progress depended largely upon success in controlling insects. His books include "The Grape Culturist”, 1864; "The Forest Tree Culturist”, 1867, which was translated into the German language; "Practical Forestry”, 1884; "The Propagation of Plants”, 1887; and the "Nut Culturist”, 1896. In addition to the accumulation of a large horticultural library, he collected insects and minerals. He specialized in the Coleoptera, for his collection of which he built a special house. His interests also embraced the study of prehistoric American pottery. At the time of his death from a heart attack on May 4, 1896 he was a staff writer for the "Florists’ Exchange,” the "American Agriculturist” and the "American Gardener”. From 1868 to 1896 he was the author of some 28 papers on a wide range of economic insects as may be noted by his list of titles in Henshaw’s "Bibliography of American Economic Entomology” Parts IV and V, 1895 and 1896. He was also the author of a paper on "Collecting Insects, How to Collect and Transport Them”, 5 pages, 22 V2 cm., with no place or date of publication. Fuller frequently sent insect specimens or descriptions of insects to the editors of the "American Entomologist” for identification. In the "Answers to Correspondents” in the columns of that magazine and its successors, Fuller’s questions and the editors’ answers may be Sept., 1954] Weiss: Fuller 187 found in Vol. 1, Nos. 3, 4, 10, 11; Vol. 2, Nos. 4, 8, 10. Similar references may be found in the "Practical Entomologist”, Vol. 2, No. 9, and in "Insect Life” Vol. 1, page 86. Of Fuller’s inquiries nearly all dealt with species injurious to grapes, strawberries, seeds, black- berries, etc. On July 16, 1888, he wrote to C. V. Riley about insects confused with the Hessian fly prior to the Revolution and Riley re- plied in "Insect Life” that there was no evidence of the existence of that insect in America at that early period. At times, various writers have confused the work of the Angoumois grain moth with that of the Hessian fly. [See Journ. Econ. Ent. Vol. 37, page 838] When the "American Entomologist” began for a second time in January 1880, after a lapse of ten years, Andrew S. Fuller was assistant editor, and C. V. Riley was editor. However the October, 1880, issue contained only Riley’s name as editor, with the announce- ment that Fuller had retired from his editorial duties. During the summer of 1880, Fuller had been in New Mexico where his interests were likely to call him at any time. In 1875 Fuller sent specimens of a beetle that he had collected in Montana to Dr. George H. Horn who described it as Aramigus fulleri in 1876. Since then it has been known as Fuller’s rose beetle. In his "History of Entomology” Essig gives an interesting account of the spread of this beetle over the world. It was originally collected by Crotch on brambles at Fayal on the island of Horta, Azores, in 1866 and described by him in 1867 in the Proceedings of the Zoo- logical Society of London. It received little attention until it appeared in many parts of the United States and was described again by Horn. Andrew S. Fuller died on May 4, 1896. An obituary presumably written by Frederick Allen Eddy and published in a Bangor, Maine, newspaper shortly after his death refers to Fuller’s home in Ridge- wood, New Jersey, having been transformed from a barren waste to one of the finest places in Bergen County all through the efforts of Mr. Fuller who was an enthusiast in botany and other natural sci- ences. Upon his Ridgewood home specimens of nearly every nut tree in the world were growing, as well as other trees and plants. 188 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii After her husband’s death Mrs. Fuller, around December 7, 1897, sold her husband’s collection of Coleoptera to Frederick Allen Eddy of Bangor, Maine, and it became a part of, or perhaps the basis of Mr. Eddy’s large beetle collection which came to the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Cambridge, Massachusetts, after Eddy’s death in 1935. Dr. P. J. Darlington, Jr., Curator of In- sects, Museum of Comparative Zoology, to whom I am indebted for the above and the following information advised me that according to a note left by Eddy the Fuller material was in 112 boxes and included some 4,500 species and 15,000 or 20,000 specimens. Eddy paid $1,050 for it. The Fuller collection included much rare material identified by good specialists. Some of it was material from Prof. Snow of Kansas. Mr. Eddy combined the Fuller collection with his own and at the Museum of Comparative Zoology the Eddy specimens are being incorporated in the general collection of North American beetles. The Fuller specimens were not labelled as such by Eddy and as he received specimens from many other sources it is difficult to identify, exactly, the Fuller beetles. However it is assumed that most of the specimens in the Eddy collection bearing only state ab- breviations as localities and not labelled by Eddy, are Fuller’s. Such specimens now bearing the label "Frederick Allen Eddy Collection” in the general collection are probably those of Fuller. References Crawford, Nelson Antrim. Andrew S. Fuller. Dictionary of Ameri- can Biography, New York, 1931. Hexamer, F. M. Andrew S. Fuller sketch in Bailey’s Cyclopedia of American Horticulture, III, p. 6 16. 1906. Woodward, Carl R. The Development of Agriculture in New Jersey, 1640-1880. 1926, p. 235. Obituaries in New York Sun, May 5, 1896; New York Tribune, May 5, 1896; American Agriculturist, May 16, 1896. 189 Sept., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS OF CUBA (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) By Salvador Luis de la Torre y Callejas Professor of Zoology Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba (Continued from Vol. LXII, No. 2 Pyrameis cardui cardui? : Berger, 1939: 196. Illustrations. — Clark, 1932: pi. 8, f. 1, pi. 64, f. 3; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XXVI, f. 5, 6; Holland, 1942: pi. I, f. 1, pi. Ill, f. 37, pi. IV, f. 60-62, (chrysalis); Schwarz, 1949: pi. IV, f. 33-35?. Genus Hypanartia Hiibner Hypanartia Hiibner, 1821. Genotype: Hypanartia demonica Hiibner, 1821 ( —Papilio lethe Fab., 1793). 99. HYPANARTIA PAULLUS (FABRICIUS) Papilio paullus Fabricius, 1793. Hypanartia paullus: Gundlach, 1881: 38; Bates, 1935: 166; Comstock, 1944: 451; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 278. Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 6, f. 11. Genus Junonia Hiibner Precis Hiibner, 1819: 33. Junonia Hiibner, 1819: 34. Genotype: Papilio lavinia Cramer, 1775. 100. JUNONIA EVARETE CCENIA Hiibner Junonia coenia Hiibner, 1822; Holland, 1916: 492; id., 1942: 156; Showalter, 1927: 107; Fazzini, 1934: 55; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 160; Hoffmann, 1940c: 681. Junonia genoveva : Gundlach, 1881: 65. 190 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Junonia lavinia coenia : Forbes, 1928: 306, 316; Clark, 1932: 79; Eliot, 1947: 230. Junonia lavinia : Hoffmann, 1933: 235; Brown, 1945: 32. Precis coenia : Bates, 1935: 167; Field, 1938b: 89. Junonia evarete coenia : Comstock, 1944: 453; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 186. Illustrations. — Showalter, 1927: pi. 3, f. 5; Clark, 1932: pi. 7, f. 1-4; Fazzini, 1934: p. 55, fig. not numbered; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XXIV, f. 3; Holland, 1942: pi. Ill, f. 29, 30, (larva), pi. IV, f. 56, 57, 65-67, (chrysalis), pi. XX, f. 7; Coms- tock, 1944: pi. 6, f. 8. 101. JUNONIA EVARETE ZONALis Felder & Felder Junonia zonalis Felder & Felder, 1867; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 279. Junonia lavinia : Gundlach, 1881: 64; Holland, 1942: 156. Junonia coenia genoveva : Holland, 1916: 492. Junonia lavinia zonalis : Forbes, 1928: 307, 316. Precis zonalis : Bates, 1935: 168; Dethier, 1941: 70. Precis lavinia zonalis : Berger, 1939: 197. Junonia genoveva : Holland, 1942: 156. Junonia evarete zonalis : Comstock, 1944: 454; Beatty, 1944: 156; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 52; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 186; Munroe, 1951: 56. Illustrations. — Dethier, 1941: pi. V, f. 1, 5, (head of larva), pi. VI, f. 7, (para-dorsal spine from the first abdominal segment of larva); Holland, 1942: pi. XX, f. 8, ( lavinia ), f. 9, ( genoveva) \ Com- stock, 1944; pi. 6, f. 9. 102. JUNONIA EVARETE ZONALIS f. INCARNATA Felder Junonia lavinia zonalis var. incarnata : Forbes, 1928: 307. Junonia evarete zonalis form incarnata'. Comstock, 1944: 455; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 186. Junonia evarete incarnata'. Beatty, 1944: 156. This form was captured at Bellamar beach, Matanzas province, by the writer. 191 Sept., 1954] De La Torre: Riiopalocera 103- JUNONIA EVARETE ZONALIS f. CONSTRICTA Felder Junonia lavinia zonalis form constricta\ Forbes, 1928: 309, 316. Junonia ev arete zonalis form constricta : Comstock, 1944: 455; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 186. This form was annotated for Cuba by Forbes in 1928 (See Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 36, p. 309), and by Wm. P. Comstock in 1944 (See Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, p. 455). Genus Anartia Hiibner Anartia Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio jatrophae Johansson, 1763. 104. ANARTIA JATROPHAE GUANTANAMO Munroe Anartia jatrophce guantanamo Munroe, 1942: 2; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 177. Anartia jatrophce, Gundlach, 1881: 59; id., 1891: 448; Holland, 1916: 492; d’Almeida, 1941: 310; id., 1944c: 46. Anartia jatrophae jamaicensis : Bates, 1935: 169; Dethier, 1941: 71; Comstock, 1944: 457; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 99, 108. This subspecies was described by E. Munroe in 1942 (See Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1179, p. 2). Illustrations. — Dethier, 1941: pi. V, f. 3, 6, (head of larva), pi. VI, f. 1, (prothoracic segment of larva), f. 2, (fourth abdominal seg- ment of larva), f. 6, (para-dorsal spine from the first abdominal segment of larva); d’Almeida, 1944c: pi. 3, f. 5, (pupa), f. 6, (larva) . 105. ANARTIA LYTREA CHRYSOPELEA Hiibner Anartia chrysopelea Hiibner, 1825. Anartia lytrea : Gundlach, 1881: 60; Holland, 1916: 492. Anartia lytrcea : Hoffmann, 1940c: 681. Anartia lytrea chrysopelea : Bates, 1935: 169; Dethier, 1941: 73. Illustrations. — Dethier, 1941: pi. V, f. 2, (head of larva), pi. VI, f. 3, (prothoracic segment of larva), f. 4, (fourth abdominal segment 192 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii of larva), f. 5, ( prespiracular spine from the prothoracic segment of fourth instar larva), f. 8, (para-dorsal spine from the second thoracic segment of larva), f. 11, (spine from head of larva). Genus Metamorpha Hiibner Metamorpha Hiibner, 1819. Victorina Blanchard, 1840. Genotype: Metamorpha elissa Hiibner, 1819 ( = Papilio sulpitia Cramer, 1780; homonym of Papilio sulpitia Cramer, 1779). 106. METAMORPHA STELENES INSULARIS (Holland) Victorina steneles var. insularis Holland, 1916: 493. Victorina stehnelus : Gundlach, 1881: 66. Metamorpha stelenes insularis : Bates, 1935: 170; Dethier, 1940: 16; Comstock, 1944: 460; S. L. de la Torre, 1946b: 117; id., 1949b: 193. Victorina steneles : Holland, 1942: 171. Illustrations.— Dethier, 1940: pi. Ill, f. 2, (para-dorsal spine), f. 10, (second instar head capsule). 107. METAMORPHA STELENES INSULARIS f. LAVINIA (Fabridus) Papilio lavinia Fabricius, 1775: 450. This is the summer form of that species, which fly in July and August (See Comstock, 1944: 458). Genus Marpesia Hiibner Marpesia Hiibner, 1818. Athena Hiibner, 1819. Megalura Blanchard, 1840. Timet es Doubleday, 1844. Tymetes Boisduval, 1846?. Genotype: Marpesia eleuchea Hiibner, 1818. (To be continued) The New York Entomological Society The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 P. M., in the AMERICAN MUSEUM OF Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1954 President, DR. LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History Vice-President, DR. ROMAN VISHNIAC 219 W. 81st St., N. Y. 24, N. Y. Secretary, DR. LOUIS S. MARKS 74 Main St., Tuckahoe, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, DR. FREDERICK H. RINDGE American Museum of Natural History Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE . . American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Associate Editor, HERBERT F. SCHWARZ .... American Museum of Natural History TRUSTEES E. W. Tealf. Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. Mont A. Cazier E. Irving Huntington Dr. James Forbes PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Frank A. Soraci E. W. Teale Dr. James Mullen Herbert F. Schwarz PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Lucy Clausen Dr. Roman Vishniac FIELD COMMITTEE Dr. James Mullen Dr. T. C. Schneirla DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Herbert F. Schwarz _.fr ^fr^Trr.r^fflmm,,r1,. . , ■ . . n ■■• ■' • typ’ ' V| h - , '■ $,'<■ ’ V ;4;- I i.l' / •;■■' ■■ - )' ■ ■ Y ,!v. ;r/; . j : ') ;4.'^v i ■’• '/ ' L , . 'i' ' v: . , li./^' JOURNAL of the • ■ >1 I , ' ; 1 'V / • //y^l '■ / 1 • ■' vr • ' 4 > \ J •)' ! . ' ‘/('MW NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by United Printing Services, Inc., 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. All communications re- lating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allentown, New Jersey; all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following rates: I 4 pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 24pp. 32pp. 25 copies $4.56 $ 9.90 $10.38 $10.38 $16.39 $18.01 50 copies 4.91 10.72 11.40 11.40 1834 19.52 Additional 100’s . . 1.26 2.95 3.90 3.90 5.66 6.08 Covers 50 copies, $6.08; additional 100’s, $3.62. Half-tone prints: 2 cents for each half-tone print. Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when advisable. LXII NO DECEMBER, 1954 1 /' ] r t'n, 1 1 \ - ^ ! , - -/ ; -;k : Journal of the New York Entomological Society '1"' 1 '/If - : "i . ■'("■: ■ ,i/J '.-j Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS ■:> # ' x!; if Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. W. TEALE JAMES MULLEN \ 'r* i •/ *T | >* v A / /7>. '' .* / ' V‘/ /. 1 ’ r. ] ~ ^ . Subscription $5.00 per Year cn CONTENTS Myodopsylla setosa and Tiarapsylla bella, New Species of Fleas from Peru By Phyllis T. Johnson m 193 Southwestern Research Station 206 An Annotated List of the Butterflies and Skippers of Cuba ( Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) By Salvador Luis de la Torre Y Callejas 207 NOTICE: Volume LXII, Number 3, of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on December 8, 1935 Published Quarterly for the Society By United Printing Services, Inc. 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Mu- seum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at New Haven, Conn., under the Act of August 24, 1912. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in the Act of Feb- ruary 28, 1925, embodied in Paragraph (d-2) Section 34.40 P. L. & R. of 1948. JOURNAL OF THE New York Entomological Society Vol. LXII December, 1954 No. 4 MYODOPSYLLA SETOSA AND TIARAPSYLLA BELLA, NEW SPECIES OF FLEAS FROM PERU By Phyllis T. Johnson Department of Entomology, Army Medical Service Graduate School, Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington, D. C. Although twenty species of fleas have been described from Peru, the specimens were collected during only a small number of surveys, and it is likely that the forms described below represent but a small percent- age of undescribed species still to be found in Peru. Included in the pres- ent paper are descriptions of two new species representing two families of Siphonaptera, and records and a short redescription of Tiarapsylla titschacki Wagner, 1937. The specimens of T. titschacki, taken by Dr. C.C. Sanborn, constitute the first records of this species since the type collection. I am grateful to Mr. F.G.A.M. Smit of British Museum (Tring) who generously lent a pair of Myodopsylla isidori (Weyenbergh, 1881) for study. The drawings of M. isidori are taken from the male of this pair ex Myotis nigricans, Argentina, Patagonia, Rio Colorado. Drawings of M. wolff sohni subsp. were taken from a specimen ex "various bats”, Paraguay, Sapucay, 1901, W. Foster collector. Ischnopsyllidae: Ischnopsyllinae Myodopsylla setosa, new species (figs. 1,2,6,8,10,12,13) TYPE DATA. - Male holotype, female allotype ex "bat”, Peru: Yucay, 29 Dec. 1937, J. Soukup collector. Deposited in the collections of the United States National Museum. 'SEP 9 .1956 194 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii DIAGNOSIS. - Near Myodopsylla isidori (Weyenbergh, 1881) and M. wolffsohni subsp. Male separable from Myodopsylla wolffsohni and M. isidori in having distinct false combs on abdominal terga one through three ( fig. 6 ) ; not with false combs only on terga one and two (figs. 3 and 5). Further separable from wolfsohni in that the pos- teroventral extension of the immovable process of the clasper is long, with dorsal and ventral margins parallel (fig. 13, P.); not with this portion of process broad and subtriangulate (fig. 11, P.)\ and by the shape of the distal arm of the ninth sternum and the dorsal extension of the crochet (figs. 2, 4, DA.9 and CR.)\ in setosa n. sp. the crochet bears a narrow, pointed apical process, whereas wolffsohni lacks this process. Male further distinct from isidori in that the posteroventral extension of the immovable process of the clasper is about the same width as the dorsal process (fig. 13, P.) not markedly narrower than dorsal extension ( fig. 9, P. ) ; and the two apical bristles on postero- ventral process very long and "coiled” apically in setosa n. sp., not much smaller and lacking the apical curl as in isidori\ also the crochet with triangular lobe just below dorsoapical extension (fig. 2, CR.) , not with this lobe rectangular (fig. 7, CR.)- Female separable from ivolffsohni in having a distinct false comb on tergum three, not lacking such a comb. Apparently no valid differences are to be found separa- ting setosa n. sp. females from isidori females. DESCRIPTION HEAD (fig. 1): Much as in other members of the genus. Pale area on frons with a row of small bristles which become minute as they progress anterovent- rally. A row of three large bristles along anterior margin of antennal groove, bristle just above eye much the largest; other than these, with several small scattered bristles between antennal groove and pale area of frons. Eye vestige visible but pale in color. Second antennal segment with apical row of small bristles. THORAX (fig. 8): Mesepisternum (MPS.) with anterior margin almost vertical, not strongly inclined anteriad; mesepisternal rod (EP.R. - 1) quite distinct. Metanotum (MTN.) with false comb of seven or eight close-set flattened bristles on a side. Lateral metanotal area (L.M.) with one large median bristle plus a small bristle near ventral margin. Metepimere (MTM.) with eight or nine bristles set in three irregular rows, bristles of first row small, last row of two medium-sized bristles inserted on posterior margin of sclerite. ABDOMEN: First tergum (fig. 6, IT.) with well-developed false comb of six or seven bristles on a side. Terga two and three in male also with distinct Dec., 1954] Johnson: Fleas 195 false combs of four to five bristles on a side (fig 6, 2T. and 3T.); in female false comb on tergum three represented by only three or four flattened bristles on the two sides together. MALE (fig. 10): Antesensilial bristle (A.B.) set on small protuberance, dorsally this protuberance no longer than width of bristle base. Sensilium (SN.) ovate viewed laterally, lacking a posterolateral extension occurring in certain other species of this genus. Eighth tergum (8T.) with marginal bristles as follows: dorsal margin with six or seven small pale bristles inserted on mesal surface, plus two larger submarginal bristles on lateral surface; at posterodorsal angle and just ventrad to this angle with three long bristles and two small pale bristles between the dorsal and the median long bristles; below large bristles a row of six or seven pale bristles which are twice as long as pale bristles on dorsal margin. Below bristles, the apical (posterior) margin of eighth tergum is dis- tinctly serrate its entire length. Basal portion of eighth sternum (8S.) roughly square, anterodorsal angle rounded, posterodorsal angle acute, posterior margin slightly concave; ventrocaudal process of eighth sternum lightly sclerotized, with several pale lateral bristles ventroapically; two "brushes” of mesal bristles. Distal arm of ninth sternum (DA. 9 and fig.2) with rounded apex; bearing three equidistant bristles on or near posterior (ventral) margin as follows: just below apex a small submarginal bristle followed by narrow wing-like extension which extends to largest bristle which is halfway between small subapical bristle and medium-sized bristle present ventrally on a narrow lobe. Immovable process of clasper (P. and fig. 13) with posteroventral extension rectangular, more than two times as long as broad, dorsal and ventral margins parallel and straight, width of posteroventral extension about the same as width of dorsal extension of process, the two apical large bristles on posteroventral extension flagellate, coiled apically. Moveable finger (F. and fig. 13) triangular, dorsal angle acute, posteroventral angle of about 90°. Aedeagal apodeme (AE.A.) about five times as long as broad, apex acute. Penis rods (P.R.) forming a complete circle. Crochets (fig. 2, CR.) divided into two processes, the upper process with narrow acute dorsoapical extension, below this a subtriangular lobe; lower process with caudally expanded apex. FEMALE (fig. 12): Similar to modified segments of related species. Sperma- theca (SP.) and seventh sternum (7S.) as shown in figure. LENGTHS: Holotype 2.4mm., allotype 2.3mm. Stephanocircidae: Craneopsyllinae Tiarapsylla Bella, new species (figs. 15-17, 19) type DATA. - Holotype female, three paratype females ex " Felis pajaros garleppi” (Felis colocolo garleppi) , Peru: Dept, of Puno, Picotani, 22 Sept. 1941, C.C. Sanborn collector. Holotype female deposited in the collections of the Chicago Natural History Museum, two paratype fe- 196 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii males in collection of E-obert Traub, remaining paratype female in the collections of British Museum (Natural History), Tring. Veils colocolo is undoubtedly an abnormal host, the true host probab- ly being Lagidium (viscacha) as with T. titschacki Wagner 1937. The cat from which the type specimens of T. bella were taken was observed hunting viscachas at the time of capture. DIAGNOSIS. - Separable from Tiarapsylla argentina Jordon, 1942 in lack- ing an entire row of pale pseudosetae on inner aspect of mesonotal flange, the pseudosetae being only three or four in number on the two sides together and confined to the dorsum of the flange (fig. 19, PS.S.); and second antennal segment with fringe of long bristles extending well beyond apex of head; not lacking such bristles. Close to T. tit- schacki Wagner, 1937; some of the differences as follows: a larger flea (bella- 5mm., titschacki-'3) H -4.4mm.) ; helmet comb of bella n. sp. with base evenly convex, formed of eight or nine spines and ending well short of ventral head margin (fig. 16); not with ten to twelve spines (usually 11-12) in a sinuate row extending almost to ventral head margin (fig. 14). Small bristles on helmet posterior to the comb confined to area behind dorsal two spines in bella n. sp., not behind upper three or four spines as in titschacki. Second antennal segment with its apical flange longer than in titschacki, extending over basal two segments of antennal club. DESCRIPTION HEAD (fig. 16): Helmet comb of 8 - 9 spines, its base slightly convex, not markedly sinuate; the ventral spine separated from ventral margin of helmet by at least the width of its base. Posterior margin of helmet above comb with row of small bristles. Small bristles present on helmet posterior to upper two helmet spines. Postantennal area with five rows of bristles. First antennal segment with row of about six medium-sized bristles; second antennal segment with apical flange extending over basal two segments of club and with apical row of long bristles extending well beyond apex of club. Genal comb of six long, apically rounded spines; genal process above comb of varying size and shape, about as long as comb spines. Labial palpus two-thirds length of procoxa. Maxillary palpus with basal segment approximately two times as long as second segment. THORAX (fig. 19): Pronotum (fig. 16, PRN.) with two rows of bristles, first row irregular, plus some anterior bristles; pronotal comb with 25-29 spines in all (holotype with 29 spines, paratypes with 25, 26 and 27 spines). Mesonotum Dec., 1954] Johnson: Fleas 197 (MSN.) with five rows of bristles; first four rows very irregular; three or four dorsal pseudosetse present under flange. Mesepisternum (MPS.) and mesepimere (MPM.) with approximately 30 bristles in all. Metanotum (MTN.) with three rows of bristles, first two rows scattered. Lateral metanotal area (L.M.) with 6-8 small and large bristles. Metepisternum (MTS.) with one large bristle. Metepimere (MTM.) with three scattered rows of bristles. LEGS: Protibia with seven dorsal notches, including apical, bearing bristles as follows (base to apex): 2-2-2-4-4-4-4 (holotype); 2-2-2(3)-4(3) -4(5)-3 (4,5)-4 (5) (paratypes). Mesotibia with eight dorsal notches containing bristles as follows: 2-2-3-3-3 -4-4-4 (holotype); 2-2-2 ( 1 ) -3(4)-4 (3)-4-4(3)-4 (para- types). Metatibia also with eight dorsal notches containing bristles as follows 2-2-2-3-3-4-4-4 (holotype); 2-2-2-3(4)-3(4)-4(3)-4(3)-4 (paratypes). ABDOMEN: First tergum (fig. 19, IT.) with three rows of bristles, first short; terga 2 -6 with two rows of bristles, second row always extending below spir- acle; seventh tergum with three rows, first row short. Basal sternum with clump of 5 - 6 ventral subapical bristles. Other unmodified sterna with one row of bristles, at times plus one or two anteroventral bristles. Holotype and two para- types with two antesensilial bristles on each side, one paratype with two such bristles on one side, one on other. MODIFIED SEGMENTS (fig. 17): Seventh sternum (7S.) with two rows of bristles; its posterior margin lacking sinus. Eighth tergum (8T. ) lacking bristles above spiracle; an irregular row of bristles from just below spiracle to level of bursa copulatrix (B.C.); ventrally with two scattered rows of bristles and with a thick patch of dark subspiniform bristles apically, ventrad to ventral anal lobe; no more than one bristle present laterally between apical clump and anterior row. Dorsal and ventral anal lobes (D.A.L. and V.A.L.) with many small bristles. Anal stylet (A.S.) about two times as long as broad, with two or three short apical bris- tles, one of which may be longer than others. Spermatheca (SP. and fig. 15) with tail at least one and one-half times as long as body; body usually sharply rounded dorsally near insertion of tail; body and apical half of tail pigmented. Bursa copulatrix (B.C. ) sinuate, narrow; ductus obturatus (D.O.) with basal third as thick as bursa, apical two-thirds narrow. LENGTH: 5.0mm. Tiarapsylla titschacki Wagner, 1937 (figs. 14, 18) Tiarapsylla titschacki Wagner, 1937, Zeits. Parasit. 9:709, figs. 9 - 15. Wagner, 1939, Aphanipt.:76, fig. 76. TYPE DATA. - Type series: one male, two females ex "vizchaca”, Peru: Tayapampa (Dept, of La Libertad, Tayabamba?), about 4,Q00m., 13 April 1936, E. Titschack collector. new records. - One female ex Lagidium peruanum subsp., Peru: Dept, of Puno, Picotani, 14 Sept. 1941, C. C. Sanborn collector; in the collec- 198 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii tion of Robert Traub. One female ibid, but ex Lagidium peruanum inca, Dept, of Junin, Capillsa, 22 kilom. from Carhuamayo, 16,000 ft., 19 Feb. 1946; in the collections of the Chicago Natural History Museum. DIAGNOSIS. - Separable from Tiarapsylla argentina Jordan, 1942 by lacking complete lateral row of mesonotal pseudosetas and by presence of long bristles apically on second antennal segment. Distinct from T. bella n. sp. by characters given above in the diagnosis of the species. HEAD (fig. 14) : Helmet comb with markedly sinuate margin; the spines num- bering 10-12 (11-12 in the type specimens; present specimen from Puno with 11 spines on one side, 10 on the other; Junin specimen with 12 spines on both sides). Most ventral spine of helmet comb set very near ventral margin of helmet, distance from this margin to ventral comb spine less than one-half width of base of this spine. Small bristles posterior to helmet comb present opposite dorsal three or four spines of helmet comb. Genal comb of five or six spines, the spines proportionately shorter and more squared apically than in T. bella n. sp. Flange of second antennal segment not covering more than basal segment of club. THORAX: Pronotal comb of 22 - 24 spines in all (specimens at hand with 22 - 23 spines). Remainder of thorax as in T. bella n. sp.; generally with somewhat fewer bristles. LEGS and ABDOMEN with chaetotaxy similar to T. bella n. sp. MODIFIED SEGMENTS, FEMALE: very similar to T. bella n. sp. Two or three antesensilial bristles (Puno specimen with three on both sides; Junin specimen with three on one side, two on the other.). Eighth tergum with vertical row of bristles below spiracle doubled part of its length and with several bristles scattered over an area between this row and the apical clump of bristles present on posterior margin just ventrad to vental anal lobe. Spermatheca body (fig. 18) with dorsal margin broadly rounded or somewhat concave near insertion of tail; tail not more than one and one-half times as long as body. LENGTHS. - Junin female 3.7mm.; Puno female 4.4mm. DESCRIPTION LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS A.A.R. Aedeagal apodemal rod A.B. Antesensilial bristle. AE. A. Aedeagal apodeme. A. S. Anal stylet, female. B. C. Bursa copulatrix. CR. Crochet. P. A.L. Dorsal anal lobe. PL.A. Pleural arch. P.R. Penis rod. PRN. Pronotum. PS.S. Pseudosetas. SN. Sensilium. SP. D. Spermathecal duct. SQ. Squamulum. Dec., 1954] Johnson: Fleas 199 D.A.9 Distal arm of ninth ster- num, male. D.O. Ductus obturatus, female. E.F. Proepisternal flange. EP.R. - 1 Mesepisternal rod. F. Movable finger of clasp- er, male. FU. -I Mesosternal furca. L.M. Lateral metanotal area. MB. Manubrium of clasper, male. MPM. Mesepimere. MPS. Mesepisternum. MSN. Mesonotum. MST. Mesosternum. MTM. Metepimere. MTN. Metanotum. MTS. Metepisternum. MTT. Metasternum. P. Immovable process of clasper, male. PEG. Peg of crochet, aedeagus. T.AP.9 Tergal apodeme of seg- V.A.L. IT. ment nine, male. Ventral anal lobe. First abdominal tergum. 2T. Second abdominal ter- 3T. gum. Third abdominal tergum. 4T. Fourth abdominal ter- 7S. gum. Seventh abdominal ster- 7T. num. Seventh abdominal ter- 8S. gum. Eighth abdominal ster- 8T. num. Eighth abdominal ter- 9S. gum. Ninth abdominal ster- 9T. num. Ninth abdominal ter- gum. 200 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII PLATE VII Fig. 1 Myodopsylla setosa n. sp.: Head and prothorax, holotype Fig. 2 Ibid.: Distal arm of ninth sternum and crochet, holotype. Fig. 3 M. wolff sohni subsp.: Abdominal terga 1-3, male. Fig. 4 Ibid.: Distal arm of ninth sternum and crochet, male. Fig. 5 M. isidori (Weyenbergh, 1881): Abdominal terga 1-3, male. Fig. 6 M. setosa n. sp.: Abdominal terga 1-4, holotype. Fig. 7 M. isidori (Weyenbergh, 1881): Distal arm of ninth sternum and crochet, male. Fig. 8 M. setosa n. sp. : Meso - and metathorax, holotype. 'W\\ Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol LXII Plate VII -MTT. 202 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII PLATE VIII Fig. 9 Myodopsylla isidori (Wegenberg, 1881): Process and movable finger of clasper, male. Fig. 10 M. setosa n. sp.: Modified segments, holotype. Fig. 11 M. wolffsohni subsp.: Process and movable finger of clasper, male. Fig. 12 M. setosa n. sp.: Modified segments, allotype. Fig. 13 Ibid.: Process and movable finger of clasper, holotype. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII Plate VIII rs. 12 13 204 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii PLATE IX Fig. 14 Tiarapsylla titschacki Wagner, 1937 : Head and prothorax, female Fig. 15 T. bella n. sp.: Spermatheca, holotype. Fig. 16 Ibid.: Head and prothorax, holotype. Fig. 17 Ibid.: Modified segments, holotype. Fig. 18 T. titschacki Wagner, 1937: Spermatheca. Fig. 19 T. bella n. sp. : Meso - and metathorax, holotype. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. LXII Plate IX 206 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii THE SOUTHWESTERN RESEARCH STATION OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OE NATURAL HISTORY The American Museum of Natural History has announced the establishment of The Southwestern Research Station. It is located on the eastern slope of the Chiricahua Mountains, near Portal, Cochise County, in southeastern Arizona. The property is within the limits of the Coronado National Forest at an elevation of 5400 feet. The station was established for the purpose of making available research facilities for scientists and students in all branches of science, who have problems that can be investigated through the utilization of the faunal, floral and geological features of the area. It will be open during the entire year. It is operated by the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street, New York 24, New York and under the direction of Dr. Mont A. Cazier, Chairman and Curator of the Depart- ment of Insects and Spiders, to whom all inquiries should be addressed. Anyone interested in the station should write to the above named individual for the booklet which gives the details of the operation and a general description of the area. — F. A. S. 207 Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS OF CUBA (LEPIDOPTERA, RHOPALOCERA) By Salvador Luis de la Torre y Callejas Professor of Zoology Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba (Continued from Vol. LXII, No. 3) 108. marpesia MARIUS (Cramer) Paptlio marius Cramer, (not Stoll), 1779 (See Brown, 1941: 130). Marpesia chiron : Gundlach, 1881: 35; Comstock, 1944: 463; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 280; Munroe, 1951: 56. Athena ( Timetes ) chiron : Hoffmann, 1933: 236. Athena chiron : Bates, 1935: 171; Field, 1938b: 93; Holland, 1942. 162; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 23, 39. Timetes chiron : Hoffmann, 1940c: 687; Brown, 1945: 42. Marpesia marius : d’Almeida, 1941: 312; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 190. We adopt the name Marpesia marius Cr. seeing that Papilio chiron Fabr., 1775, is homonymous with Papilio chiron Rott., 1775. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 2, (outline of wing); Holland, 1942: pi. XXI, f. 4; Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 7; Oiticica Filho, 1946: f. 8, 9, (genital). 109. MARPESIA ELEUCHEA ELEUCHEA Hiibner Marpesia eleuchea Hiibner, 1818; Comstock, 1944: 462. Marpesia eleucha : Gundlach, 1881: 35. Timetes eleucha\ Holland, 1916: 493. Athena eleuchea eleuchea : Bates, 1935: 172; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 76, 78. Megalura eleucha\ Hall, 1936: 277. Genus Hypolimnas Hiibner Hypolimnas Hiibner, 1821. Diadema Boisduval, 1832; preoccupied in Crustacea. Genotype: Papilio pipleis Linnaeus, 1758 (= S Papilio pandarus L, 1758). 208 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 110. hypolimnas MISIPPUS (Linnaeus) Papilio misippus Linnaeus, 1764. Hypolimnas misippus : Gundlach, 1881: 42; Bates, 1935: 172; Hall, 1936: 277; Holland, 1942: 145; Comstock, 1944: 463; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 53; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 282. Hypolimnas missipus : M. Sanchez Roig & G. S. Villalba, 1934b: 33. Hypolimnas missippus : Beatty, 1944: 156. Hypolimnas misippus misippus: Munroe, 1951: 56. Illustrations. — M. Sanchez Roig. & G. S. Villalba, 1934b: f. 5; Holland, 1942: pi. XXI, f. 9, 10; Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 4, ( $ ), f. 13, ( d). Genus Historis Hiibner Hist oris Hiibner, 1819: 35. Coea Hiibner, 1819: 48. Aganisthos Boisduval & Leconte, 1836?. Genotype: Papilio odius Fabricius, 1775. 111. HISTORIS ODIUS ODIUS (Fabricius) Papilio odius Fabricius, 1775. Aganisthos odius : Gundlach, 1881: 68; Holland, 1916: 493. Historis odius odius: Bates, 1935: 173; Comstock, 1944: 464; Bru- ner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 35; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. Historis odius: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 282. Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 8, f. 1. 112. HISTORIS ACHERONTA SEMELE (Bates) Coea acheronta semele Bates, 1939: 4. Megistanis acheronta: Gundlach, 1881: 36. Coea acheronta: Bates, 1935: 173. Historis acheronta semele: Comstock, 1944: 467; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. This subspecies was described by Marston Bates in 1939 (See Memorias Sociedad Cubana de Hist. Nat., vol. XIII, p. 4). Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 6, f. 2. Genus Colobura Billberg Colobura Billberg, 1820. Gynoecia Doubleday, 1844. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 209 Gynaecia Doubleday, 1850. Genotype: Papilio clirce Linnasus, 1758. 113. COLOBURA DIRCE CLEMENTI Comstock Colobura dirce Clementi W. P. Comstock, 1942d: 284; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 184. Gynaecia dirce : Gundlach, 1881: 48; id., 1891: 448. Colobura dirce : Bates, 1935: 174; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 35; Alayo, 1950: 97. This subspecies was described by Wm. P. Comstock in 1942 (See Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. L, p. 284). Illustration. — Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: pi. V, f. 3, (larva). Genus Lucinia Hiibner Lucinia Hiibner, 1823. Genotype: Lucinia sida Hiibner, 1823. 114. LUCINIA SIDA Hiibner Lucinia sida Hiibner, 1823; Gundlach, 1881: 69; Bates, 1935: 175; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 70. Lucinia cadma : Holland, 1916: 492; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 281. Genus Eunica Hiibner Evonyme Hiibner, 1819: 61. Eunica Hiibner, 1819: 61. Eaunia Poey, 1847; preoccupied in Diptera. Genotype: Papilio monima Stoll, 1784. The name Evonyme precedes Eunica on page 61 of Hiibner’s Ver- zeichniss, but we use the second name considering that this name has been used during a century in almost all books upon butterflies. 115. EUNICA TATILA TATILISTA Kaye Eunica tatila tatilista Kaye, 1926; Comstock, 1942d: 287; id., 1944: 469; Beatty, 1944: 156; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 280; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 69. Eunica tatila : Gundlach, 1881: 50; Holland, 1942: 158. 210 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Eunica tatila tatila : Bates, 1935: 176. Illustrations. — Holland, 1942: pi. LIX, f. 29; Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 2. 116. EUNICA MONIMA (Stoll) Papilio monima Stoll (not Cramer), 1784 (See Brown, 1941: 130). Eunica monima : Gundlach, 1881: 51; Hoffmann, 1940c: 684; Hol- land, 1942: 158; Comstock, 1944: 469; Brown, 1945: 39; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 53; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 280; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 69. Eunica monima modesta : Hoffmann, 1933: 237. Eunica monima habanae : Bates, 1935: 176. Evonyme monima : Orfila, 1951: 52. According to Comstock (1944: 469), there are no important dif- ferences among the specimens of Mexico, Central- America, Venezuela, Brazil, Porto Rico, Hispaniola and Cuba, so that we must not divide the species monima into subspecies. Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. XXI, f. 7, 8; Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 3. 117. EUNICA PUSILLA FAIRCHILDI Bates Eunica pusilla fairchildi Bates, 1935: 177; Bruner, 1947: 28. 118. EUNICA MACRIS HERACLITUS EschscholtZ Eunica heraclitus : Gundlach, 1881: 52. Eunica macris heraclitus : Bates, 1935: 177. Genus Dynamine Hiibner Dynamine Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio mylitta Cramer, 1779. 119. DYNAMINE EGJEA CALAIS Bates Dynamine egcea Calais Bates, 1936: 226; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 142. Dynamine serina: Gundlach, 1881: 47. Dynamine egcea zetes?\ Bates, 1935: 178. This subspecies was described by Marston Bates in 1936 (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. IX, p. 226). Dec, 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 211 120. DYN AMINE MYLITTA BIPUPILLATA Rober Dynamine mylitta ab. bipupillata Rober in Seitz, 1915. Dynamine postvertcr. Gundlach, 1881: 46. Dynamine mylitta bipupillata : Bates, 1935: 179. Genus Hamadryas Hiibner Hamadryas Hiibner, 1806. Ageronia Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio amphinome Linnaeus, 1767. 121. HAMADRYAS AMPHINOME MEXICAN A (Lucas) Peridromia mexicana Lucas, 1853. Ageronia amphinome mexicana : Hoffmann, 1933: 239; id, 1940c: 686; Bates, 1936: 227; Brown, 1945: 42; Bruner, 1947: 27. Hamadryas amphinome mexicana : S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. This species was reported by M. Bates in 1936 (See Memorias Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. IX, p. 227). Illustration. — Bates, 1936: f. 1. 122. HAMADRYAS ferox diasia ( Fruhstorfer ) Ageronia ferox diasia Fruhstorfer, 1916. Ageronia februa? : Hoffmann, 1933: 238; id, 1940c: 685. Ageronia ferentina diasia : Bates, 1936: 228; Bruner, 1947: 27. Ageronia februa februa ?: Berger, 1939: 199. Ageronia feronia: Holland, 1942: 161. Hamadryas ferox diasia : Comstock, 1944: 471; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 53; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. This species was reported by M. Bates, in 1936 (See Memorias Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat, vol. IX, p. 228). Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. XXIV, f. 4; Comstock, 1944: pi. 6, f. 10. Genus Doxocopa Hiibner Doxocopa Hiibner, 1819. Chlorippe "Boisduval” Doubleday, 1844. Genotype: Papilio agathina Cramer, 17 — . 123. doxocopa laure druryi (Hiibner) 212 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Catargyria druryi Hiibner, 182 — . Apatura druryi : Gundlach, 1881: 61. Doxocopa laure druryi : Bates, 1935: 180; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 31; S. L. de la Torre, 1946b: 121. Genus Limenitis Fabricius Najas Hiibner, 1806. Limenitis Fabricius, 1807. Limonetes Billberg, 1820. Nymph alus Boitard, 1828. Nymph a Krause, 1839. Basilarchia Scudder, 1872. Parathyma Moore, 1898. Genotype: Papilio populi Linnaeus, 1758. The name Najas Hbn., which was published in the "Tentamen” in 1806, is invalid in Opinion 97 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. According to R. Chermock (1950: 536), Adelpha Hbn., 1819, is a subgenus of Limenitis, and the name Heterochroa Boisd., 1836, is considered as a synonym of Adelpha. 12 4. limenitis (limenitis) archippus floridensis (Strecker) ? archippus floridensis Strecker, 1878. Basilarchia floridensis : J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 173; Holland, 1942: 165. Basilarchia archippus floridensis : Field, 1938b: 58. Limenitis archippus floridensis : R. L. Chermock, 1947: 1; id., 1950: 566; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1949c: 181. This species was captured by Mr. Jose Cabrera in Cotorro, Havana province, on August 7, 1933, and reported in March, 1934, under the name Basilarchia missippus (L.) (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., vol. VIII, p. 34). Illustrations. — J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XXVIII, f. 4; Holland, 1942: pi. LXXIII, f. 1, 2; Chermock, 1950: f. 30, (genital) . Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 213 125. limenitis (adelpha) iphicla iphimedia ( Fruhstorfer ) Adelpha iphicla iphimedia Fruhstorfer, 1915; Bates, 1935: 180; Bru- ner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 27. Adelpha basilea : Gundlach, 1881: 29. Adelpha iphicla : Holland, 1916: 493. Genus Asterocampa Rober Asterocampa Rober, 1916. Celtiphaga Barnes & Lindsey, 1922. Genotype: Asterocampa celtis (Boisduval & Leconte, 1833). 126. ASTEROCAMPA ARGUS IDYJA (Geyer) Doxocopa idyja Geyer, 1828; Gundlach, 1881: 62. Asterocampa lycaon idyja : Bates, 1935: 181; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 126. Asterocampa argus idyja : Comstock, 1944: 473; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 9. Genus Prepona Boisduval Prepona Boisduval, 1836. Genotype: Nymphalis demodice Godart, 1821 (= Morpho omphale Hbn., 1819) 127. PREPONA ANTIMACHE CRASSINA Fruhstorfer Prepona antimache crassina Fruhstorfer, 1904; Bates, 1935: 182; Comstock, 1944: 475. Prepona amphitoe : Gundlach, 1881: 33. Genus Siderone Hiibner Siderone Hiibner, 1823. Genotype: Siderone ide Hiibner, 1823. 128. SIDERONE NEMESIS (Illiger) Papilio nobilis nemesis Illiger, 1801. Siderone nemesis : Gundlach, 1881: 32; Hoffmann, 1933: 240; id., 214 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 1940c: 691; Comstock, 1944: 475. Siderone ide\ Holland, 1916: 493. Sdierone nemesis nemesis'. Bates, 1935: 182; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 31; Bruner, 1947: 28; Munroe, 1951: 56. Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 7, f. 10. Genus Hypna Hiibner Hypna Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio clytemnestra Cramer, 1779. According to Johnson and Comstock (See Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. XLIX, p. 331), we separate the genera Hypna and Anaea on account of the differences that exist in the genitals of their species. 129. HYPNA CLYTEMNESTRA IPHIGENIA Lucas Hypna clytemnestra var. iphigenia Lucas, 1857; Gundlach, 1881: 33. Hypna iphigenia : Hall, 1917: 173. Anaea clytemnestra iphigenia : Bates, 1935: 183. Hypna clytemnestra iphigenia : Johnson & Comstock, 1941: 331; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. Genus Ancea Hiibner Paphia Fabricius, 1807; preoccupied in Mollusca. Ancea Hiibner, 1819. Memphis Hiibner, 1819. Corycia Hiibner, 1825; preoccupied in the family Noctuidae. Cymato gramma Doubleday, 1849. Pyrrh anaea Schatz, 1892. Genotype: Papilio troglodyta Fabricius, 1775. 130. AN/EA AIDEA CUBANA (Druce) Perrhancea cuhana Druce, 1905. Ancea troglodyta : Gundlach, 1881: 30. Ancea troglodyta cubana : Bates, 1935: 183. Ancea aidea cubana\ Johnson & Comstock, 1941: 307; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. Illustrations. — Johnson & Comstock, 1941: pi. IX, f. 8, 9, (genital), pi. XII, Map 1. Dec, 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 215 131. ANJEA ECHEMUS (Westwood & Hewitson) Cymatogramma echemus Westwood & Hewitson, 1850 (See Brown, 1941: 133). Ancea echemus'. Gundlach, 1881: 31; Johnson & Comstock, 1941: 328; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. Ancea echemus'. Gundlach, 1881: 31; Johnson & Comstock, 1941: 328; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 64. Ancea verticordia echemus'. Bates, 1935: 185. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 13, (venation); Johnson & Comstock, 1941: pi. XI, f. 42, 43, (genital), pi. XII, Map 3; S. L. de la Torre, 1951c: f. 2, p. 337. 132. an/ea echemus f. aguayoi S. L. Torre Anaea echemus f. aguayoi S. L. de la Torre, 1951c: 336; id., 1952: 64. This form was described by the writer in 1951 (See Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 53, p. 336). Illustration. — S. L. de la Torre, 1951c: f. 1, p. 337. Family LlBYTHEIDAi Subfamily LlBYTHElNAE Genus Libytheana Michener Libytheana Michener, 1943: 1. Genotype: Libythea bachmanii Kirtland, 1852. New genus created by Dr. C. D. Michener in 1943 for the Ameri- can species of the family Libytheidce, which heretofore had been placed, together with the species of the Old World, into the genus Libythea Fabricius, 1807 (See American Museum Novitates, No. 1232). 133. libytheana motya (Hiibner) Hecaerge motya Hiibner, 1823. Libythea terena\ Gundlach, 1881: 70. Libythea carinenta motya-. Bates, 1935: 186; S. L. de la Torre, 1946: 106. Libythea motya\ Field, 1938b: 130. 216 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Libytheana motya : Michener, 1943b: 1; Comstock, 1944: 483; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 179. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 14, (venation); S. L. de la Torre, 1946: pi. 10, f. 63-67, (scales). 134. LIBYTHEANA BACHMANII BACHMANII (Kirtland) Libythea bachmanir. Clark, 1932: 128; Garth, 1950: 29. Libythea carinenta bachmani : M. Sanchez Roig & G. S. Villalba, 1934: 110; id., 1934b: 33. Libythea bachmani'. Fazzini, 1934: 36. Hypatus bachmanir. J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 210. Libythea bachmanii bachmanir. Field, 1938: 124; id., 1938b: 131. Libythea bachmannr. Holland, 1942: 210. Libytheana bachmanir. Michener, 1943b: 1; Comstock, 1944: 482. Libytheana bachmanii bachmanii'. Breland, 1948: 128; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1949c: 179. This species was captured in June, 1933 by Dr. M. Sanchez Roig and G. S. Villalba in "La Lisa”, Havana prov. (See Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., vol. VIII, p. 110). Illustrations. — Clark, 1932: pi. 6, f. 2, 3; Fazzini, 1934: p. 26, fig. not numbered; M. Sanchez Roig & Villalba, 1934b: f. 4; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: text fig. 38; Holland, 1942: pi. V, f. 23, 24, (chrysalis), pi. XXVIII, f. 1, 2; Michener, 1943b: f. 4-6, (chrysalis). Family RlODiNIM Subfamily RiODlNlN^ Genus Apodemia Felder & Felder Apodemia Felder & Felder, 1865. Genotype: Lemonias tnormo Felder & Felder, 1859. 135. APODEMIA CARTERI RAMSDENI (Skinner) Mesosemia remsdeni Skinner, 1912. Apodemia carteri ramsdenr. Bates, 1935: 187. Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: text fig. 12, (venation). Dec, 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 217 Family Lycaenidae Subfamily Theclin^e Genus Eum^eus Hiibner Etimceus Hiibner, 1819. Eumenia Godart, 1824. Genotype: Rusticus Adolescens minijas Hiibner, 1809. 136. EUMzEUS ATALA ATALA (Poey) Eumenia atala Poey, 1832. Eumaeus atala : Gundlach, 1881: 80; Holland, 1916: 494; Showalter, 1927: 111; Bates, 1935: 189; Dethier, 1941: 75; Bruner, Scara- muzza & Otero, 1945: 63, 111, 188. Eumceus atala atala : Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 59. Illustrations. — Poey: 3 figs, not numbered; Showalter, 1927: pi. 7, f. 2; Dethier, 1941: pi. V, f. 4, (head of larva), pi. VI, f. 9, 10, (Clypeus of larva); Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: pi. VI, f. 6, (larva), pi. VIII, f. 1. Genus Thecla Fabricius Theda Fabricius, 1807. Genotype: Papilio betulce Linnaeus, 1758. The species Theda favonius ( —Strymon favonius) , included by Bates (1935: 193) and by Holland (1916: 495), and Theda tollus (=Strymon tollus ) noted by Bates on page 237 as doubtful, are not found in Cuba. 137. THECLA cgelebs Herrich-Schaffer Theda coelebs Herrich-Schaffer, 1862; Gundlach, 1881: 74; Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 61; Comstock, 1944: 485; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Strymon coelebs : Bates, 1935: 192; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 176. Strymon tollus : Bates, 1935: 237. 138. THECLA martialis Herrich-Schaffer Theda martialis Herrich-Schaffer, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 76: Holland, 1916: 495; id., 1942: 236; Showalter, 1927: 111; Comstock & 218 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Huntington, 1943: 68; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 285; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Strymon martialis : Bates, 1935: 192. Illustration. — Showalter, 1927: pi. VII, f. 11. 139. THECLA ACIS CASASI Comstock & Huntington Tbecla acis casasi Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 66; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Strymon acts : Bates, 1935: 192. This subspecies was described by Comstock and Huntington in 1943 (See Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci, vol. XLV, p. 66). Illustration. — Comstock & Huntington, 1943: pi. I, f. 1. 140. THECLA SIM^THIS SIM^THIS (Drury) Papilio simcethis Drury, 1770. Thecla simcethis: Gundlach, 1881: 79; Hoffman, 1940c: 716; Holland, 1942: 232. Strymon simcethis'. Bates, 1935: 193; Hall, 1936: 277. Theda simcethis simcethis'. Berger, 1939: 202; Comstock & Hunting- ton, 1943: 73; Comstock, 1944: 488; Beatty, 1944: 157; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Illustrations. — Comstock & Huntington, 1943: pi. I, f. 6; Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 12. 141. THECLA MA3SITES m^esites Herrich-Schaffer Theda mce sites Herrich-Schaffer, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 80. Strymon mce sites : Bates, 1935: 194; Clench, 1941: 1. Theda mcesites mcesites\ Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 72; Comstock, 1944: 487; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 6. 142. THECLA CELIDA CELIDA Lucas Theda celida Lucas, 1857; Gundlach, 1881: 79. Strymon celida : Bates, 1935: 194. Theda celida celida: Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 75; Comstock, 1944: 489; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. 143. THECLA COLUMELLA CYBIRA HewitSOn Thecla cyhira Hewitson, 1874; Gundlach, 1881: 77. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 219 Thecla columella : Holland, 1916: 495. Strymon columella : Bates, 1935: 194 (in part). Thecla columella cybira : Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 81; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 285; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 15, (venation); Comstock & Huntington, 1943: pi. I, f. 15. 144. THECLA LIMENIA Hewitson Thecla limenia Hewitson, 1868; Gundlach, 1881: 77; Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 86; Comstock, 1944: 491; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946:285; S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id. 1949c: 187. Strymon columella : Bates, 1935: 194 (in part). Illustration. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 9, f. 8. 145. THECLA ANGELIA ANGELIA Hewitson Thecla angelia Hewitson, 1874; Gundlach, 1881: 78. Strymuon angelia: Bates, 1935: 195. Strymon favonius : Bates, 1935: 193. Thecla angelia angelia: Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 68; Corn- stock, 1944: 487; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. 146. THECLA BAZOCHII GUNDLACHIANUS (Bates) Strymon gundlachianus Bates, 1935: 195. Thecla sp.: Gundlach, 1881: 441. Thecla bazochii gundlachianus: Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 89; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 187. Subfamily Plebejince Genus Hemiargus Hiibner Hemiargus Hiibner, 1818. Genotype: Hemiargus antibubastus Hiibner, 1818 ( = Hemiargus hanno antibubastus Hiibner). 147. HEMIARGUS HANNO FILENUS (Poey) Polyommatus filenus Poey, 1832. Cupido hanno: Gundlach, 1881: 71. Lycaena hanno: Holland, 1916: 495. Hemiargus filenus: Bates, 1935: 196: Dethier, 1940: 24. 220 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Hemiargus hanno filenus : Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 108; Comstock, 1944: 498. Illustrations. — Poey, 1832: 3 figs, not numbered; Bates, 1935: f. 16, (venation). 148. HEMIARGUS AMMON AMMON (Lucas) Lycaena ammon Lucas, 1857; Holland, 1916: 495. Cupido ammon : Gudlach, 1881: 72. Hemiargus ammon-. Bates, 1935: 197; Clench, 1941b: 407; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 24. Hemiargus ammon ammon\ Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 95; Com- stock, 1944: 495. Illustration. — Comstock & Huntington, 1943: pi. 1, f. 22. Genus Brephidium Scudder Brephidium Scudder, 1876. Genotype: Lyccena exilis Boisduval, 1852. 149. brephidium exilis isqphthalma (Herrich-Schaffer) Lyccena isophthalma Herrich-Schaffer, 1862. Cupido isophthalma : Gundlach, 1881: 74. Brephidium isophthalma-. Bates, 1935: 198; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 287 Brephidium exilis isophthalma : Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 110. Genus Leptotes Scudder Leptotes Scudder, 1876. Genotype: Lyccena theonus Lucas, 1857. 150. LEPTOTES CASSIUS THEONUS (Lucas) Lyccena theonus Lucas, 1857; Holland, 1916: 495. Cupido cassius: Gundlach, 1881: 73. Leptotes cassius-. Bruner, 1935: 41. Leptotes theonus : Bates, 1935: 198; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 93, 135. Lycaena theona’. Holland, 1942: 272. Leptotus cassius theonus-. Clench, 1942: 244; Comstock & Huntington, 1943: 92; Comstock, 1944: 493; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946:286. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 221 Illustrations. — Bruner, 1935: pi. 2, f. 6; Comstock & Huntington, 1943: pi. 1, f. 26, 27; Comstock, 1944; text fig. 15, (venation), pi. 9, f. 16. Superfamily HESPERIOIDEA Family HESPERIKXE Subfamily PYRGIN/E Genus Phocides Hiibner Phocides Hiibner, 1819: 103. Erycides Hiibner, 1819: 110. Dysenius Scudder, 1872: 67. Genotype: Phocides cruentus Hiibner, 1819 {—Papilio p demon Cramer, 1777; homonym of Papilio palaemon Pallas, 1771). 151. PHOCIDES BATABANO BATABANO (Lucas) Eudamus hatahano Lucas, 1857. Erycides hatahano : Gundlach, 1881: 171. Phocides hatahano : Holland, 1916: 501; id., 1942: 327; Sinner & Ramsden, 1923: 308. Phocides hatahano hatahano : Bates, 1935: 202. Illustrations. — Holland, 1942: text fig. 163, (neuration), pi. XLIX, f. 1. Genus Chioides Lindsey Chioides Lindsey, 1921. Genotype: Eudamus alhofasciatus Hewitson, 1867. 152. CHIOIDES MARMOROSA (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniurus marmorosa Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 171; Bates, 1935: 203. Eudamus marmorosa'. Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 308. Chioides marmorosa'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 182. Genus Urhanus Hiibner Urhanus Hiibner, 1807. Goniurus Hiibner, 1819. Eudamus Swainson, 1831. Genotype: Papilio proteus Linnaeus, 1758. 222 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 153. URBANUS DORANTES SANTIAGO (Lucas) Eudam,us Santiago Lucas, 1857; Holland, 1916: 500; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 308. Goniurus Santiago : Gundlach, 1881: 170. Goniurus dor antes Santiago : Bates, 1935: 204. Goniurus dor antes: Dethier, 1942: 4. Urbanus dorantes Santiago : Comstock, 1944: 547: S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 181. Illustration. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 6. 154. urbanus proteus (Linnaeus) Papilio proteus Linnaeus, 1758. Goniurus proteus : Gundlach, 1881: 169; Showalter, 1927: 113; Clark, 1932: 252; Fazzini, 1934: 59; Bates, 1935: 204; Bruner, 1935: 40; d’Almeida, 1944c: 50. Eudamus proteus : Holland, 1916: 500; id., 1942: 331; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 308; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 292. Goniurus ( Eudamus ) proteus : Hoffmann, 1933: 242. Urbanus proteus proteides : Hall, 1936: 277. Eudamus proteus proteus : Berger, 1939: 203. Urbanus proteus proteus : Schweizer & Webster Kay, 1941: 20. Urbanus proteus: Hoffmann, 1941: 242; Comstock, 1944: 545; Beatty, 1944: 158; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 132, 136; Bell, 1946: 78; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 54; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 287; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 181; Miles Moss, 1949: 40; Munroe, 1951: 55. Illustrations. — Showalter, 1927: pi. 8, f. 10; Clark, 1932: pi. 50, f. 1, 2; Fazzini, 1934: p. 59, fig. not numbered; Bruner, 1935: pi. 2, f. 8; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XLIV, f. 1; Holland, 1942: pi. II, f. 34, pi. VI, f. 23, pi. XLV, f. 6; d’Almeida, 1944c: pi. 3, f. 4, (larva); Miles Moss, 1949: pi. Ill, f. 12, (larva). Genus Proteides Hiibner Proteides Hiibner, 1819: 104. Epargyreus Hiibner, 1819: 105. Dicranaspis Mabille, 1872. Genotype: Papilio mercurius Fabricius, 1787. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 223 155. PROTEIDES (epargyreus) exadeus maysi (Lucas) Eudamus maysi Lucas, 1857. Goniloba maysi: Gundlach, 1881: 156. Epargyreus maysi: Holland, 1916: 501; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 309. Proteides exadeus maysi: Bates, 1935: 205. Proteides exadetis: Bell, 1946: 88. Proteides ( Epargyreus ) exadeus maysi: S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 65. Mr. Bell does not consider maysi a subspecies of exadeus and thinks that maysi and exadeus should be studied separately. Illustrations.— Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 11, 12. 156. PROTEIDES (PROTEIDES) MERCURIUS SAN ANTONIO (Lucas) Eudamus sanantonio Lucas, 1857. Goniloba san antonio: Gundlach, 1881: 156. Proteides idas var. san antonio: Holland, 1916: 502. Proteides san-antonio: Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 309. Proteides mercurius sanantonio: Bates, 1935: 206; Comstock, 1944: 544; Bell & Comstock, 1948: 3. Proteides ( Proteides ) mercurius sanantonio: S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 65. Illustrations. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 1, 2. Genus Aguna Williams Aguna Williams, 1927. Genotype: Eudamus camagura Williams, 1926. 157. AGUNA asander (Hewitson) Eudamus asander Hewitson, 1867. Epargyreus asander: Holland, 1916: 502; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 309. Proteides asander: Bates, 1935: 206; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 288. Aguna asander: Hoffmann, 1941: 244; Bell, 1946: 83; Freeman, 1949: 41; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 65. Genus Polygonus Hiibner Polygonus Hiibner, 1825. Acolastus Scudder, 1872; preoccupied in Coleoptera. 224 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Nennius Kirby, 1902. Genotype: Polygonus lividus Hiibner, 1825. 158. POLYGONUS LIVIDUS savigny (Latreille) Hesperia savigny Latreille, 1822. Goniloba amyntas : Gundlach, 1881: 159; id., 1891: 458. Nennius amyntas'. Holland, 1916: 502; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 309. Acolastus amyntas : Riley, 1926: 233; Hall, 1936: 278. Polygonus lividus : Bates, 1935: 207; Dethier, 1942: 5; Beatty, 1944: 158; Bell, 1946: 89; Bell & Comstock, 1948: 5. Polygonus amyntas'. Holland, 1942: 328; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 289. Polygonus lividus savigny. Comstock, 1944: 542. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 17a, (antenna), f. 18, (venation); Holland, 1942: text fig. 165, (neuration), pi. XLIX, f. 5; Bell & Comstock, 1948: f. 2, (genital). Genus Astraptes Hiibner Astraptes Hiibner, 1819: 103. Telegonus Hiibner, 1819: 104. Creteus Westwood, 1852. Euthymele Mabille, 1878. Genotype: Papilio narcosius Stoll, 1791 ( =Papilio aulestes Cramer, 1780; homonym of Papilio aulestes Cramer, 1777). 159. astraptes talus (Cramer) Papilio talus Cramer, 1779. Goniloba talus : Gundlach, 1881: 158. Goniurus talus'. Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 309. Telegonus talus : Bates, 1935: 208; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 27, 85, 177. Astraptes talus'. Hoffmann, 1941: 246; Comstock, 1944: 549; Bell, 1946: 85; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 67. 160. ASTRAPTES ANAPHUS ANAUSIS (Godman & Salvin) Telegonus auausis Godman & Salvin, 1896; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1941: 317. Telegonus alpistus cubana : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 310. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 225 Telegonus anaphus race cub ana : Williams & Bell, 1934: 19. Telegonus anaphus cubanus : Bates, 1935: 210. Astraptes anaphus anausis : Berger, 1939: 205; Comstock, 1944: 548; S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 67. Telegonus roysi Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1941: 316. 161. ASTRAPTES CRETELLUS (Herrich-Schaffer) Eudamus cretellus Herrich-Schaffer, 1869. Aethilla jariba Butler, 1870. Goniloba cassander : Gundlach, 1881: 155. Telegonus geronce Holland, 1916: 503. Telegonus jariba : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 311; Williams & Bell, 1933: 71. Telegonus jariba jariba : Bates, 1935: 210. Telegonus cretellus : Williams & Bell, 1934: 22. Astraptes cretellus : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 67. Illustration. — Williams & Bell, 1934: pi. I, f. 10, (genital). 162. ASTRAPTES XAGUA (Lucas) Eudamus xagua Lucas, 1857. Goniloba jagua : Gundlach, 1881: 157. Telegonus xagua : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 310; Bates, 1935: 211. Astraptes xagua : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 67. 163. ASTRAPTES HABANA HABANA (Lucas) Eudamus habana Lucas, 1857. Goniloba habana : Gundlach, 1881: 158; id., 1891: 457. Telegonus habana: Holland, 1916: 503; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 310; Williams & Bell, 1933: 79. Telegonus alardus habana : Bates, 1935: 211; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 72. Astraptes habana habana : S. L. de la Torre, 1952: 67. Mr. E. Bell annotates the following distribution for Astraptes alardus : Mexico, Central America, South America to Argentina, not pointing the Antilles. Illustration. — Bates, 1935: f. 19, (venation). 226 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Genus Cabares Godman & Salvin Cab ares Godman & Salvin, 1894. Genotype: Thanaos potrillo Lucas, 1857. 164. CABARES POTRILLO POTRILLO (Lucas) ' Thanaos potrillo Lucas, 1857. Nisoniades potrerillo : Gundlach, 1881: 141; id., 1891: 456. Cabares potrillo : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 313; Dethier, 1940: 24; Hoffmann, 1941: 251; Holland, 1942: 338; Bell, 1946: 95; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 291. Cabares potrillo potrillo : Bates, 1935: 212. Illustrations. — Dethier, 1940: pi. Ill, f. 7, 8, (micropyle rosette of egg)- Genus Echelatus Godman & Salvin Echelatus Godman & Salvin, 1894. Genotype: Anastrus varius Mabille, 1883. 165. ECHELATUS SEMPITERNUS DILLONI Bell & Comstock Echelatus sempiternus dilloni Bell & Comstock, 1948: 8; S. L. de la Torre, 1950: 72; id., 1952: 63. Pellicia simplicior Moschler, 1876 (female). Echelatus simplicior : Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 290. Moschler, in his description of simplicior, stated that his type ma- terial was a male from Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana, and a female from Cuba. As he did not designate either as the type, Bell and Comstock (1948: 9) select the male from Paramaribo as the lectotype of sim- plicior, and suppose that the female, which Moschler possessed, from Cuba apparently belongs to the Antillean subspecies, dilloni. Illustrations,— Bell & Comstock, 1948: f. 3, 4, 6, 7, (genital). Genus Achlyodes Hiibner Achlyodes Hiibner. 1819. Eantis Boisduval, 1836. Sebaldia Mabille, 1903. Genotype: Papilio busirus Cramer, 1779. Dec., 1954] De La Torre; Rhopalocera 227 166. ACHLYODES PAPINIANUS PAPINIANUS (Poey) Hesperia papinianus Poey, 1832. Achlyodes papinianus : Gundlach, 1881: 145; id., 1891: 457. Eantis papinianus : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 314. Achlyodes thraso papinianus : Bates, 1935: 212; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 50, 188. Achlyodes papinianus papinianus : Comstock, 1944; 554; Bell & Comstock, 1948: 9. Achlyodes thraso: Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 291. Mr. Bell annotates the following distribution for Achlyodes thraso : Texas and Mexico in North America, Central America, and in South America from Venezuela to Brazil; not mentioning the Antilles (See "A Catalogue of the Hesperioidea of Venezuela”: 1946: 119). Illustrations. — Poey, 1832: 7 figs, not numbered; Bates, 1935: f. 17b, (antenna), f. 20, (venation); Holland, 1942: text fig. 175, (neuration of Eantis thraso ); Comstock, 1944: pi. 2, f. 2, (genital of A. thraso). Genus Ephyriades Hiibner Ephyriades Hiibner, 1819. Oileides Hiibner, 1825. Brachycoryne Mabille, 1883. Melanthes Mabille, 1904. Genotype: Papilio areas Drury, 1770 (= Papilio otreus Cramer, 1780). 167. EPHYRIADES brunnea brunnea (Herrich-Schaffer) Nisoniades brunnea Herrich-Schaffer, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 142. Melanthes otreus var. brunnea : Holland, 1916: 504. Ephyriades otreus : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 312. Ephyriades zephodes zephodes : Bates, 1935: 215; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 105. Melanthes brunnea : Holland, 1942: 348. Ephyriades brunnea : Comstock, 1944: 556. Ephyriades brunnea brunnea : Bell & Comstock, 1948: 17; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 183. Illustrations. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 3-5, Comstock, 1944: pi. 4, f. 1, 2, (genital). 228 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 168. EPHYRIADES ARC AS ARC AS (Drury) Papilio areas Drury, 1773. Antigonus areas'. Gundlach, 1881: 147. Brachycorene areas : Holland, 1916: 506. Brachycoryne areas : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 312. Ephyriades areas : Bates, 1935: 215; Comstock, 1944: 554; Beatty, 1944: 158; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 70; Bell, 1946: 132; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 54; Bell & Comstock, 1948: 17. The subspecies that inhabits Jamaica is Ephyriades areas jamai- censis Moeschler, according to Avinoff and Shoumatoff (See Ann. Carnegie Museum, vol. XXX, p. 290). Illustrations. — Comstock, 1944: pi. 3, f. 1, 2, (genital), pi. 11, f. 6. 169. EPHYRIADES CUBENSIS Skinner Ephyriades cubensis Skinner, 1913; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 312; Bates, 1935: 216. Genus Burca Bell & Comstock Burca Bell & Comstock, 1948: 10. Genotype: Nisoniades concolor Herrich-Schaffer, 1864. This genus was established by Bell and Comstock in 1948 (See Am. Mus. Novitates, No. 1379, p. 10). 170. BURCA CONCOLOR (Herrich-Schaffer) Nisoniades concolor Herrich-Schaffer, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 144. Bolla concolor. Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 313. Pholisora concolor'. Bates, 1935: 216; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 93. Burca concolor : Bell & Comstock, 1948: 10; S. L. de la Torre, 1949t: 182. Illustration. — Bell & Comstock, 1948: f. 13, (genital). 171. BURCA BRACO (Herrich-Schaffer) Nisoniades braco Herrich-Schaffer, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 141. Bolla braco: Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 314. Pholisora braco: Bates, 1935: 216; Bell, 1946: 185. Burca braco: Bell & Comstock, 1948: 10; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 182. Illustration. — Bell & Comstock, 1948: f. 11, (genital). Dec, 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 229 Genus Chiomara Godman & Salvin Chiomara Godman & Salvin, 1899. Genotype: Achlyodes mithrax Moschler, 1878. 172. CHIOMARA MITHRAX (Moschler) Achlyodes mithrax Moschler, 1878. Cyclogypha gundlachi Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 314. Chiomara mithrax'. Bates, 1935: 217; Hoffmann, 1941: 264; Bell, 1946: 131; Miles Moss, 1949: 67. Illustrations. — Miles Moss, 1949: pi. V, f. 11, (head of larva), f. 14, (larva). Genus Erynnis Schrank Erynnis Schrank, 1801. Thymele Fabricius, 1807. Thy male Oken, 1815. Astycus Hiibner, 1822. Thanaos Boisduval, 1834. Genotype: Papilio tages Linnaeus, 1758. 173. ERYNNIS gesta (Herrich-Schaffer) Thanaos gesta Herrich-Schaffer, 1863; Holland, 1942: 349. Nisoniades gesta : Gundlach, 1881: 145; id, 1891: 456. Chiomara gesta : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 315; Avinoff & Shouma- toff, 1946: 291; Miles Moss, 1949: 67. Erynnis gesta : Bates, 1935: 218; Hoffmann, 1941: 264; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 93; Bell, 1946: 133. Erynnis gesta gesta : Schweizer & Webster, 1941: 22. Illustration.— Holland, 1942: pi. LI, f. 1, 2. 174. ERYNNIS ZARUCCO (Lucas) Thanaos zarucco Lucas, 1857; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 314. Nisoniades jaruco: Gundlach, 1881: 143. Erynnis zarucco : Bates, 1935: 218; Comstock, 1944: 556. Illustration. — Bates, 1935: f. 21, (venation). Genus Pyrgus Hiibner Pyrgus Hiibner, 1819. Syrichtus Boisduval, 1834. 230 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Scelotrix Rambur, 1858. Genotype: Papilio malvae Linnaeus, 1758 (= Papilio alveolus Hbn., 1802). 175. PYRGUS SYRICHTUS (Fabricius) Papilio syrichtus Fabricius, 1775. Pyrgus syrichtus : Gundlach, 1881: 139; Williams & Bell, 1930: 135; Hoffmann, 1933: 244; id., 1936: 262; id, 1941: 260; Bates, 1935: 220; Hall, 1936: 278; Dethier, 1940: 24; id, 1942: 6; Comstock, 1944: 550; Beatty, 1944: 158; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 54; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 291; Miles Moss, 1949: 68. Hesperia syrichtus Holland, 1916: 506; id, 1942: 341; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 315. Hesperia syrichtus syrichtus: Berger, 1939: 205. Illustrations. — Williams & Bell, 1930: pi. VIII, f. 1, (genital), f. 2, (costal portion of hindwing); Dethier, 1940: pi. Ill, f. 4, (branched hair); Holland, 1942: pi. L, f. 16, 17; Comstock, 1944: pi. 12, f. 4; Miles Moss, 1949: pi. V, f. 12, (larva). 176. PYRGUS CRISIA CRISIA Herrich-Schaffer Pyrgus crisia Herrich-Schaffer, 1864; Gundlach, 1881: 140; Bates, 1935: 220. Hesperia crisia : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 315. Pyrgus crisia crisia : Comstock, 1944: 551. Subfamily Hesperiin^e Genus Ancyloxypha Felder Ancyloxypha Felder, 1862. Genotype: Hesperia numitor Fabricius, 1793. 177. ANCYLOXYPHA NANUS (Herrich-Schaffer) Thymelicus nanus Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 148. Ancyloxypha nanus : Holland, 1916: 506; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 316; Bates, 1935: 220. Genus Thymelicus Htibner Thymelicus Hiibner, 1819. Adopcza Billberg, 1820. Thymelinus Stephens, 1835. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 231 Pelion Kirby, 1858. Genotype: Papilio act eon Rottemberg, 1775. 178. THYMELICUS magdalia (Herrich-Schaffer) Pamphila magdalia Herrich-Schaffer, 1863; Gundlach, 1881: 153. Adopaea magdalia : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 316; Bates, 1935: 221. Thymelicus magdalia : S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 188. Genus Hylephila Billberg Hylephila Billberg, 1820. Euthymus Scudder, 1872; preoccupied in Hymenoptera. Genotype: Papilio phyleus Drury, 1770. 179. HYLEPHILA PHYLEUS (Drury) Papilio phyleus Drury, 1770. Pamphila philceus : Gundlach, 1881: 150 and XIX (Fe de errata). Hylephila phykeus : Holland, 1916: 507; id., 1942: 377; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 316; Clark, 1932: 220; Hall, 1936: 278; Field, 1938b: 247; Hoffmann, 1941: 267; Schweizer & Webster, 1941: 22; Dethier, 1942b: 167; Bell, 1946: 137; Garth, 1950: 41. Hylephila phyleus : Bates, 1935: 221; Comstock, 1944: 557; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 292; Miles Moss, 1949: 69; Munroe, 1951: 55. Hylephila phylceus phylceus : Berger, 1939: 206. Illustrations.— Clark, 1932: pi. 53, f. 13, 14; Holland, 1942: pi. VI, f. 39, (chrysalis), pi. XLVI, f. 18, 19, pi. XLVII, f. 40; Comstock, 1944: pi. II, f. 9. Genus Atalopedes Scudder Atalopedes Scudder, 1872: 78. Pansy dia Scudder, 1872: 81. Genotype: Hesperia campestris Boisduval, 1852 ( —Hesperia huron Edwards, 1863). 180. ATALOPEDES MESOGRAMMA MESOGRAMMA (Godart) Hesperia mesogramma Godart, 1822 (See Brown, 1941: 131); Poey, 1832. Pamphila alameda : Gundlach, 1881: 148. Atalopedes cunaxa : Holland, 1916: 507. 232 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Atalopedes mesogramma : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 316; Riley, 1926: 239; Bates, 1935: 222. Atalopedes mesogramma mesogramma'. Comstock, 1944: 560; Bell & Comstock, 1948: 21. Illustrations. — Poey, 1832: 3 figs, not numbered; Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 14; Bates, 1935: f. 17c, (antenna), f. 22, (venation). Genus Polites Scudder Polites Scudder, 1872: 78. Hedone Scudder, 1872: 79. Limochores Scudder, 1872: 80. Pyrrhosidia Scudder, 1874. Genotype: Hesperia peckius Kirby, 1837. 181. POLITES BARACOA (Lucas) Hesperia baracoa Lucas, 1857. Pamphila baracoa : Gundlach, 1881: 152. Limochores baracoa : Holland, 1916: 507. Polites baracoa : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 316; Bates, 1935: 224; Holland, 1942: 381; Dethier, 1942b: 167. Illustration. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 15. Genus W alien grenia Berg W alien grenia Berg, 1897. Catia Godman, 1900. Genotype: Hesperia premnas Wallengren, I860. 182. WALLENGRENIA OTHO MISERA (Lucas) Hesperia mis era Lucas, 1857. Pamphila mis era: Gundlach, 1881: 153. Catia misera: Holland, 1916: 507; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 317; Bates, 1935: 224; Dethier, 1942b: 167. Wallengrenia otho misera : Watson, 1937: 3; Comstock, 1944: 562; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 189. Genus Atrytone Scudder Atrytone Scudder, 1872: 77. Euphyes Scudder, 1872: 80. Par atrytone Godman & Salvin, 1900. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 233 Anatrytone Dyar, 1905. Genotype: Hesperia arogos Boisduval & Leconte, 1833 ( =HeSperia iowa Scudder, 1872). 183. ATRYTONE singularis singularis (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniloba singularis Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 168; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 318; Bates, 1935: 238. Atrytone singularis : Bell, 1947b: 2. Ax.tr y tone singularis singularis : S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65; id., 1949c: 180. Bates cites this species as doubtful, but Mr. Pastor Alayo collected many specimens in Oriente province. Illustration. — Bell, 1947: f. 1, (genital). 184. ATRYTONE CORNELIUS (Godart) Hesperia Cornelius Godart, 1822 (See Brown, 1941: 131). Goniloba Cornelius : Gundlach, 1881: 167. Amblyscirtes insulae-pinorum. ' Holland, 1916: 508. Lerema Cornelius : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 317; Bates, 1935: 226; Dethier, 1942b: 167; id., 1942c: 177, 178. Euphyes Cornelius : Riley, 1926: 238. Atrytone Cornelius : S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 181. Illustrations. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 7, 8; Dethier, 1942c: pi. 27, f. 1-3, (head of larva). Genus Ch or ant bus Scudder Choranthus Scudder, 1872. Genotype: Hesperia radians Lucas, 1857. 185. CHORANTHUS RADIANS (Lucas) Hesperia radians Lucas, 1857. Pamphila radians: Gundlach, 1881: 151. Choranthus radians: Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 319; Holland, 1942: 370; Comstock, 1944: 565; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 182. Poanes radians: Bates, 1935: 225; Dethier, 1942b: 167. Illustration. — Holland, 1942: pi. LI, f. 47. 186. CHORANTHUS RADIANS F. AMMONIA (Plotz) Hesperia ammonia Plotz, 1883- 234 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Choranthus radians f. ammonia'. Comstock, 1944: 565; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 182. Choranthus radians ammonia'. S. L. de la Torre, 1949: 65. Mr. Pastor Alayo captured several specimens of ammonia form in Rancho Mundito, Pinar del Rio province, in June, 1947, which were identified by Mr. Ernest L. Bell. Genus C alp odes Hiibner C alp odes Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio ethlius Stoll, 1784. 187. CALPODES ETHLIUS (Stoll) Papilio ethlius Stoll, 1784 (See Brown, 1941: 130). Goniloha ethlius : Gundlach, 1881: 160; id., 1891: 457. Calpodes ethlius: Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 319; Showalter, 1927: 113; Clark, 1932: 233; Fazzini, 1934: 58; Bates, 1935: 228; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: 285; Hall, 1936: 278; Field, 1938b: 267; Hoffmann, 1941: 273; Dethier, 1942d: 203; Holland, 1942: 399; Comstock, 1944: 567; Beatty, 1944: 158; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 27, 109; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 294; Bell, 1946: 144; Miles Moss, 1949: 69. Calpodes ethlius ethlius : Schweizer & Webster, 1941: 24. Illustrations. — Showalter, 1927: pi. 8, f. 9; Clark, 1932: pi. 50, f. 7, 8; Fazzini, 1934: p. 58, f. not numbered; J. H. Comstock & A. B. Comstock, 1936: pi. XLII, f. 2; Holland, 1942: pi. VI, f. 48, (chrysalis), pi. XLV, f. 3; Miles Moss, 1949: pi. V, f. 4, (larva). Genus Panoquina Hemming Panoquina Hemming, 1934. Prenes Scudder, 1872; preoccupied in fishes. Genotype: Hesperia panoquirt Scudder, 1863. 188. panoquina sylvicola sylvicola (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniloha sylvicola Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 166. Prenes nerol\ Holland, 1916: 509. Prenes sylvicola : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 320. Prenes nero sylvicola'. Bates, 1935: 229; Dethier, 1942b: 167, 172; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 125, 163, 173. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 235 Panoquina sylvicola sylvicola : Watson, 1937: 7; Berger, 1939: 206; Comstock, 1944: 569; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 189. Panoquina sylvicola : Hoffmann, 1941: 273; Dethier, 1942d: 203; Bell, 1946: 145. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 23, (venation); Dethier, 1942d: f. 1, (section of a larva). 189. PANOQUINA OCOLA (Edwards) Hesperia ocola Edwards, 1863. Prenes ocola : Holland, 1916: 509; id., 1942: 398; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 319; Clark, 1932: 233; Bates, 1935: 231. Panoquina ocola : Field, 1938 b: 269; Hoffmann, 1941: 273; Comstock, 1944: 570; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 295; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 189. Calpodes ocola : Schweizer & Webster, 1941: 24. Illustrations.— Holland, 1942: pi. XLVI, f. 34, pi. LIV, f. 22; Comstock, 1944: pi. 12, f. 5. 190. PANOQUINA PANOQUINOIDES PANOQUINOIDES (Skinner) Pamphila panoquinoides Skinner, 1891. Prenes panoquinoides : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 319; Bates, 1935: 231; Holland, 1942: 398. Panoquina panoquinoides panoquinoides : Comstock, 1944: 571; Beatty, 1944: 158; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 189. Illustrations. — Holland, 1942: pi. LIV, f. 23; Comstock, 1944: pi. 12, f. 8. 191. PANOQUINA nyctelia coscinia (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniloba coscinia Herrich-Schaffer, 1865. Goniloba brettus : Gundlach, 1881: 164. Prenes ares: Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 320. Prenes nyctelius coscinia : Bates, 1935: 231; Dethier, 1942b: 167, 170; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 123, 125, 163. Panoquina nyctelius : Schweizer & Webster, 1941: 24; Bell, 1947: 139. Panoquina vala: Bell, 1946: 145 (See Corrections of errata by the author, 1947: 139). 236 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Panoquina nyctelia : Comstock, 1944: 568; Beatty, 1944: 158; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 54; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 295. Panoquina nyctelia coscinia : L. S. Dillon, 1947: 102; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 189. Illustrations. — Dethier, 1942b: pi. 26, f. 10, 11, (head of larva); Comstock, 1944: pi. 12, f. 1; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: pi. VIII, f. 2. 192. panoquina nero corrupta (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniloba corrupta Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 165. Prenes corrupta : Holland, 1916: 509; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 320; Bates, 1935: 232. Panoquina nero corrupta : Watson, 1937: 6; Comstock, 1944: 569; S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 189. Panoquina corrupta : Bell, 1942: 4. Illustration. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 13. Genus Asbolis Mabille Asbolis Mabille, 1904. Genotype: Eudamus capucinus Lucas, 1857. 193. ASBOLIS CAPUCINUS (Lucas) Eudamus capucinus Lucas, 1857. Goniloba capucinus : Gundlach, 1881: 163. Asbolis sandarac : Holland, 1916: 509. Asbolis capucinus : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 320; Bates, 1935: 232; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 55, 67, 155, 156. Illustration. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 9. Genus Pyrrho calles Mabille Pyrrho cables Mabille, 1904. Genotype: Pamphila antiqua Herrich-Schaffer, 1863. 194. PYRRHOCALLES ANTIQUA ANTIQUA (Herrich-Schaffer) Pamphila antiqua Herrich-Schaffer, 1863; Gundlach, 1881: 150. Phemiades antiqua\ Holland, 1916: 509; Munroe, 1951: 55. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: RhopalocerA 237 Pyrrhocalles antiqua : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 318. Pyrrhocalles orientis : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 319. Phemiades antiqua antiqua’. Bates, 1935: 226. Pyrrhocalles antiqua antiqua’. S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 188. Illustration. — Holland, 1916: pi. 31, f. 10. Genus Lerodea Scudder Lerodea Scudder, 1872: 80. Cymaenes Scudder, 1872: 82. Megistias Godman, 1900. Genotype: Hesperia eufala Edwards, 1869. 195. LERODEA EUFALA (Edwards) Hesperia eufala Edwards, 1869. Cobalus dispersus : Gundlach, 1881: 154. Lerodea eufala : Holland, 1916: 508; id., 1942: 396; Skinner & Rams- den, 1923: 317; Bates, 1935: 227; Field, 1938b: 266; Schweizer & Webster, 1941: 23; Hoffmann, 1941: 280; Dethier, 1942b: 167; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 122; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 294. Illustration.— Holland, 1942: pi. XLVI, f. 33. 196. LERODEA TRIPUNCTA TRIPUNCTA (Herrich-Schaffer) Cobalus tripunctus Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 154. Lerodea tripuncta : Holland, 1916: 508; Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 317; Bates, 1935: 228; Comstock, 1944: 566; Beatty, 1944: 158; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 19, 163; J. A. Ramos, 1946: 54. Lerodea tripunctus : Bell, 1941: 6; id., 1946: 166; Dethier, 1942b: 167, 168; id., 1942d: 203. In Jamaica the subspecies Lerodea tripuncta jamaca Schaus is very common according with Avinoff and Shoumatoff (1946: 293). Illustrations. — Dethier, 1942b: pi. 26, f. 1-9, (head of larva); Com- stock, 1944: pi. 12, f. 9. Genus Paracarystus Godman Paracarystus Godman, 1900. Genotype: Cobalus hypargyra Herrich-Schaffer, 1869. 238 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii 197. PARACARYSTUS CUB ANA (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniloba cubana Herrich-Schaffer, 1863; Gundlach, 1881: 166; id., 1891: 458. Paracarystus cubana: Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 320; Bates, 1935: 235; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 28. Genus Synapte Mabille Synapte Mabille, 1904. Godmania Skinner & Ramsden, 1923; preoccupied in Hemiptera. Genotype: Hesperia silius Latreille, 1822 (= Carystus salenus Mabille). 198. synapte malitiosa (Herrich-Schaffer) Goniloba malitiosa Herrich-Schaffer, 1865; Gundlach, 1881: 165. Godmania malitiosa : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 321; Bates, 1935: 235; Watson, 1937: 10; Hoffmann, 1941: 281. Synapte malitiosa : S. L. de la Torre, 1949c: 190; Freeman, 1949: 41. Genus Callimormus Scudder Callimormus Scudder, 1872. Genotype: Callimormus juventus Scudder, 1872. 199. CALLIMORMUS RADIOLA (Mabille) Ancyloxypha radiola Mabille, 1878. Callimormus filata : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 321; Bates, 1935: 237. Callimormus radiola: Bell, 1946: 176. This species is cited by Bates as doubtful, since there are no new records after the specimens described under the name Apaustus filata by Plotz in 1884. Genus Thracides Hiibner Thracides Hiibner, 1819. Genotype: Papilio phidon Cramer, 1779. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 239 200. THRACIDES TELEGONUS (Esper) Papilio Plebeius Urbanus Telegonus Esper, 1780. Thracides longirostris : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 321; Hoffmann, 1933: 245; id, 1941: 283; Miles Moss, 1949: 78. Thracides telegonus : Bates, 1935: 236. Illustration. — Miles Moss, 1949: pi. V, f. 3, (larva). Genus Perichares Scudder Perichares Scudder, 1872. Genotype: Hesperia phocion Fabricius, 1793 ( =Papilio coridon Fab, 1775). 201. perichares phocion phocion (Fabricius) Hesperia ( Urbicolae ) phocion Fabricius, 1793. Goniloba corydon : Gundlach, 1881: 162. Perichares coridon : Skinner & Ramsden, 1923: 320; Hoffmann, 1941: 283; Avinoff & Shoumatoff, 1946: 295. Perichares corydon : Hoffmann, 1933: 245. Perichares coridon coridon : Bates, 1935: 233; Dethier, 1942b: 167, 174; Bruner, Scaramuzza & Otero, 1945: 17, 19, 123, 125, 163. Perichares phocion phocion : Comstock, 1941: 371; id, 1944: 571; Munroe, 1951: 55. Perichares phocion'. Bell, 1946: 183. The name Papilio coridon Fabricius, 1775, is preoccupied by Papilio coridon Poda, 1761, in the family Lycaenidae, and so we must adopt the name Hesperia phocion Fabricius for this species. Illustrations. — Bates, 1935: f. 24, (venation); Comstock, 1944: text fig. 29, (venation), pi. 11, f. 13. 240 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii BIBLIOGRAPHY ABBOT, James Francis. 1914. Mimicry in the genus Limenitis with especial reference to the "Poulton hypothesis”. Washington Univ. Studies. 1, Part I, Number 2: 203-221. Aguayo, Carlos Guillermo. 1934. Reglas Internacional'es de la Nomen- clatura Zoologica. (Translated into Spanish). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 8. No. 5: 265-316. Alayo, PASTOR. 1950. Notas sobre la Colobura dirce (Linn.). (Lep. Nym- phalidae). Bol. de Hist. Nat., Museo Poey, Univ. Havana. 1, No. 2: 97. . 1951. Notas sobre las especies cubanas de Euremas del grupo elathea-palmira. (Lep. Pieridae). Bol. de Hist. Nat., Museo Poey, Univ. Havana. 2, No. 5 : 7, 8. Anonymous. (Aguayo, Carlos Guillermo?). 1934. Algunos insectos raros cogidaos por el Sr. Jose Cabrera. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 8, No. 1: 34, and No. 2: 110, (errata). Avinoff, Andrey & Nicholas Shoumatoff. 1941. Some new and un- described Jamaican butterflies. Ann. Carn. Mus. 28: 309-323, pi. 36. . 1946. An annotated list of the butterflies of Jamaica. Ann Carn. Mus. 30: 263-295. Bates, Marston. 1935. The butterflies of Cuba. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Cambridge, Mass. 78, No. 2: 63-258, text figs. 1-24. . 1935b. The Satyrid genus Calisto. Occas. Papers. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 8: 229-248, f. 1-10. . 1936. Notes on Cuban butterflies. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 9, No. 4: 225-228, 1 fig. . 1939. Notes on Cuban butterflies. II. Ibid. 13, No. 1: 1-4. BEATTY, Harry A.. 1944. Fauna of St. Croix, V. I. Journ. Agric. Univ. P. Rico. 28, Nos. 3-4: The Insects of St. Croix, Y. I. Lepidoptera. 156-158. Beebe, William. 1949. Migration of Papilionidae at Rancho Grande, North- central Venezuela. Contr. No. 852, Dep. Trop. Research, New York Zool. Soc. 34, No. 14: 119-126, text fig. 1, pi. 1. Bell, Ernest Layton. 1930. See Williams, Jr., Roswell C. & E. L. Bell. . 1933. Ibid. . 1934. Ibid. . 1941. New Species of Neotropical Hesperiidae. (Lep Rhop.). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1125, pp. 1-8, 20 figs. . 1942. New genera and new species of Neotropical Hesperiidae. (Lep. Rhop.). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1205, pp. 1-9, 14 figs. . 1946. A catalogue of the Hesperioidea of Venezuela. Bol. Ent. Venezolana. V, Nos. 3-4: 65-203. . 1947. Corrections of errata in "A catalogue of the Hesperioidea of Venezuela”. Ibid. VI, Nos. 2-3 and 4: 137-141. . 1947b. Atrytone singularis Herrich-Schaffer and the subspecies in- solata Butler. (Lep. Rhop.). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1359, pp. 1-5, f. 1. De La Torre: Rhopalocera 241 Dec., 1954] Bell, Ernest L. & William P. Comstock. 1941. The synonymy of Papilio coridon Poda, Papilio phocion Fabricius and others. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 49, No. 4: 371-37 4. . 1948. A new genus and some new species and subspecies of Am- erican Hesperiidse. (Lep. Rhop.). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1379, pp. 1-23, 16 figs. Berger, L. 1939. Resultats scientifiques des croisieres du navire-ecole Beige "Mercator”. Lepidop teres - Rhopaloceres. Mem. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belgique. 19, No. 15: 181-207. Breland, Osmond P. 1948. Two migrations of the snout butterfly, Libytheana bachmanii larvata (Strecker). (Lep.: Libytheidce) . Ent. News. 59, No. 5: 128-131. Brown, Frederick Martin. 1929. A revision of the genus Plooebis (Lep). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 368, pp. 1-22, 37 figs. . 1941. Some notes on four primary reference works for Lepidoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 34, No. 1: 127-138. . 1942. Notes on Ecuadorian butterflies. II. Papilio. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 50, No. 2: 123-134. . 1943. Notes on Mexican butterflies, I. Papilionidse. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 51: 161-178. . 1944. Notes on Mexican butterflies. II. Pieridse. Ibid- 52: 99-119. . 1944b. Notes on Mexican butterflies. III. Danaidse. Ibid. 52: 237-246. . 1944c. Notes on Mexican butterflies. IV. Nymphalidae-I. Ibid. 52: 343-360. -. 1945. Notes on Mexican butterflies. V. Nymphalidse-II. Ibid. 53: 31-46. . 1950. The American Papilios. The Lepidopterists’ News. IV, Nos. 4, 5: 39-41, and Nos. 6, 7: 63-67. Brown, F. Martin & Wm. P. Comstock. 1952. Some Biometrics of Heliconius charithonius (Linnaeus) . (Lep. Nymphalidse) . Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1574, pp. 1-53, 8 figs. Bruner Boyden, Stephen Cole. 1935. La maruca y otros insectos de las Habas de Lima. Bol. 56. Est. Exp. Agron. Santiago de las Vegas, Havana, pp. 1-52, 6 pis. . 1947. Notas sobre mariposas diurnas miscelanea de Cuba. (Lep.: Rhop.). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 19, No. 1: 25-28. Bruner, S. C., L. C. Scaramuzza & A. R. Otero. 1945. Catalogo de los insectos que atacan a las plantas economicas de Cuba. Published by Min- isterio de Agricultura. Cuba. 1-246, 12 pis. CHERMOCK, Ralph L. 1946. Migration in Ascia monuste phileta (Lep. Pieridae). Ent. News, 57, no. 6, 144-146. — . 1947. A new subspecies of Limenitis archippus (Lep. Nymphalidas) . Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1365, 1-2. . 1950. A generic revision of the Limenitini of the World. The American Midi. Nat., 43, No, 3, 513-569, 68 figs. 242 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii Clark, Austin Hobart. 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. Bull. 157, U. S. Nat. Mus., Washington, D. C., 1-337, pi. 1-64. . 1941. Notes on some North and Middle American Danaid butter- flies. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Washington, D. C., 90, No. 3118, 531-542, pi. 71-74. . 1947. The interrelationships of the several groups within the butter- fly superfamily Nymphaloidea. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 49, No. 6, pp. 148-149. . 1948. Classification of the butterflies, with the allocation of the genera occurring in North America North of Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc., Washington, D. C., 61, 77-81. CLENCH, Harry K. 1941. Notes on two Bahaman Lycaenidae, with the description of a new subspecies. Rev. Torreia. Univ. Havana, No. 7, 1-7. . 194lb. A new race of blemiargus for the Bahamas. (Lep. Lycaenidae). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., 15, No. 4, 407-408. . 1942. The identity of the Florida race of Leptotes. (Lep. Lycae- nidae). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 50, No. 3, 243-244. . 1943. Some new Calisto from Hispaniola and Cuba. (Lep.: Sat- yridae). Psyche, 50, Nos. 1-2, 23-29. Comstock, William Phillips. 1941. See Bell, E. L. & W. P. Comstock See Johnson, F. & W. P. Comstock . 1942. Dating the Systema Entomoligiae, by Fabricius and Papillons Exotiques, Volume I, by Cramer. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 50, No. 2, 189-190. . 1942b. The genera of the Systema Glossatorum of Fabricius. (Lep.) Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 37, No. 2, 46-49. . 1942c. Papilio lavinia, Fabricius and Cramer. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 50, No. 2, 190-191. . 1942d. Nymphalidce of the Antilles. (Lep. Rhop.). Ibid., 50, No. 3, 283-288. . 1943. The genus Ascia in the Antilles. (Lep. Pieridae). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1229, 1-7. . 1943b. Notes on the subgenus Glutophrissa, genus Appias. (Lep., Pieridae). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1238, 1-6, figs. 1, 2. . 1944. Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 12, Part 4, 419-622, text figs. 1-29, pi. 1-12. . 1948. See E. L. Bell & W. P. Comstock Comstock, Wm. P. & F. Martin Brown. 1950. Geographical variation and subspeciation in Heliconius charithonius Linnaeus. (Lep., Nympha- lidae). Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1467, 1-21, text figs. 1-3. Comstock, Wm. P. & Irving Huntington. 1943. Lyccenidce of the Antilles. (Lep. Rhop.). Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 45, Art. 2, 49-130, 1 pi. . 1949. Origins and relationships of Mexican and Antillean Papi- lionoidea. (Lep.). Sobretiro anales Inst. Biol. 20, Nos. 1, 2, 385-391. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 243 Comstock, John Henry & Anna Botsford Comstock. 1936. How to know the butterflies. Comst. Publ. Co., Ithaca, N. Y., 1-311, text figs. 1-19, pi. 1-45. d'Almeida, Romualdo Ferreira. 1936. Revisao das Terias Americanas. (Lep., Pieridse). Part I. Mem. Inst. O. Cruz. 31, Fasc. 1. Rio de Janeiro, pp. 11-54, 17 pis. . 1936b. Revisao das Terias Americanas. (Lep. Pieridse). Part II. Ibid., 31, Fasc. 2. Rio de Janeiro, pp. 189-347, 18 pis. . 1938. Nota supplementar a "Revisao das Terias Americanas”. (Lep. Pieridse). Ibid., 33, Fasc. 2. Rio de Janeiro, pp, 231-247, 3 pis. . 1938b. Revisao do genero Anteos Hiibner. (Lep. Pieridse). Ibid., 33, Fasc. 4, pp. 567-579, 3 pis. . 1939. Revisao das especies Americanas da superfamilia Danaoidea. (Lep. Rhop.). Part. I-Familia Danaidae, subfamilia Danainse. Ibid., 34, Fasc. 1, pp. 1-113, 30 pis. . 1939b. Revisao do genero Aphrissa Butler. (Lep. Pieridae). Bol. Biologico (N. S.), Sao Paulo, 4, No. 3, pp. 423-443, 4 pis. . 1939c. Revisao do genero Appias (Subgen. Glutophrissa Butler). (Lep.). Ibid., 4, No. 1, pp. 50-66, 3 pis. . 1940. Revisao do genero Phoebis Hiibner. (Lep. Pieridae). Ar- quivos Zool. Est. Sao Paulo. 24, da Rev. do Museu Paulista, vol. I, Artigo 3, pp. 67-152, 12 pi. . 1941. Algumas observacoes sobre a fauna de Lepidopteros da A- merica. Ibid., 25, vol. II, Artigo 11, pp. 299-318, 2 pi. . 1942. Alguns tipos de generos da ordem Lepidoptera. la Nota: Rhopalocera, Fam. Mechanitidae. Papeis Avulsos do Dept. Zool. Sec- ret. da Agric., Sao Paulo, 2, No. 14, pp. 179-196. . 1943. Alguns tipos de generos da ordem Lepidoptera. 2a. Nota: Rhopalocera, Fam. Pieridse. Ibid., 3, no. 5, pp. 73-106. . 1944. Nota suplementar a "Revisao das especies Americanas da Su- perfamilia Danaoidea”. Ibid., 4, No. 3, pp. 37-70, 3 pi. . 1944b. Nota suplementar a "Revisao do genero Phoebis Huebner.” Bol. do Museu Nacional. Zool. No. 27, pp. 1-16. . 1944c. Estudos Biologicos sobre alguns Lepidopteros do Brasil. Arquivos Zool. Est. Sao Paulo, 4, Artigo 2, pp. 33-72, 3 pi. . 1944d. Segunda nota suplementar a "Revisao das Terias American- as”. Ibid., 4. Artigo 3, pp- 73-94, 1 pi. . 1945. Nota suplementar aos nossos trabalhos sobre os generos Pseudopieris, Anteos, Appias e Aphrissa. (Lep. Pieridse). Papeis Avul- sos do Dept. Zool. Secret, da Agric., Sao Paulo, 6, No. 21, pp. 225-240. D (Almeida, R. F. & JOSE Oiticica, F. 1951. The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature and the name of the Monarch Butterfly. Science, 113, No. 2947, pp. 728-729. Dethier, Vincent G. 1940. Life histories of Cuban Lepidoptera. Psyche, 47, No. 1, pp. 14-26, pi. III. 244 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii . 1941. Metamorphoses of Cuban Nymphalidae and Lycaenidae. Psyche, 48, Nos. 2-3, pp. 70-78, pi. V and VI. . 1942. Metamorphoses of common Cuban Pyrginae. Psyche, 49, Nos. 1-2, pp. 4-7. : . 1942b. Hesperiidae affecting sugar cane in Cuba. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., 16, No. 2, pp. 167-176, 1 pi. . 1942c. The early stages of Lerema Cornelius Latreille, Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 16, No. 2, pp. 177-178, 1 pi. . 1942d. Abdominal glands of Hesperiinae. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 50, No. 2, pp. 203-207, 1 pi. Dillon, Lawrence S. 1947. Some new subspecies of butterflies from Do- minica, B. W. I. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 42, No. 3, pp. 97-102. DUFRANE, Abel. 1946. "Papilionidae”. Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 82, pp. 101-122. . 1948. Note sur les Danaidae. Bull. Soc. Linneenne de Lyon. 17, No. 10, pp. 192-194. ELIOT, NeY’ILL. 1947. More on continental drift, Precis lavinia Hbn. and P. I'illida F. The Entomolgist, 80, No. 1013, pp. 230-234. Evans, Brig. W. H. 1947. Hesperiana. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 49, No. 6, pp. 162-163. Evans, Brig. W. H., G. S. Kloet, W. D. Hincks and others. 1946. A check list of British Macrolepidoptera. The Amat. Entomologists’ Soc. London. Pamphlet No. 5, pp. 1-32. Fazzini, Lillian Davids. 1934. Butterflies and Moths of America. Whit- man Publish. Co. Wisconsin, pp. 1-96. 64 color illustrations. Field, William D. 1938. New forms and subspecies of North American Libytheidae and Lycaenidae. Journ. Kans. Ent. Soc., 11, No. 4, pp. 124-133. . 1938b. A manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas. (Lep. Rhop.). Bull. Univ. Kansas, 39, No. 10, pp. 1-328, 2 pi. . 1950. The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature and the correct name for the North American Monarch Butterfly.. (Lep., Danaidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 52, No. 5, pp. 234-236. Field, Wm. D. & J. F. Gates Clarke & J. G. Franclemont. 1951. On a recent proposal to correct an error committed by the International Commisission on Zoological Nomenclature at the Paris 1948 meeting. Science, 113, No. 2925, pp. 68-70. Filho, JOSE Oiticica. 1946. Sobre a morfologia do penis em Lepidoptera. Bol. Museu Nacional. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. No. 50, pp. 1-79, 49 figs. Forbes, William Trowbridge Merrifield. 1928. Variation in Junonia lavinia (Lep. Nymphalidae). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 36, No. 4, pp. 305-321, pi. XI. . 1939. Revisional notes on the Danainae (Lep.). Ent. Amer., 19, No. 2, pp. 101-140, Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 245 . 1943. Revisional Notes on the Danainae (Supplement). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 51, No. 4, pp. 295-304. . 1945. The genus Phyciodes (Lep. Nymphalidae ) . Ent. Amer., 24, No. 4, pp. 139-207, 8 pi. . 1947. Buckeyes and Wegener. The Ent., 80, No. 1006. pp. 56-58, f. 1-7. Freeman, H. A. 1949. A summary of new butterflies from Texas. The Texas Journ. Sci., 1, No. 3, pp. 40-41. GARTH, John S. 1950. Butterflies of Grand Canyon National Park. Grand Canyon. Nat. Hist. Association, Bull. No. 11, pp. 1-52, text figs. 1-25, 1 map. GRINNELL, Jr. FORDYCE. 1918. Some variations in the genus Vannessa (Pyrameis). Psyche, 25, No. 5, pp. 110-115, pi. IV. GUNDLACH, Juan. 1866. Descripcion de una nueva especie de mariposa diurna cubana del genero Papilio. In Poey. Rep. Fisico-Natural de la isla de Cuba. I. Havana, pp. 279-280, pi. 5. . 1881. Contribucion a la Entomologia Cubana. Parte Primera. Lepi- dopteros. Havana, pp. 1-445. . 1891. Suplemento segundo para la contribucion de la Entomologia Cubana. I, Lepidopteros, Havana, pp. 445-480. HALL, Arthur. 1917. New butterflies of the family Nymphalidae. Entom. London, 50, No. 651, pp. 171T74. . 1936. The butterflies of St. Kitts. Entom., London, 69, No. 883, pp. 274-278. Hoffmann, Carlos Cristian. 1924. Lepidopteros nuevos de Mexico. Sep- arate. pp. 1-5, 4 figs. . 1933. La fauna de Lepidopteros del Distrito de Soconusco, (Chia- pas). Un estudio zoogeografico. Sobretiro Anales Inst. Biol. 4, Nos. 3, 4, pp. 207-307. . 1936. Contribuciones al conocimiento de la fauna de Actopan. Hgo. I. Algunas observaciones sobre la fauna de Lepidopteros en la epoca seca. Ibid., 7, Nos. 2, 3, pp. 259-263. . 1940. Lepidopteros nuevos de Mexico. IV. Ibid., 11, No. 1, pp. 275-284, 7 figs. . 1940b. Lepidopteros nuevos de Mexico. V. Ibid., 11, No. 2, pp. 633-638, 4 figs. . 1940c. Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de los Lepidopteros mexicanos. Primera parte. Papilionoidea. Ibid., 11, No. 2, pp. 639-739. . 1941. Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de los Lepidopteros mexicanos. Segunda parte. Hesperioidea. Ibid., 12, No. 1, pp. 237-294. Holland, William Jacob. 1916. The Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines, being a list of the species collected on the Island by Mr. J. L. Graf and Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., in 1910 and 1912-1913. Annals Carn. Mus. 10, No. 3, 4, Art. XVIII, pp. 487-518, pi. XXXI. 246 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii . 1942. The butterfly book. Garden City. New York, pp. 1-424, 198 text figs., 77 pi. Huntington, Irving. 1943. See Comstock, W. P. & I. Huntington . 1949. Ibid. JAUME, MIGUEL L. 1947. Entomologia Cubana. (Work in mimeograph, edited in Museo Poey, Univ. Havana), pp. 1-200. Johnson, Frank & William P. Comstock. 1941. Aneea of the Antilles and their continental relationship with descriptions of new species, sub- species and forms. (Lep. Rhop.). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 49, No. 4, pp. 301-343, pi. VIII-XII. JUDD, W. W. 1950. An assemblage of Monarch Butterflies ( Danaus plexip- pus L.) on the North Shore of Lake Erie. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 58, No. 3, pp. 169-171. KlRlAKOFF, SERGIUS G. 1946. On the systematical position of the Lepi- dopterous family Hesperiidae. 13th Biologisch Jaarboek, Dodonaea, pp. 288-292. Klots, Alexander Barret. 1928. A revision of the genus Eurema (Lep. Pieridae). Part I. New World Species, Morphology and Phylogeny. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 36, pp. 61-79, 4 pi. . 1929. A revision of the genus Eurema Hiibner. (Lep. Pieridae). Part II, New World species, Taxonomy and Synonymy. Ent. Amer., 9, No. 3, pp. 99-171, 4 pi. . 1948. Notes on the genus Eurema (Pieridae) in the United States. Lepidopterists’ News, 2, No. 5, pp. 51-53, and No. 9, p. 112, (errata). Kremky, Jerzy. 1925. Neotropische Danaididen in der Sammlung des Pol- nischen Naturhistorischen Staatsmuseums in Warschau. Ann. Zoologici Musei Polonici Historiae Naturalis. 4, No. 3, pp. 141-275, text figs. 1-193, pi. XX-XXVIII. Lathy, Percy I. 1899. A monograph of the genus Calisto Hiibn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 221-228, pi. IV. LlCHY Rene. 1943. Documents pour servir a l’etude des Lepidopteres de la faune americaine (lere. Note) Sur le dimorphisme saisonnier chez deux. Terias (Lep., Rhop., Pieridae). Bol. Ent. Venezolana, 2, No. 4, pp. 17 5-1 84. MlCHENER, Charles Duncan- 1942. A generic revision of the Heliconiinae. (Lep. Nymphalidae) . Am. Mus. Novitates, No. 1197, pp. 1-8, 17 figs. . 1942b. A review of the subspecies of Agraulls vanillce (Linnaeus). (Lep. Nymphalidae). Ibid., No. 1215, pp. 1-7. . 1943. A review of the genus Calisto. (Lep. Satyrinae). Ibid., No. 1236, pp. 1-6, 2 figs. . 1943b. Some systematic notes on the Libytheidae (Lep.). Ibid., No. 1232, pp. 1-2, 6 figs. . 1949. Sympatric species of Calisto in Cuba. (Lep. Satyrinae). Ibid., No. 1391, pp. 1-3, 2 figs. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 247 MILES Moss, A. 1949. Biological notes on some "Hesperiidse” of Para and the Amazon. (Lep. Rhop. ). Acta Zool. Lilloana. Inst. "M. Lillo”. Tucu- man. Argentina. 7, pp. 27-79, p. I-V. MUNROE, EUGENE G. 1942. The Caribbean races of Anartia jatrophce Johansson. (Lep. Nymphalidae) . Am. Mus. Nov. No. 1179, pp. 1-4. . 1947. Four new Pieridas from the West Indies. Ibid., No. 1362, pp. 1-5. . 1950. The dina group of the genus Eurema in the West Indies. (Lep. Pieridae). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 58, No. 3, pp. 172-191. . 1950b. The systematics of Calisto (Lep. Satyrinae), with remarks on the evolutionary and zoogeographic significance of the genus. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 58, No. 4, pp. 211-240. . 1951. The de Rabie paintings of Lepidoptera in the Blacker Li- brary of Zoology, McGill University, with notes on the butterflies repre- sented therein. The Lepidopterists’ News, 5, Nos. 6-7, pp. 55-57. Neave, Sheffield Airey. 1939-40. Nomenclator Zoologicus. A list of the names of genera and subgenera in Zoology from the Tenth Edition of Linnaeus, 1758, to the end of 1935. Four Volumes. The Zool. Soc. London. Orfila, Ricardo N. 1951. Lepidopteros bolivianos nuevos o poco conocidos. la. nota. Folia Universit., No. 5, pp. 46-58. Otero, A. R. 1945. See Bruner, S. C., L. C. Scaramuzza & A. R. Otero. PASSOS Cyril F. DOS. 1952. Application to the International Commission On Zoological Nomenclature to reconsider and rephrase in part their decision suspending the "regies” concerning " Papilio plexippus” Lin- naeus, 1758, insofar as that decision refers to a figure in Holland’s "Butterfly Book”. Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 6, pp. 278-283. POEY, FELIPE. 1832. Centurie de Lepidopteres de File Cuba. Paris, (not numbered). 20 pi. . 1846. Catalogo Metodico y Descriptivo de las Mariposas de la Isla de Cuba. Mem. de la Real Soc. Economica. Havana. Ramos, J. A. 1946. The insects of Mona Island. (West Indies). Journ. Agric. Univ. P. Rico, 30, No. 1, pp. 52-54. Ramsden, Charles Theodore. 1915. A new Pieris from Cuba. (Lep.). Ent. News, 26, pp. 15-16. . 1920. A new Kricogonia from Cuba. (Lep. Rhop.). Ent. News, 31, pp. 259-260. . 1922. Ibid., Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 4, pp. 211-212. . 1923. See Skinner, H. & C. T. Ramsden RAWSON, George W. 1945. Interesting problems connected with the check- ered white butterfly Pieris protodice Boisduval and Leconte. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 40, No. 2, pp. 49-5 4. Riley, Norman Denbigh. 1926. On the identity of certain Hesperiidae (Lep.) described by Latreille. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 231-241. 248 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxii . 1926b. Colcenis and Dione (Lep. Nymphalidae) : A revisional note on the species. Entomologist, 59, pp. 240-245, pi. II. Rothchild, Walter & Karl Jordan. 1906. A revision of the American Papilios. Novitates Zoologicae, 13, pp. 411-752, pi. IV-IX. SAnchez Roig, Mario & Gaston S. Villalba. 1934. Cuatro nuevas especies de mariposas diurnas para la fauna cubana. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 8, No. 2, pp. 108-110. . 1934b. Ibid., Rev. Agric. Ano XV, No. 55, 15, July, 1934, pp. 31-34, 5 figs. SCARAMUZZA, L. C. 1945. See Bruner, S. C., L. C. Scaramuzza & A. R. Otero. \ Schwarz, Rudolf. 1949. Motyli. Denni. 2. Praha, pp. I-LXIX, 48 pi. not numbered with 505 figs. Schweizer, F. & R. G. Webster Kay. 1941. Lepidopteros del Uruguay. II. Catalogo sistematico. Parte 1 : Rhopalocera & Grypocera. Anales Museo Hist. Nat. Montevideo. (2d. Serie). 5, No. 3, pp. 4-24, 1 map. Shoumatoff, Nicholas. 1941. See Avinoff, A. & N. Shoumatoff . 1946. Ibid. Showalter, sc. d., William Joseph. 1927. Strange habits of familiar moths and butterflies. Nat. Geogr. Mag., 52, No. 1, pp. 77-127, pi. I-XVI, 28 text figs. Sierra, Juan T. 1949. See Torre y Callejas, S. L. de la & J. T. Sierra Skinner, Henry & Charles Ramsden. 1923. Annotated list of the Hesperiidae of Cuba. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 75, pp. 307-321. Torre y Callejas, Salvador Luis de la. 1943. Dos nuevas especies de mariposas diurnas para Cuba. (Lep. Rhop.). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., 17, No. 2, pp. 139-140, 1 pi. . 1946. Importancia de las escamas en la clasificacion de los Le- pidopteros. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., 18, No. 1, pp. 103-106, 1 pi. . 1946b. Notas sobre las escamas de los Lepidopteros. Ibid., 18, No. 1, pp. 107-122, 3 pi. . 1947. Revision de las especies cubanas del genero Danaus, con la adicion de dos nuevas subespecies para Cuba. Ibid., 19, No. 1, pp. 17-21, 2 pi. . 1947b. Revision de las especies cubanas de la familia Papilionidae. (Lep. Rhop.). Rev. Inst. Matanzas, Ano 1, No. 1, pp. 22-43, 4 pi., text figs. 1-3. . 1949. A list supplementing Bates’ "Butterflies of Cuba”. The Lepi- dopterists’ News, 3, No. 6, p. 65. . 1949b. Generos y especies de la subfamilia Heliconiinae hallados en Cuba. (Lep. Nymphalidae). (Adiciones y Correcciones al Catalogo de Cuba). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., 19, No. 2, pp. 191-194. . 1949c. Datos taxonomicos sobre Lepidopteros, con notas sobre al- gunas especies cubanas. Ibid., pp. 177-190. Dec., 1954] De La Torre: Rhopalocera 249 . 1949d. Estudio de las subespecies cubanas de Ascia monuste. (Lep. Pieridse). Ibid., pp. 171-174, 1 pi. . 1950. Additions to "A list supplementing Bates’ Butterflies of Cuba”. The Lepidopterists’ News, 4, Nos. 6-7, p. 72. . 1951. Notas suplementarias a nuestro trabajo sobre el genero Danaus (Lep. Rhop.). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 20, No. 2, pp. 93-103- . 1951b. Sobre una nueva forma de Nathalis iole Boisduval (Lep. Pieridse ) . Ibid., 20, No. 2, pp. 89-92, pi. XLIV, figs. 1-2. . 1951c. A new butterfly from Cuba. (Lep. Nymphalidae) . Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 53, No. 6, pp. 336-337, text fig. 1, 2. . 1952. Datos taxonomicos sobre Lepidopteros, con notas sobre al- gunas especies cubanas. Segunda Parte. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat., 21, No. 1, pp. 61-70. Torre y Callejas, S. L. de la & J. T. Sierra. 1949. Sobre la presencia en Cuba de Papilio ( Pterourus ) troilus ilioneus J. E. Smith. (Lep. Rhop.). Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 19, No. 2, pp. 195-196. Torre y Callejas, S. L. de la & Pastor Alayo Dalman. 1953. Una lista de las Eurema de America, con notas sobre las especies colectadas en Cuba. (Lep. Pieridae). Torre Y MADROZO, Ricardo de la. 1936. Sobre una nueva forma de Papilio andnemon. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 10, No. 5, pp. 333-334, 1 pi. VAZQUEZ, Leonila. 1947. Papilios nuevos de Mexico. Anales Inst. Biol. 18, No. 1, pp. 249-256, 5 figs. . 1948. Papilios nuevos de Mexico. Ibid., 19, No. 1, pp. 233-240, 3 figs. . 1948b. Observaciones sobre Pieridos mexicanos con descripciones de algunas formas nuevas. Ibid., 19, No. 2, pp. 469-484, 4 figs. . 1953. Ibid., IV. 23, Nos. 1-2, pp. 257-267, 2 figs. VlLLALBA, GASTON S. 1934. See Sanchez Roig, Mario & G. S. Villalba. WARREN, B. C. S. 1947. Some principles of classification in Lepidoptera, with special reference to the butterflies. The Entomologist, 80, No. 1012, pp. 208-217, and No. 1013, pp. 235-241. WASTON, Frank Edward. 1937. New Hesperiidas from the Antilles. (Lep. Rhop.). Am. Mus. Nov., No. 906, pp. 1-10. Weiss, Harry B. & William M. Boyd. 1950. Insect feculae. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 58, No. 3, pp. 154-165, pi. XIV-XVI. Williams, jr. Roswell C. & Ernest L. Bell. 1930. Short studies in American Hesperiidse. (Lep. Rhop.). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 56, pp. 133-138, 1 pi. . 1933. Studies in the American Hesperioidea. (Lep.). Paper I. Ibid., 59, pp. 69-84, 1 pi. . 1934. Studies in the American Hesperioidea. (Lep.). Paper II. On the Synonymy and genitalia of some species. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 60, pp. 17-30, 1 pi. INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS IN VOLUME LXII Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species, varieties and new names are printed in italics. Achlyodes, 226 papinianus papinianus, 227 Aeshna canadensis, 179 clepsydra, 179 tuberculifera, 179 umbrosa, 179 verticalis, 179 Agraulis, 123 vanillas insularis, 124 nigrior, 124 Agrion maculatum, 175 Aguna, 223 asander, 223 Amphiagrion saucium, 177 Anaea, 214 aidea cubana, 214 echemus, 215 /. aguayoi, 215 Anartia, 191 jatrophae guantanamo, 191 lytrea ehrysopelea, 191 Anax junius, 178 longipes, 167, 178 Aneyloxypha, 230 nanus, 230 Andromeda, 173 Anetia, 118 cubana, 119 numidia briarea, 118 pantherata clarescens, 118 Anomalagrion hastatum, 178 Anteos, 22 clorinde, 23 mserula mserula, 23 Apodemia, 216 carteri ramsdeni, 216 Appias, 9 drusilla, 9 poeyi /. peregrina, 10 Arachisothrips boneti, 101 millsi, 100 seticornis, 99 Aramigus fulleri, 187 Argia moesta, 176 violacea, 176 Asbolis, 236 capucinus, 236 Ascia, 7 mencise, 8 monuste eubotea, 8 monuste, 7 phileta, 8 protodice protodice, 9 Asterocampa, 213 argus idyja, 213 Astraptes, 224 anaphus anausis, 224 cretellus, 225 habana habana, 225 talus, 224 xagua, 225 Atalopedes, 231 mesogramma mesogramma, 231 Atarba (Atarba) macraeantha, 139 scabrosa, 139 (Ischnothrix) obtusiloba, 139 rectangularis, 145 Atrytone, 232 Cornelius, 233 singularis singularis, 233 Baccliaris halimifolia, 134 Basiaeschna janata, 179 Bombus fervidus, 91 Bombyx mori, 27 v VI New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII Boyeria vinosa, 179 Brasenia, 173 Brephidium, 220 exilis isophthalma, 220 Burea, 228 braeo, 228 concolor, 228 Cabares, 226 potrillo potrillo, 226 sempiternus dilloni, 226 Calisto, 120 bruneri, 120 lierophile herophile, 120 parsonsi, 120 smintheus bradleyi, 121 muripetens, 121 smintheus, 121 Callimormus, 238 radiola, 238 Calliphora erythrocephala, 28 Calpodes, 234 ethlius, 234 Cediopsylla simplex, 161 Celithemis elisa, 182 eponina, 182 martha, 182 monomelaena, 182 ornata, 182 Chioides, 221 marmorosa, 221 Chiomara, 229 mithrax, 229 Chlosyne, 126 perezi perezi, 127 Choranthus, 233 radians, 233 /. ammonia, 233 Chromagrion conditum, 178 Clusia nemorosa, 130 Colobura, 208 dirce elementi, 209 Corythuca, 101 Ctenocephalides f. felis, 161 Ctenophthalmus p. pseudagyrtes, 162: Cypherotylus californicus, 48 Dacne calif ornica, 52 cyclochilus, 51 picea, 51 quadrimaeulata, 52 Danaus, 113 eresimus montezuma, 117 tethys, 117 gilippus berenice, 115 gilippina, 116 strigosa, 116 plexippus menippe, 113 plexippus, 114 portoricensis, 115 Decadon, 173 Didymops transversa, 179 Diseothyrea antarctica, 108 bidens, 108 borni, 107 clavicornis, 108 crassicornis, 108 denticulata, 107 globus, 107 sauteri, 108 hewitti, 107 humilis, 107 icta, 107 isthmica, 107 leas, 108 neotropiea, 107 oculata, 107 sculptior, 107 patrizzi, 107 remingtoni, 108 testacea, 105 traegaordhi, 107 turtoni, 108 Dismorphia, 25 cubana, 25 Boratopsylla blarinae, 162 Doroeordulia lepida, 180 1954] Index — Vol. LXII Doxocopa, 211 laure druryi, 211 Dromogomphus spinosus, 178 Dryas, 123 iulia cillene, 123 Dynamine, 210 egaea Calais, 210 mylitta bipupillata, 211 Eehinothrips caribeanus , 135 Elephantomyia (Elephantomyia) boliviensis, 139 Enallagma cyathigerum, 176 doubledayi, 176 durum, 176 exsulans, 176 geminatum, 176 hageni, 176 laterale, 176 minuseulum, 177 pictum, 177 recurvatum, 177 signatum, 177 vesperum, 177 Enneotbrips (Enneothripiella) flaviceps, 137 subtilis, 136 Ephriades, 227 areas areas, 228 brunnea brunnea, 227 cubensis, 228 Epieordulia princeps, 179 Episinus, 65 amcenus, 68 bruneoviridis, 70 chiapensis, 76 cognatus, 71 colima, 76 dominions, 77 erythrophthalmus, 74 gratiosus, 71 juarezi, 74 nadleri, 77 panamensis, 73 truncatus, 67 Epitedia wenmanni, 162 Erioptera (Empeda) austronymphica, 139 boliviana, 140 percupida, 140 (Erioptera) andina, 140 multiannulata, 140 urania, 140 Erynnis, 229 gesta, 229 zarucco, 229 Erythemis simplicicollis, 181 Erythrina, 136 Erythrodiplax berenice, 181 Eumgeus, 217 atala atala, 217 Euniea, 209 macris heraclitus, 210 monima, 210 pusilla fairehildi, 210 tatila tatilista, 209 Euphorbia brasiliensis, 136 Euponera gilva, 106 Euptoieta, 124 claudia, 125 hegesia hegesia, 124 Eurema, 10 amelia, 19 boisduvaliana, 19 conjungens, 16 daira palmira, 17 /. ebriola, 17 dina dina, 12 f. citrina, 13 elathea elathea, 18 f. eubana, 18 large, 13 f. racardi, 13 lisa euterpe, 14 lucina lucina, 16 f. fornsi, 16 messalina messalina, 15 /. gnathene, 15 neda, 14 nicippe, 11 nise, 14 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXII viii proterpia proterpia, 11 /. gundlachia, 12 Gastrophilus intestinalis, 28 Gibbium psylloides, 26 Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) toler- anda, 148 GomphaBschna furcillata, 179 Gomphus abbreviates, 178 exilis, 178 spicatus, 178 Gonomyia (Paralipophleps) heteromera, 139 (Lipophleps) projecta, 139 senaria, 139 Haematochiton elateroides, 48 Hamadryas, 211 amphinome mexicana, 211 ferox diasia, 211 Heliconius, 121 charithonius punctatus, 122 rams deni, 122 cleobaea cleobaea, 122 Hemiargus, 219 ammon ammon, 220 hanno filenus, 219 Hetaerina americana, 175 Heterothrips cacti, 131 clusice, 130 trinidadensis, 132 Historis, 208 acheronta semele, 208 odius odius, 208 Hylephila, 231 phyleus, 231 Hymenitis, 119 cubana, 119 Hypanartia, 189 paullus, 189 Hypna, 214 elytemnestra iphigenia, 214 Hypolimnas, 207 misippus, 208 Hystrichopsylla tahavuana, 161 Ischyrus aleator, 46 chiasticus, 43 quadripunctatus, 39 A., 39 alabamae, 39 antedivisa, 39 grapliicus, 41 quadripunctatus, 39 Iris versicolor, 170 Ischnura kellicotti, 177 posita, 178 ramburii, 178 verticalis, 178 Juncus, 173 Junonia, 189 evarete ecenia, 189 zonalis, 190 /. constricta, 191 /. incarnata, 190 Kricogonia, 23 cabrerai, 24 lyside, 23 Ladona deplanata, 181 exusta, 181 Leptotoes, 220 cassius theonus, 220 Lerodea, 237 eufala, 237 tripuncta tripuncta, 237 Lestes congener, 175 disjunctus, 175 dry as, 175 eurinus, 175 forcipatus, 175 inequalis, 175 reetangularis, 175 unguiculatus, 175 vigilax, 175 1954] Index — Vol. LXII ix Leucorrliinia frigida, 182 intaeta, 182 Libellula auripennis, 180 eyanea, 180 incesta, 180 luctuosa, 180 needhami, 180 pulcliella, 180 quadrimaculata, 180 semifasciata, 180 vibrans, 180 Libytheana, 215 bachmanii bachmanii, 216 motya, 215 Limenitis, 212 arehippus floridensis, 212 iphicla iphimedia, 213 Limonia (Dicranomyia) labecula, 139 subandicola, 139 (Geranomyia) aequalis, 139 carunculata manabiana, 139 stoica, 139 neanthina, 142 (Limonia) bimucronata, 139 brachyacantha, 139 (Khipidia) proseni, 141 Lobelia dortmanna, 170 Loxostege stieticolis, 28 Lucilia sericata, 28 Lucinia, 209 sida, 209 Lyeorea, 117 ceres demeter, 118 Lysimachia terrestris, 170 Machaerium purpura scens, 138 Macromia illinoiensis, 179 Malaeosoma americana, 28 Marpesia, 192 eleuebea eleuchea, 207 marius, 207 Megabothris a. asio, 164 Melanoplus atlantis, 27 Melete, 10 salacia cubana, 10 Melitaea, 125 pelops pelops, 125 Metamorpha, 192 stelenes insularis, 192 /. lavinia, 192 Mimosa, 135 Molophilus (Molophilus) piger, 140 sponsus, 150 tucumanus, 140 Mycotretus nigromanicatus, 48 Myodopsylla setosa, 193 Myriophyllum, 173 Nannothemis bella, 181 Nathalis, 24 iole, 24 f. alayoi, 25 Nearetopsylla genalis laurentina, 162 Nehalennia gracilis, 177 irene, 177 Nymphsea, 173 Orchopeas h. howardii, 163 leucopus, 163 Orimarga (Orimarga) subcostata, 144 Paehydiplax longipennis, 182 Panoquina, 234 nero corrupta, 236 nyctelia coscinia, 235 oeola, 235 panoquinoides panoquinoides, 235 sylvicola sylvicola, 234 Pantala flavescens, 182 Papilio, 3 andrsemon andraemon, 5 bernandezi, 5 androgeus epidaurus, 6 aristodemus temenes, 5 X New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXII caiguanabus, 5 celadon, 7 cresphontes, 4 devilliers, 3 gundlachianus, 3 oxynius, 7 palamedes, 6 pelaus atkinsi, 6 polydamus cubensis, 3 polyxenes polyxenes, 4 thoas oviedo, 4 troilus ilioneus, 6 Paracarystus, 237 cubana, 238 Parthenothrips, 101 Perichares, 239 phocion phocion, 239 Perithemis tenera, 181 Peromyscopsylla scotti, 161, 164 Philaethria, 123 dido, 123 Phocides, 221 batabano batabano, 221 Phcebis, 19 agarithe antiilia, 21 argante minuscula, 20 avellaneda, 20 neleis, 22 orbis orbis, 22 philea thalestris, 20 sennse sennae, 19 statira cubana, 21 Phyeiodes, 125 frisia frisia, 126 phaon pbaon, 126 /. hiemalis, 126 Polites, 232 baracoa, 232 Polygonia, 127 interrogationis /. fabricii, 127 Polygonus, 223 lividus savigny, 224 Popillia japonica, 27 Plathemis lydia, 181 Prepona, 213 antimache crassina, 213 Progomphus obseurus, 178 Proteides, 222 exadeus maysi, 223 mercureus sanantonio, 223 Pyrgus, 229 crisia erisia, 230 syriehtus, 230 Pyrrhoealles, 236 antiqua antiqua, 236 Eetithrips, 101 Rhexia, 173 Sagittaria, 173 Siderone, 213 nemesis, 213 Scseother carbonarius, 48 Sericothrips mimosce, 134 vicenarius, 133 Shannonomyia sopora, 139 Spintharus, 78 flavidus, 79 hentzi, 83 Stenoponia americana, 162 Strumigenys, 55 borgmeieri, 57 liindenburgi, 62 marginiventris, 62 saliens, 55 trinidadensis, 59 Sympetrum corruptum, 182 costiferum, 182 obtrusum, 182 rubieundulum, 182 semicinctum, 182 vicinum, 182 Synapte, 238 malitiosa, 238 Tenebrio molitor, 27 Tetragoneuria cynosura, 180 Teucholabis (Teucholabis) analis, 146 cybele, 147 duealis, 139 1954] Index — Vol. LXII xi Thecla, 217 acis casasi, 218 angelia angelia, 219 bazochii gundlaehianus, 219 celida eelida, 218 ccelebs, 217 columella cybira, 218 limenia, 219 msesites nuesites, 218 martialis, 217 Thracides, 238 telegonus, 239 Tiarapsylla bella, 195 titschacki, 197 Tipula (Eumicrotipula) conspieillata, 139 longurioides, 140 Thymelicus, 230 magdalia, 231 Toxorhina (Ceratoeheilus) revulsa, 151 macrorhyncha, 152 Tramea Carolina, 183 Urbanus, 221 dorantes Santiago, 222 proteus, 222 Utricularia, 173 Vaccinium, 173 Vanessa, 127 atalanta italica, 128 eardui carduelis, 128 virginiensis iole, 128 Wallengrenia, 232 otho misera, 232 Xyris, 173 Zerene, 24 cesonia eesonia, 24 ' New York Entomological Society The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except June, July, August and September) at 8 P. M., in the AMERICAN MUSEUM OF Natural History, 79th St., & Central Park W, New York 24, N. Y. Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $6.00. Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the treasurer. Officers for the Year 1954 President, DR. LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History Vice-President , DR. ROMAN VISHNIAC 219 W. 81st St., N. Y. 24, N. Y. Secretary, DR. LOUIS S. MARKS 74 Main St, Tuckahoe, N. Y. Assistant Secretary, DR. FREDERICK H. RINDGE American Museum of Natural History Treasurer, J. HUBERMAN American Museum of Natural History Assistant Treasurer, MRS. PATRICIA VAURIE . . American Museum of Natural History Editor Emeritus, DR. HARRY B. WEISS Highland Park, N. J. Editor, FRANK A. SORACI Allentown, N. J. Associate Editor, HERBERT F. SCHWARZ .... American Museum of Natural History TRUSTEES E. W. Teale E. Irving Huntington Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. Mont A. Cazier Dr. James Forbes PUBLICATION COMMITTEE 'p r rUV. Cf'V 7f?VTS ... ' Frank A. Soraci E. W. Teale Herbert F. Schwarz Dr. James "Mullen Dr. Lucy Clausen PROGRAM COMMITTEE Dr. Roman Vishniac Dr. James Mullen FIELD COMMITTEE Dr. T. C. Schneirla DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF Herbert F. Schwarz SCIENCES '/A v.'v v. ^A. •; ' y Jr'i A,A TfV' JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Published quarterly for the Society by United Printing Services, Inc., 263 Chapel St., New Haven, Conn. All communications re- lating to manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Frank A. Soraci, Allentown, New Jersey; ‘all subscriptions and orders for back issues to J. Huberman, Treasurer, New York Entomological Society, American Museum of Natural History, 79th St. & Central Park West, New York 24, N. Y. The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of change of address. We do not exchange publications. Terms for subscription, $5.00 per year, net to the Society, strictly in advance. Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society. Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following rates: 4 pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 24pp. 32pp. 25 copies ........ $4.56 $ 9.90 $10.38 $10.38 $16.39 $18.01 50 copies ........ 4.91 10.72 11.40 11.40 18.34 19.52 Additional 100’s . . 1.26 2.95 3.90 3.90 5.66 6.08 Covers 50 copies, $6.08; additional 100’s, $3.62. Half-tone prints: 2 cents for each half-tone print. Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when advisable. iMw mi ■ . V aA>; A , dAA. ' As '! £ C l-Mi AA A A; r A S: Volume LXIII 1955 Journal of the New York Entomological Society Devoted to Entomology in General Editor Emeritus HARRY B. WEISS Edited by FRANK A, SORACI Publication Committee FRANK A. SORACI HERBERT F. SCHWARZ E. W. TEALE JAMES MULLEN Subscription $5.00 per Year CONTENTS Stanley Willard Bromley, 1899-1954 By Harry B. Weiss .'...a 1 Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 8 Changes in the Concentration of Reducing Substances during the Meta- morphosis of the Housefly (Musca domestica Linnaeus) By Bobert J. DelVecchio 9 Change in Publication Arrangements 15 Observations on Pseudomyrmex elongata Mayr ( Hymenoptera : Formi- cidae) By Wm. S. Creighton 17 Growth and Polymorphism in the Larva of the Army Ant (Eciton (E.) Hamatum Fabricius) By John E. Tafuri 21 The Effect of Submerged Pine Needles on the Oviposition and De- velopment of Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say By J. D. De Coursey 43 A Preliminary Study of Pennsylvania Mecoptera By S. W. Frost and Joanne Pepper Brown 53 The Spider Genera Chrysso and Tidarren in America (Araneae: Theri- diidae) By Herbert W. Levi 59 Serological Relationships Among Orthopteroid Insects as Determined by Their Whole “Blood” By Ludwig K. Pauly 83 A New Name for Argynnis lais Edwards ( Lepidoptera, Rhopaiocera) By Cyril Franklin dos Passos and Lionel Paul Grey 95 The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith: Group of Cultriger Mayr and S. Tococae Wheeler By William L. Brown, Jr 97 Fleas on Rats (Rattus Norvegicus) in New Jersey By Paul P. Burbutis and Elton J. Hansens 103 Determination of Glycogen Content during the Metamorphosis of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus By Paul Gerald BousIell 107 Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies (Tipulidae, Dip- teral, XXIX By Charles P. Alexander Ill Studies on the Effect of Decompression on Certain Insects, with Special Reference to Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say and Aedes sollicitans Walker By J. D. De Coursey and A. P. Webster 123 The Genus Cryphula Stal, with the Descriptions of Two New Species ( Heteroptera : Lygaeidae ) By Harry G. Barber 135 Notes on Some Rare or Little-Known New York Siphonaptera By Allen H. Benton 139 Changes in the Distribution of Nitrogen during Growth and Meta- morphosis of the Housefly, Musca domestica (Linnaeus) By Bobert J. DelVecchio 141 New Missouri Chilopod Records with Remarks Concerning Geographi- cal Affinities By Balph E. Crabill, JB. 153 The Activity of Succinic Dehydrogenase during Diapause and Meta- morphosis of the Japanese Beetle (Popillia japonica Newman) By Daniel Ludwig and Mary C. Barsa 161 Robert J. Sim, 1881-1955 By Harry B. Weiss 166 NOTICE: Volume LXII, Number 4, of the Journal of the New York Entomological Society was Published on October 15, 1956 Published Quarterly for the Society By Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pa. Subscriptions should be sent to the Treasurer, J. Huberman, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N. Y. •Journal of the New York ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Devoted to Entomology in General VOLUME LXIII Published by the Society New York, N. Y. Business Press, Inc. Lancaster, Pennsylvania CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXIII PAGE Alexander, Charles P. Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies (Tipulidae, Diptera), XXIX Ill Barber, Harry G. The Genus Cryphula Stal, with the Descriptions of Two New Species (Heteroptera : Lygaeidae) 135 Benton, Allen H. Notes on Some Bare or Little-Known New York Siphonaptera 139 Book Notices 182, 183, 184 Brown, William L., Jr. The Neotropical Species of the Ant Geiins Strumigenys Fr. Smith : Group of Cultriger Mayr and S. Tococae Wheeler 97 Burbutis, Paul P. and Elton J. Hansens Fleas on Rats (Rattus Norvegicus) in New Jersey 103 Change In Publication Arrangements 15 Crabill, Ralph E. Jr. New Missouri Chilopod Records with Remarks Con- cerning Geographical Affinities 153 Creighton, Wm. S. Observations on Pseudomyrmex elongata Mayr (Hy- menoptera: Formicidae) 17 De Course y, J. D. The Effect of Submerged Pine Needles on the Oviposi- tion and Development of Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say 43 De Coursey, J. D. and A. P. Webster Studies on the Effect of Decompression on Certain Insects, with Special Reference to Anopheles quadri- maculatus Say and Aedes sollicitans Walker 123 XV DelVecchio, Robert J. Changes in the Concentration of Reducing Substances during the Metamorphosis of the Housefly (Musca domestica Linnaeus) 9 Changes in the Distribution of Nitrogen during Growth and Metamorphosis of the Housefly, (Musca domestica Linnaeus) 141 dos Passos, Cyril Franklin and Lionel Paul Grey A New Name for Argynnis lais Edwards (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) 95 Frost, S. W. and Joanne Pepper Brown A Preliminary Study of Pennsylvania Mecoptera 53 Ludwig, Daniel and Mary C. Bars a The Activity of Succinic Dehydrogenase during Dia- pause and Metamorphosis of the Japanese Beetle (Popillia japonica Newman) 161 Levi, Herbert W. The Spider Genera Chrysso and Tidarren in America (Araneae: Theridikbe) 59 Pauly, Ludwig K. Serological Relationships Among Orthopteroid Insects as Determined by Their Whole “ Blood’ ’ 83 Proceedings Of The New York Entomological Society 8 Rousell, Paul Gerald Determination of Glycogen Content during the Meta- morphosis of the Mealworm Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus 107 Tafuri, John F. Growth and Polymorphism in the Larva of the Army Ant (Eciton (E.) Hamatum Fabricius) 21 Weiss, Harry B. Stanley Willard Bromley, 1899-1954 1 Robert J. Sim, 1881-1955 166 XVI Journal of the OF THE New York Entomological Society Vol. LXIII 1955 STANLEY WILLARD BROMLEY, 1899-1954 Dr. Bromley, one of the past presidents of the New York Ento- mological Society, a contributor to its “ Journal,’ ’ and well- known to the entomological world, was born December 7, 1899 at Sunny Valley Farm, close to Charlton, Worcester County, Massachusetts. He was the only son of James Willard and Lizzie Knowles Bromley. After graduating from high school in 1918, he entered the then Massachusetts Agricultural College where he majored in entomology under Dr. H. T. Fernald and Dr. G. C. Crampton. He graduated in 1922 with his B.S. degree and re- ceived his M.S. degree from the same institution in 1924 after completing his graduate work. From Ohio State University he received the Doctor of Philosophy degree in 1934. Dr. Bromley became interested in natural history at an early age. His first paper, “Asilids and their prey” written at the age of 13, appeared in “ Psyche,” 21: 192-198, in 1914. Thirty-two years afterward, the late Professor C. T. Brues referred to this paper in his chapter on Predatory Insects in his book “ Insect Dietary” published in 1946. It is quite unusual for entomol- ogists to get into print so young and have their early work re- ferred to after such a long time. In the paper in question, 18 species of Asilidse are recorded with 463 records of capture. Early in life, the author exhibited a degree of patience and a keenness of observation that were to characterize all his later works. It was not until nine years later that his second paper was published in “Psyche” on the feeding habits of robber flies. The Asilidse upon which he was an authority occupied part of Dr. Bromley’s attention for the remainder of his life, his last paper being a description of 32 new species. 2 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXIII During the summer of 1922 he worked on fruit insects at Wal- lingford, Connecticut for the Federal Bureau of Entomology. The American Cyanamid Company employed him between 1923 and 1928 in connection with the development of cyanogas for the control of insect pests and rodents and liquid hydrocyanic acid gas for fumigation work in warehouses. At this time his office was in New York City. In January of 1929, he became associated with the F. A. Bart- lett Tree Expert Company, later the Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories of Stamford, Connecticut, as chief entomologist, where he investigated insecticides and the life histories of nurs- ery and forest insect pests, and where he taught various courses at the Bartlett School of Tree Surgery. He also built up a collec- tion of tree and shrub insects, with specimens of their injury. Dr. Bromley remained with the firm until he retired, December 31, 1951, on account of illness. During Dr. Bromley’s work on the taxonomy of the Asilidae, on which he published around 50 papers, he built up a collection of well over 35,000 Diptera specimens, nearly 28,000 of which are Asilidae. Type specimens numbered 1,868. This collection is now in the Smithsonian Institution. ‘ ‘ Index VII to the Litera- ture of American Economic Entomology, 1940 to 1944” was ed- ited by Dr. Bromley with the help of his wife, Dr. Helen B. Bromley, an authority on the taxonomy of fresh-water algae. This was published in 1948 by the American Association of Eco- nomic Entomologists. Dr. Bromley kept in touch with many entomologists and be- longed to the Entomological Society of America of which he was a fellow, to the American Association of Economic Entomologists, the Ecological Society of America, the New York Entomological Society of which he was vice president in 1945 and president in 1946, to the entomological societies of Washington, Brooklyn and Cambridge, and to the American Association for the Advance- ment of Science. At the time of his death he was a member of the board of governors of the National Shade Tree Conference and a member of the Connecticut Tree Protective Association. His death occurred in the Stamford Hospital on February 16, 1954, after a long illness characterized by high blood pressure. He was buried in Long Ridge Union Cemetery, Stamford, Con- 1955] Weiss: Stanley Willard Bromley 3 necticut. At Columbus, Ohio, in 1935 he was married to Dr. Helen Jean Brown, who at that time was on the staff of the de- partment of botany of the Ohio State University. He is survived by his wife, to whom I am indebted for most of the above infor- mation, by his son James Robert, born at Stamford on April 9, 1936 and now a student at Yale, and by his mother. In the obituary of Dr. Bromley by Charles P. Alexander that appeared in the Annals of the Entomological Society of America, vol. 47, No. 2, June, 1954, it is stated that in 1910, when he was 11 years of age he visited the museum of the Boston Society of Natural History and became acquainted with the late Charles W. John- son, a dipterologist of note with whom Dr. Bromley was friendly until Johnson died in 1932. It is further stated that “Mr. and Mrs. Johnson were so impressed by the personality and poten- tialities of the youngster that they took the preliminary steps to legally adopt him, a course that proved impossible. ’ ’ Mrs. Helen J. Bromley has advised me that Dr. Bromley’s mother who is still living denies that such a course was ever considered. The following bibliography was supplied by Mrs. Helen J. Bromley. It was prepared except for the last three titles, by Dr. Bromley who apparently considered that it represented his most important writings, and except for twenty-two titles that I have been able to add on shade trees and shade tree pests in order to show7 the scope of his interests. During the years that I knew Dr. Bromley and during our meetings, usually in connection wfith the meetings of the New York Entomological Society and the Eastern Branch of the American Association of Economic Entomologists, I was always impressed by his serious and deep interest in entomology, by his desire to be helpful and by his friendliness. He always merited the scientific and personal esteem in which we held him. — Harry B. Weiss The Writings of Stanley Willard Bromley* 1914. Asilids and their prey. Psyche. 21: 192-198. 1923. Observations on the feeding habits of robber flies. Psyche. 30(2): 41-45. 1924. A bird in a spider web. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 19(2) : 52-53. 1924. Radial venation in the Brachycera. Raymond C. Shannon and S. W. Bromley. Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus. 12(7-9) : 137-140. * This may not be complete because an extended search has not been made. 4 New York Entomological Society [VOL. LXIII 1924. Controlling chinch bugs in Missouri with calcium cyanide. L. Hase- man and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 17: 324. 1924. New robber flies. Occas. papers Boston Soc. of Nat. History 5: 125-127 1924. A new Ophiogomphus from Massachusetts. Ent. News. 35: 343-344. 1925. The Bremus-resembling Mallophorse of the Southeast United States. Psyche. 32(3) : 190-194. 1926. The external anatomy of the black horse-fly. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 19(4): 440-460. 1926. The cyanogas calcium cyanide treatment for the Cuban leaf-cutting ant. S. W. Bromley and S. C. Bruner. Research in Development of Cyanogas Calcium Cyanide. Sept. 30. 1927. The genus Microstylum in Madagascar. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 53: 201-207. 1927. Some North American Asilidae: their models and their prey. Proc. Ent. Soc. London. 2: 33. 1928. Cyanogas calcium cyanide for the fumigation of flour mills. Re- search in Development of Cyanogas Calcium Cyanide. Feb. 15. 1928. The monarch butterfly wintering in the everglades. Ent. News. 39: 96-97. 1928. A dragon fly ovipositing on a paved highway. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 23(2): 69. 1928. Notes on the genus Proctacanthus. Psyche. 35(1) : 12-15. 1928. New neotropical Erax. Amer. Museum Novitates. No. 334, Nov. 10. 1928. New Asilidae from China. Amer. Museum Novitates. No. 336, Dec. 13. 1929. New Asilidae from Mexico. Psyche. 36(1) : 45-47. 1929. The Asilidae of Cuba. Annals. Ent. Soc. Amer. 22(2) : 272-295. 1929. Notes on the Asilid genera Bombomima and Laphria. Canad. Ent. 61: 157-161. 1930. Bee-killing robber flies. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 38: 159-177. 1930. A review of the genus Proagonistes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Ser. 10, 6: 209-225. 1930. New robber flies from Madagascar. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 25(5) : 283-290. 1930. Shade tree insects in 1929. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 23(1): 137-142. 1930. Shade tree problems. (With E. P. Felt). Proc. Ann. Meet. Nat. Shade Tree Conf. p. 13. 1931. Hornet habits. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 39: 123-129. 1931. Developing resistance or tolerance to insect attacks. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 24: 437. 1931. New neotropical Andrenosoma. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 57: 129-134. 1931. New Asilidae, with a revised key to the genus Stenopogon. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 24(2) : 427-435. 1931. Tests with nicotine activators. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1) : 105-111. 1955] Weiss: Stanley Willard Bromley 5 1931. Observations on shade tree insects. E. P. Pelt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1): 157-162. 1931. Insecticide investigations during 1930. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1): 232-240. 1931. A preliminary annotated list of the robber flies of Ohio. Ohio State Mus. Science Bull. 1(2). 19 p. 4 plates. 1932. Insecticides on shade trees and ornamentals. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 25: 298. 1932. Observations on shade tree insects. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 25: 39. 1932. Asilidae: Diptera of Patagonia and South Chile. Part Y — Fasc. 3: 261-282. Figures 23-28. 1932. Observations on the Chinese mantid, ParatenocTera sinensis Saussare. Bull. Brook Ent. Soc. 27(4): 196-201. 1933. Corrections in nomenclature (Diptera, Asilidae). Ent. News. 44: 15. 1933. The sting of a tarantula wasp. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 28 (5) : 192. 1933. Additions to the Ohio list of robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Ohio Jour, of Science. 33(3). 1933. Cicadas in Texas. Psyche. 40(4). 1933. Courting and mating performances of an Asilid fly, Heteropogon lautus. Psyche. 40(4). 1934. The robber flies of Texas (Diptera: Asilidae). Annals Ent. Soc. of Amer. 27(1): 74-113. 2 plates. 1934. Additions to the Ohio list of robber flies II. Ohio Jour. Sci. 34(3) : 163. 1934. Two new Dasypogonine robber flies from the Southwest. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 42: 225-226. 1934. The Laphriine robber flies of North America (unpublished). Ab- stracts of Doctor’s Dissertation. No. 14. O. S. U. Press. 1934. 1935. A note on the validity of Proagonistes athletes. Ann. & Magazine of Natural History. Ser. 10. 15: 398. 1935. New Asilidae from the Belgian Congo (Diptera). Rev. Zool. Bot. Africa. 26(4): 404-415. 1935. New Asilidae from India (Insecta: Diptera). Records of the Indian Museum. 36(2): 219-230. Calcutta. 1935. Two new South American Asilidae (Diptera). Arbeiten. Morph, taxon. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 2(2): 109-112. 1935. The original forest types of Southern New England. Ecological Monographia 5: 61-89. 1936. Studies in South African Asilidae. Ann. of Transvaal Museum. 38(2): 125-146. 1936. Asilids feeding on bumblebees in New England. Psyche. 43(1). 1936. The genus Diogmites in U. S. of America with descriptions of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 44: 225-237. 1936. Oil effects on shade trees. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 29(2): 357-360. <6 New York Entomological Society iVOL. LXIII 1936. Shade tree insect developments. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 29: 223. 1937. The genus Stenopogon Loew in the U. S. of America. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 45: 291-309. 1937. Observations on shade tree insects and their control. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 30(1): 71-75. 1938. Shade tree insects and sprays, 1937. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 31(2) : 173-176. 1939. New and little-known Utah Diptera with notes on the taxonomy of the Diptera. Utah Acad. Sci. Arts & Letters. 14: 99-109. 1939. New Asilidse from India, II. Indian Jour. Agr. Sci. 8(6) : 863-868. Delhi. 1939. Hurricane of Sept. 21, 1938. (With E. P. Felt). Scientific Tree Topics. No. 1. 1939. 1939. Factors influencing tree destruction during the New England Hurri- cane. Science. 90. No. 2323. p. 1516. 1940. Pine Aphids. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(4) : 30-31. 1940. New insecticides and spreaders on shade trees. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 33: 244-249. 1940. Insecticides and their use. (With E. P. Felt). Sci. Tree Topics. 1(4): 26-27. 1940. New U. S. A. robber flies (Diptera: Asilidse). Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 35(1): 13-21. 1940. Some unusual pines at the laboratories. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(3) : 23. 1940. Three unsightly oak galls. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(4) : 28-30. 1941. New and unusual shade tree pests. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 34(3) : 383. 1941. Elm leaf beetle probabilities in 1941. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(7) : 54-55. 1941. Trees and shrubs attractive to birds. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(6) : 43-44. 1942. Madagascar robber flies with descriptions of new species. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 48: 11-21. 1942. Bee-killing Asilids in New England. Psyche. 49(3-4) : 81-83. 1942. The increasing importance of coleopterous borers in shade trees. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 50(2) : 169. 1942. The shade tree insects of 1941. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 50: 212. 1944. Ephraim Porter Felt, 1868-1943. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 52: 223-236. 1945. Insect enemies of the house fly, Musca domestica L. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 53: 145-152. 1945. The robber flies and bee-killers of China (Diptera: Asilidse). Ling- nan Science Jour. 21(1-4) : 87-105. China. 1945. An Indian relic area. Scientific Monthly. 60: 153-154. 1946. John Watson Angell, 1885-1946. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 54: 290. 1946. Bee-killing Asilidse of the Southeastern states (Diptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 48(1) : 16-17. 1946. The robber flies of Brazil (Asilidse: Diptera). Livro de homenagem a R. F. d ’Almeida. No. 8: 103-120. 19 de julho. 1955] Weiss: Stanley Willard Bromley 7 1946. Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Part YI. The Diptera or true flies of Connecticut, Asilidae, Third Fascicle. State of Conn. State Geological & Natural History Survey. Bull. No. 69. Hartford. 1946. The death of a tree. Arborists’ News. 2(6). 1946. Wheel-bug vs. Japanese beetle. Ent. News. 57(1). 1947. The last few years (Address of retiring pres., N. Y. Ent. Soc.). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 55: 207-214. 1947. New South African Asilidae (Diptera). Annals of Durban Museum. 3(8) : 109-117. Africa. 1947. Ohio robber flies IV. Ohio Jour. Sci. 47(2) : 67-68. 1947. Insect cycles. Museum News. 8(1). 1947. The lumber shortage. Arborists’ News. February. 1948. Woodland Improvement. Arborists’ News. November. 1948. Insect predators of mosquitoes. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 50(9). 1948. Some of the more important insect pests of pine. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(9) : 69-72. 1948. Honey-bee predators. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 56: 195-199. 1948. 1 1 Specialization ” in new organic insecticides. Agricultural Chem- icals. December. 1949. But how do you pronounce it? American Forests. February. 1949. The Missouri bee-killer, Proctachanthus milbertii. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 44(1) : 21-28. 1949. African bee-killing Asilidae. Trans, of Rhodesian Sci. Ass’n. 42: 63-67. Africa. 1950. Plant white pines. Horticulture Magazine. May. 1950. Florida Asilidae (Diptera) with description of one new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 43(2) : 227-239. 1950. Ohio robber flies V. Ohio Jour. Sci. 50(5) : 229-234. 1950. Records and descriptions of Asilidae in the collection of University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (Diptera). Occas. Papers of Mus. of Zool. N. 527. June. 1950. Dragon fly feeding on cankerworms. Jour. Econ. Ent. 43(3). 1950. Mosquitoes and DDT. Arborists’ News. June. 1950. The elm leaf beetle. (Tree Pest Leaflets). New England Section Soc. of American Forestors. Hillsboro, N. H. 1951. Trees and tree insects, with special reference to the Dutch elm dis- ease. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 59(4). 1952. Asilid notes (Diptera) with descriptions of thirty-two new species. Am. Mus. Novitates. No. 1532. 1-36. 8 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII; PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The last Proceedings of the Society to appear in the Journal were in Vol. 56, No. 3, Sept. 1953, which issue was published Nov. 20, 1953. Failure of the Proceedings to appear in subsequent issues must be blamed on the failure of the Secretary to provide complete minutes to the Editor, even to the present time, Janu- ary, 1957. On many occasions during the three year interval, the Editor, the Officers and the Executive Committee have re- quested the Secretary to give proper attention to this duty of his office, but without the desired result. The Journal can no longer delay publication of its proceed- ings and although minutes for a number of 1953, 1954 and 1955 meetings have not been submitted, we publish herewith the mate- rial available with the understanding that the remaining min- utes will be published at later date, if and when they are received. — F. A. Soraci. Meeting of October 7, 1952 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History. There were 13 members and seven guests present. The Secretary received a letter dated October 6, 1952 advising that Albro T. Gaul had vacated the post of President of the Society by resignation. Therefore in accordance with Article Y, Section 2 of the By-Laws, Vice- President Dr. Lucy Clausen occupied the Chair. The minutes of the pre- vious meeting were read and approved. The Secretary informed the Society of the death of one of its Life Mem- bers and past President, Mr. Andrew J. Mutchler. President Clausen ap- pointed a committee composed of J. D. Sherman, Jiv and H. B. Weiss to pre- pare a biographical note to be published in the Journal. Dr. Hagan reported on a visit to the Olsens at Nyack, N. Y. and com- mented upon the success of the Olsen family in a radio quiz program held in New York City. He also told the membership that Mr. Olsen is now preparing a giant model of a lampyrid beetle; this will be his second giant model of a beetle. Dr. Vishniac then introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. Collins, Entomologist of the State of New York who spoke on “The tick problem on Long Island. ” In his address Dr. Collins pointed out the unreliability of the legend of the introduction of the ticks on Long Island by Theodore Boosevelt’s Bough {Continued on page 16) 1955] DelVecchio: Reducing Substances 9 CHANGES IN THE CONCENTRATION OF REDUCING SUBSTANCES DURING THE METAMORPHOSIS OF THE HOUSEFLY (MUSCA DOMESTICA LINNAEUS)* By Robert J. DelVecchio Department of Blology, Fordham University Frew (1929) studied changes in the glucose content during metamorphosis of the blowfly (species not given). His results in- dicate that glucose increases in concentration just prior to pupa- tion, and decreases rapidly immediately afterward. He also re- ported the occurrence of sudden increases in glucose content for definite points during pupal life. These results have been inter- preted as indicating that a synthesis of glucose occurs during metamorphosis. Frew suggests that the glucose is derived from protein during the first half and from fat the last half of the pupal period. Courtois-Drilhon (1931) reported an increase in the glucose content of the early pupae of three species of Lepidop- tera ( Attacus pernyi, Sphinx ligustri and Saturnia pyri). This increase continued from the time of pupation in August, until December, and was followed by a steady decrease until emergence the following April. Crescitelli and Taylor (1935) studied the bee-moth, Galleria mellonella , and found that the period of spin- ning (prepupal stage) is one during which increasing concentra- tions of reducing substances are found. During pupal life, which lasted for seven days at 30° C., the concentration of reducing sub- stances decreases at first, then rises. A final drop in concentra- tion occurs just prior to the emergence of the adult. Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) found that in the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, the glucose content decreased from 0.52 per cent in the 3rd instar larva to 0.42 per cent in the early prepupa, but in- creased in the newly-molted pupa to 0.79 per cent. During the first day of pupal life, at 25° C., there was a small but significant * Submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science at Fordham University The author is indebted to Professor Daniel Ludwig under whose direction this investigation was carried out, and to Doctor Bertram A. Sacktor, from whom the insects were obtained. 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII drop to 0.68 per cent. It remained constant for about 2 days and then increased slowly throughout the remainder of the pupal stage, reaching a value of 0.86 per cent in the 9-day pupa. Emer- gence was associated with an actual loss of glucose but, because of the loss of weight which occurs at that time, the percentage value increased. The increase in glucose and glycogen which was observed at the time of pupation was considered by the authors to be the result of a breakdown of insoluble proteins which occurs at that time, the degradation products being temporarily stored as carbohydrates. This review indicates that the concentrations of reducing com- pounds may vary greatly in different insects during metamorpho- sis. In some forms there is an actual loss of this constituent;: whereas in other forms its concentration increases significantly. Because of this variation, it was decided to study the changes in reducing compounds during the growth, metamorphosis and’ imaginal life of the housefly, Musca domestica. MATERIAL AND METHODS The larvae of the housefly were raised on whole milk. A finger- bowl containing cotton saturated with whole milk served as the feeding medium. Twenty-four hours after the eggs were laid on this saturated cotton, they were transferred to a humidifier regu- lated at approximately 30° C. and a humidity near saturation. The eggs hatched in approximately 24 hours under these condi- tions, and the time of hatching was recorded. In this manner carefully timed records, within 24 hours, were obtained for each group of experimental animals. Headings on glucose were made on groups of five larvae at the following stages : one, two, three, four, five and six days after hatching ; on groups of four pupae, one, two, three and four days after puparium formation ; and on groups of two newly-emerged adults and groups of two old-adults (7 to 10 days after emergence). Determinations of reducing substances, expressed as glucose,, were made by the Hagedorn and Jensen procedure (see Hawk, Oser and Summerson, 1947, p. 528). OBSERVATIONS The results of the glucose determinations are given in Table 1. The table contains the average weights of the insects and the aver- 1955] DelVecchio: Eeducing Substances II age percentages (by weight) of glucose present at each day of growth and metamorphosis. These values are averages obtained from ten determinations. Since the amount of glucose is greater in the larger insects, the percentage values at different stages are considered more reliable than those for weights. There is no dif- ference in the amount of glucose present in the one- and two-day larva. However, between the second and third days there is a decrease from 0.36 to 0.23 per cent. This decrease is followed by an increase in concentration in the four-day larva to 0.26 per cent. TABLE 1 Stage in development Number of insects Average weight in mg. per group Average weight of glucose in mg per group Glucose as per cent weight and standard errors 1-day larvae 50 25. 9.0 0.36 ±.0085 2-day larvae 50 72. 25.7 0.36 ±.0289 3-day larvae 50 124. 28.0 0.23 ±.0066 4-day larvae 50 89. 23.4 0.26 ±.0106 5-day larvae 50 33. 5.5 0.17 ±.0069 6- day larvae 50 75. 20.6 0.27 ±.0117 1-day pupae 40 53. 19.5 0.37 ±.0142 2-day pupae 40 54. 21.0 0.39 ±.0157 3-day pupae 40 53. 21.3 0.40 ±.0174 4-day pupae 40 40. 16.9 0.42 ±.0177 newly-emerged adults 20 37. 31.2 0.84 ±.0108 old adults 20 17. 20.4 1.20 ±.0075 A second drop to 0.17 per cent occurs in the five-day larva, fol- lowed by an increase in the six-day larva to 0.27 per cent. The glucose then rises to its former value of 0.37 per cent following puparium formation. There is a steady increase in the concen- tration of glucose in the pupal stage reaching a high of 0.42 per cent in the four-day pupa. There is an increase in weight ex- hibited by the newly emerged adults, within the first 24 hours after emergence. This increase may be explained by the fact that these adults had already fed. However, as the adult ages, it loses weight resulting in a further increase in the percentage value of 12 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII glucose. Glucose increases in the adult stage from 0.84 in the newly-emerged to 1.20 per cent in the old adult. In Table 2 is given a statistical analysis of these results. Begin- ning with the second day, there are significant changes between successive days of the larval period. In the pupal period, the TABLE 2 Stages compared Difference between means Standard error of difference Difference Standard error of difference LARVAE 1 and 3 day 0.13 ± .0107 12.0 3 and 4 day 0.03 ±.0125 2.4 4 and 5 day 0.09 ±.0126 7.1 6 and 1 day 0.10 ±.0184 5.4 pupa PUPAE 1 and 2 day 0.02 ±.0211 0.9 2 and 3 day 0.01 ± .0234 0.4 3 and 4 day 0.02 ± .0248 0.8 1 and 4 day 0.05 ±.0231 2.1 ADULTS newly-emerged and old adults 0.36 ±.0131 27.5 only statistical significance observed is that found when the one and four-day pupae are compared. A significant change is also found between the newly-emerged and old adults. DISCUSSION The irregular increases and decreases in the concentration of glucose throughout growth may have significance when correlated with the physiological activities of the organism. Thus, for ex- ample, an increase in the percentage of glucose from 0.37 per cent in the one-day pupa to 1.20 per cent in the old adult may be in- dicative of an endogenous synthesis of glucose, or other reducing compounds. Moreover, decreases in the concentration of glucose can similarly be associated with carbohydrate utilization. The results indicate a gradual increase in the concentration of reducing compounds during the pupal period. Similar increases CONTENTS OF VOLUME LXIII PAGE Alexander, Charles P. Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies (Tipulidae, Diptera), XXIX Ill Barber, Harry G. The Genus Cryphula Stal, with the Descriptions of Two New Species (Heteroptera : Lygaeidae) 135 Benton, Allen H. Notes on Some Rare or Little-Known New York Siphonaptera 139 Book Notices 182, 183, 184 Brown, William L., Jr. The Neotropical Species of the Ant Genus Strumigenys Fr. Smith: Group of Cultriger Mayr and S. Tococae Wheeler 97 Burbutis, Paul P. and Elton J. Hansens Fleas on Rats (Rattus Norvegicus) in New Jersey 103 Change In Publication Arrangements 15 Crabill, Ralph E. Jr. New Missouri Chilopod Records with Remarks Con- cerning Geographical Affinities 153 Creighton, Wm. S. Observations on Pseudomyrmex elongata Mayr (Hy- menoptera: Formicidae) 17 De Course y, J. D. The Effect of Submerged Pine Needles on the Oviposi- tion and Development of Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say 43 De Coursey, J. D. and A. P. Webster Studies on the Effect of Decompression on Certain Insects, with Special Reference to Anopheles quadri- maculatus Say and Aedes sollicitans Walker 123 XV DelVecchio, Robert J. Changes in the Concentration of Reducing Substances during the Metamorphosis of the Housefly (Musca domestica Linnaeus) 9 Changes in the Distribution of Nitrogen during Growth and Metamorphosis of the Housefly, (Musca domestica Linnaeus) 141 dos Passos, Cyril Franklin and Lionel Paul Grey A New Name for Argynnis lais Edwards (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera) 95 Frost, S. W. and Joanne Pepper Brown A Preliminary Study of Pennsylvania Mecoptera 53 Ludwig, Daniel and Mary C. Barsa The Activity of Succinic Dehydrogenase during Dia- pause and Metamorphosis of the Japanese Beetle (Popillia japonica Newman) 161 Levi, Herbert W. The Spider Genera Chrysso and Tidarren in America (Araneae: Theridiidae) 59 Pauly, Ludwig K. Serological Relationships Among Orthopteroid Insects as Determined by Their Whole “ Blood’ ’ 83 Proceedings Of The New York Entomological Society 8 Rousell, Paul Gerald Determination of Glycogen Content during the Meta- morphosis of the Mealworm Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus 107 Tafuri, John F. Growth and Polymorphism in the Larva of the Army Ant (Eciton (E.) Hamatum Fabricius) 21 Weiss, Harry B. Stanley Willard Bromley, 1899-1954 1 Robert J. Sim, 1881-1955 166 XVI Journal of the OF THE New York Entomological Society Vol. LXIII 1955 STANLEY WILLARD BROMLEY, 1899-1954 Dr. Bromley, one of the past presidents of the New York Ento- mological Society, a contributor to its “ Journal,’ ’ and well- known to the entomological world, was born December 7, 1899 at Sunny Valley Farm, close to Charlton, Worcester County, Massachusetts. He was the only son of James Willard and Lizzie Knowles Bromley. After graduating from high school in 1918, he entered the then Massachusetts Agricultural College where he majored in entomology under Dr. H. T. Fernald and Dr. G. C. Crampton. He graduated in 1922 with his B.S. degree and re- ceived his M.S. degree from the same institution in 1924 after completing his graduate work. From Ohio State University he received the Doctor of Philosophy degree in 1934. Dr. Bromley became interested in natural history at an early age. His first paper, “Asilids and their prey” written at the age of 13, appeared in “Psyche,” 21: 192-198, in 1914. Thirty-two years afterward, the late Professor C. T. Brues referred to this paper in his chapter on Predatory Insects in his book “Insect Dietary” published in 1946. It is quite unusual for entomol- ogists to get into print so young and have their early work re- ferred to after such a long time. In the paper in question, 18 species of Asilidae are recorded with 463 records of capture. Early in life, the author exhibited a degree of patience and a keenness of observation that were to characterize all his later works. It was not until nine years later that his second paper was published in ‘ ‘ Psyche ’ ’ on the feeding habits of robber flies. The Asilidae upon which he was an authority occupied part of Dr. Bromley’s attention for the remainder of his life, his last paper being a description of 32 new species. 2 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII During the summer of 1922 he worked on fruit insects at Wal- lingford, Connecticut for the Federal Bureau of Entomology. The American Cyanamid Company employed him between 1923 and 1928 in connection with the development of cyanogas for the control of insect pests and rodents and liquid hydrocyanic acid gas for fumigation work in warehouses. At this time his office was in New York City. In January of 1929, he became associated with the F. A. Bart- lett Tree Expert Company, later the Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories of Stamford, Connecticut, as chief entomologist, where he investigated insecticides and the life histories of nurs- ery and forest insect pests, and where he taught various courses at the Bartlett School of Tree Surgery. He also built up a collec- tion of tree and shrub insects, with specimens of their injury. Dr. Bromley remained with the firm until he retired, December 31, 1951, on account of illness. During Dr. Bromley’s work on the taxonomy of the Asilidae, on which he published around 50 papers, he built up a collection of well over 35,000 Diptera specimens, nearly 28,000 of which are Asilidae. Type specimens numbered 1,868. This collection is now in the Smithsonian Institution. 1 ‘ Index YII to the Litera- ture of American Economic Entomology, 1940 to 1944” was ed- ited by Dr. Bromley with the help of his wife, Dr. Helen B. Bromley, an authority on the taxonomy of fresh-water algae. This was published in 1948 by the American Association of Eco- nomic Entomologists. Dr. Bromley kept in touch with many entomologists and be- longed to the Entomological Society of America of which he was a fellow, to the American Association of Economic Entomologists, the Ecological Society of America, the New York Entomological Society of which he was vice president in 1945 and president in 1946, to the entomological societies of Washington, Brooklyn and Cambridge, and to the American Association for the Advance- ment of Science. At the time of his death he was a member of the board of governors of the National Shade Tree Conference and a member of the Connecticut Tree Protective Association. His death occurred in the Stamford Hospital on February 16, 1954, after a long illness characterized by high blood pressure. He was buried in Long Ridge Union Cemetery, Stamford, Con- 1955] Weiss: Stanley Willard Bromley 3 necticut. At Columbus, Ohio, in 1935 he was married to Dr. Helen Jean Brown, who at that time was on the staff of the de- partment of botany of the Ohio State University. He is survived by his wTife, to whom I am indebted for most of the above infor- mation, by his son James Robert, born at Stamford on April 9, 1936 and now a student at Yale, and by his mother. In the obituary of Dr. Bromley by Charles P. Alexander that appeared in the Annals of the Entomological Society of America, vol. 47, No. 2, June, 1954, it is stated that in 1910, when he was 11 years of age he visited the museum of the Boston Society of Natural History and became acquainted with the late Charles W. John- son, a dipterologist of note with whom Dr. Bromley was friendly until Johnson died in 1932. It is further stated that “Mr. and Mrs. Johnson were so impressed by the personality and poten- tialities of the youngster that they took the preliminary steps to legally adopt him, a course that proved impossible. ’ ’ Mrs. Helen J. Bromley has advised me that Dr. Bromley’s mother who is still living denies that such a course was ever considered. The following bibliography was supplied by Mrs. Helen J. Bromley. It was prepared except for the last three titles, by Dr. Bromley who apparently considered that it represented his most important writings, and except for twenty-two titles that I have been able to add on shade trees and shade tree pests in order to show the scope of his interests. During the years that I knew Dr. Bromley and during our meetings, usually in connection with the meetings of the New York Entomological Society and the Eastern Branch of the American Association of Economic Entomologists, I was always impressed by his serious and deep interest in entomology, by his desire to be helpful and by his friendliness. He always merited the scientific and personal esteem in which we held him. — Harry B. Weiss The Writings of Stanley Willard Bromley* 1914. Asilids and their prey. Psyche. 21: 192-198. 1923. Observations on the feeding habits of robber flies. Psyche. 30(2): 41-45. 1924. A bird in a spider web. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 19(2) : 52-53. 1924. Badial venation in the Brachycera. Baymond C. Shannon and S. W. Bromley. Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus. 12(7-9) : 137-140. * This may not be complete because an extended search has not been made. 4 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxiii 1924. Controlling chinch bugs in Missouri with calcium cyanide. L. Hase- man and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Eeon. Ent. 17: 324. 1924. New robber flies. Occas. papers Boston Soc. of Nat. History 5: 125-127 1924. A new Ophiogomphus from Massachusetts. Ent. News. 35: 343-344. 1925. The Bremus-resembling Mallophorae of the Southeast United States. Psyche. 32(3) : 190-194. 1926. The external anatomy of the black horse-fly. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 19(4): 440-460. 1926. The cyanogas calcium cyanide treatment for the Cuban leaf-cutting ant. S. W. Bromley and S. C. Bruner. Research in Development of Cyanogas Calcium Cyanide. Sept. 30. 1927. The genus Microstylum in Madagascar. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 53: 201-207. 1927. Some North American Asilidae: their models and their prey. Proc. Ent. Soc. London. 2: 33. 1928. Cyanogas calcium cyanide for the fumigation of flour mills. Re- search in Development of Cyanogas Calcium Cyanide. Feb. 15. 1928. The monarch butterfly wintering in the everglades. Ent. News. 39: 96-97. 1928. A dragon fly ovipositing on a paved highway. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 23(2): 69. 1928. Notes on the genus Proctacanthus. Psyche. 35(1) : 12-15. 1928. New neotropical Erax. Amer. Museum Novitates. No. 334, Nov. 10. 1928. New Asilidae from China. Amer. Museum Novitates. No. 336, Dec. 13. 1929. New Asilidae from Mexico. Psyche. 36(1) : 45-47. 1929. The Asilidae of Cuba. Annals. Ent. Soc. Amer. 22(2) : 272-295. 1929. Notes on the Asilid genera Bombomima and Laphria. Canad. Ent. 61: 157-161. 1930. Bee-killing robber flies. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 38: 159-177. 1930. A review of the genus Proagonistes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Ser. 10, 6: 209-225. 1930. New robber flies from Madagascar. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 25(5) : 283-290. 1930. Shade tree insects in 1929. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 23(1): 137-142. 1930. Shade tree problems. (With E. P. Felt). Proc. Ann. Meet. Nat. Shade Tree Conf. p. 13. 1931. Hornet habits. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 39: 123-129. 1931. Developing resistance or tolerance to insect attacks. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 24: 437. 1931. New neotropical Andrenosoma. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 57: 129-134. 1931. New Asilidae, with a revised key to the genus Stenopogon. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 24(2) : 427-435. 1931. Tests with nicotine activators. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1): 105-111. 1955] Weiss: Stanley Willard Bromley 5 1931. Observations on shade tree insects. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1): 157-162. 1931. Insecticide investigations during 1930. E. P. Felt and S. W. Bromley. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(1) : 232-240. 1931. A preliminary annotated list of the robber flies of Ohio. Ohio State Mus. Science Bull. 1(2). 19 p. 4 plates. 1932. Insecticides on shade trees and ornamentals. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 25: 298. 1932. Observations on shade tree insects. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 25: 39. 1932. Asilidae: Diptera of Patagonia and South Chile. Part V — Fasc. 3: 261-282. Figures 23-28. 1932. Observations on the Chinese mantid, Paratenodera sinensis Saussare. Bull. Brook Ent. Soc. 27(4) : 196-201. 1933. Corrections in nomenclature (Diptera, Asilidae). Ent. News. 44: 15. 1933. The sting of a tarantula wasp. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 28 (5) : 192. 1933. Additions to the Ohio list of robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Ohio Jour, of Science. 33(3). 1933. Cicadas in Texas. Psyche. 40(4). 1933. Courting and mating performances of an Asilid fly, Heteropogon lautus. Psyche. 40(4). 1934. The robber flies of Texas (Diptera: Asilidae). Annals Ent. Soc. of Amer. 27(1): 74-113. 2 plates. 1934. Additions to the Ohio list of robber flies II. Ohio Jour. Sci. 34(3) : 163. 1934. Two new Dasypogonine robber flies from the Southwest. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 42: 225-226. 1934. The Laphriine robber flies of North America (unpublished). Ab- stracts of Doctor’s Dissertation. No. 14. O. S. U. Press. 1934. 1935. A note on the validity of Proagonistes athletes. Ann. & Magazine of Natural History. Ser. 10. 15: 398. 1935. New Asilidae from the Belgian Congo (Diptera). Rev. Zool. Bot. Africa, 26(4): 404-415. 1935. New Asilidae from India (Insecta: Diptera). Records of the Indian Museum. 36(2) : 219-230. Calcutta. 1935. Two new South American Asilidae (Diptera). Arbeiten. Morph, taxon. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 2(2) : 109-112. 1935. The original forest types of Southern New England. Ecological Monographia 5: 61-89. 1936. Studies in South African Asilidae. Ann. of Transvaal Museum. 38(2) : 125-146. 1936. Asilids feeding on bumblebees in New England. Psyche. 43(1). 1936. The genus Diogmites in U. S. of America with descriptions of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 44: 225-237. 1936. Oil effects on shade trees. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 29(2): 357-360. 6 New York Entomological Society ..Vol. LXIII 1936. Shade tree insect developments. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 29: 223. 1937. The genus Stenopogon Loew in the U. S. of America. Jour. N, Y. Ent. Soc. 45: 291-309. 1937. Observations on shade tree insects and their control. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 30(1): 71-75. 1938. Shade tree insects and sprays, 1937. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 31(2) : 173-176. 1939. New and little-known Utah Diptera with notes on the taxonomy of the Diptera. Utah Acad. Sci. Arts & Letters. 14: 99-109. 1939. New Asilidae from India, II. Indian Jour. Agr. Sci. 8(6) : 863-868. Delhi. 1939. Hurricane of Sept. 21, 1938. (With E. P. Felt). Scientific Tree Topics. No. 1. 1939. 1939. Factors influencing tree destruction during the New England Hurri- cane. Science. 90. No. 2323. p. 1516. 1940. Pine Aphids. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(4) : 30-31. 1940. New insecticides and spreaders on shade trees. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 33: 244-249. 1940. Insecticides and their use. (With E. P. Felt). Sci. Tree Topics. 1(4): 26-27. 1940. New U. S. A. robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 35(1): 13-21. 1940. Some unusual pines at the laboratories. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(3) : 23. 1940. Three unsightly oak galls. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(4) : 28-30. 1941. New and unusual shade tree pests. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. Econ. Ent. 34(3) : 383. 1941. Elm leaf beetle probabilities in 1941. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(7) : 54-55. 1941. Trees and shrubs attractive to birds. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(6) : 43-44. 1942. Madagascar robber flies with descriptions of new species. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 48: 11-21. 1942. Bee-killing Asilids in New England. Psyche. 49(3-4) : 81-83. 1942. The increasing importance of coleopterous borers in shade trees. (With E. P. Felt). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 50(2) : 169. 1942. The shade tree insects of 1941. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 50: 212. 1944. Ephraim Porter Felt, 1868-1943. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 52: 223-236. 1945. Insect enemies of the house fly, Musca domestica L. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 53: 145-152. 1945. The robber flies and bee-killers of China (Diptera: Asilidae). Ling- nan Science Jour. 21(1-4) : 87-105. China. 1945. An Indian relic area. Scientific Monthly. 60: 153-154. 1946. John Watson Angell, 1885-1946. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 54: 290. 1946. Bee-killing Asilidae of the Southeastern states (Diptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 48(1) : 16-17. 1946. The robber flies of Brazil (Asilidae: Diptera). Livro de homenagem a R. F. d ’Almeida. No. 8: 103-120. 19 de julho. 1955] Weiss: Stanley Willard Bromley 7 1946. Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera or true flies of Connecticut, Asilidae, Third Fascicle. State of Conn. State Geological & Natural History Survey. Bull. No. 69. Hartford. 1946. The death of a tree. Arborists’ News. 2(6). 1946. Wheel-bug vs. Japanese beetle. Ent. News. 57(1). 1947. The last few years (Address of retiring pres., N. Y. Ent. Soc.). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 55: 207-214. 1947. New South African Asilidae (Diptera). Annals of Durban Museum. 3(8): 109-117. Africa. 1947. Ohio robber flies IV. Ohio Jour. Sci. 47(2) : 67-68. 1947. Insect cycles. Museum News. 8(1). 1947. The lumber shortage. Arborists’ News. February. 1948. Woodland Improvement. Arborists’ News. November. 1948. Insect predators of mosquitoes. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 50(9). 1948. Some of the more important insect pests of pine. Sci. Tree Topics. 1(9): 69-72. 1948. Honey-bee predators. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 56: 195-199. 1948. ‘ ‘ Specialization ” in new organic insecticides. Agricultural Chem- icals. December. 1949. But how do you pronounce it? American Forests. February. 1949. The Missouri bee-killer, Proctachanthus milbertii. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 44(1) : 21-28. 1949. African bee-killing Asilidae. Trans, of Bhodesian Sci. Ass’n. 42: 63-67. Africa. 1950. Plant white pines. Horticulture Magazine. May. 1950. Florida Asilidae (Diptera) with description of one new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 43(2) : 227-239. 1950. Ohio robber flies V. Ohio Jour. Sci. 50(5) : 229-234. 1950. Becords and descriptions of Asilidae in the collection of University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (Diptera). Occas. Papers of Mus. of Zool. N. 527. June. 1950. Dragon fly feeding on cankerworms. Jour. Econ. Ent. 43(3). 1950. Mosquitoes and DDT. Arborists’ News. June. 1950. The elm leaf beetle. (Tree Pest Leaflets). New England Section Soc. of American Forestors. Hillsboro, N. H. 1951. Trees and tree insects, with special reference to the Dutch elm dis- ease. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 59(4). 1952. Asilid notes (Diptera) with descriptions of thirty-two new species. Am. Mus. Novitates. No. 1532. 1-36. 8 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY The last Proceedings of the Society to appear in the Journal were in Vol. 56, No. 3, Sept. 1953, which issue was published Nov. 20, 1953. Failure of the Proceedings to appear in subsequent issues must be blamed on the failure of the Secretary to provide complete minutes to the Editor, even to the present time, Janu- ary, 1957. On many occasions during the three year interval, the Editor, the Officers and the Executive Committee have re- quested the Secretary to give proper attention to this duty of his office, but without the desired result. The Journal can no longer delay publication of its proceed- ings and although minutes for a number of 1953, 1954 and 1955 meetings have not been submitted, we publish herewith the mate- rial available with the understanding that the remaining min- utes will be published at later date, if and when they are received. — F. A. Soraci. Meeting of October 7, 1952 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History. There were 13 members and seven guests present. The Secretary received a letter dated October 6, 1952 advising that Albro T. Gaul had vacated the post of President of the Society by resignation. Therefore in accordance with Article Y, Section 2 of the By-Laws, Vice- President Dr. Lucy Clausen occupied the Chair. The minutes of the pre- vious meeting were read and approved. The Secretary informed the Society of the death of one of its Life Mem- bers and past President, Mr. Andrew J. Mutchler. President Clausen ap- pointed a committee composed of J. D. Sherman, Jr. and H. B. Weiss to pre- pare a biographical note to be published in the Journal. Dr. Hagan reported on a visit to the Olsens at Nyack, N. Y. and com- mented upon the success of the Olsen family in a radio quiz program held in New York City. He also told the membership that Mr. Olsen is now preparing a giant model of a lanlpyrid beetle; this will be his second giant model of a beetle. Dr. Vishniac then introduced the speaker of the evening, Dr. Collins, Entomologist of the State of New York who spoke on “The tick problem on Long Island.” In his address Dr. Collins pointed out the unreliability of the legend of the introduction of the ticks on Long Island by Theodore Roosevelt’s Rough ( Continued on page 16) 1955] DelVecchio: Reducing Substances 9 CHANGES IN THE CONCENTRATION OF REDUCING SUBSTANCES DURING THE METAMORPHOSIS OF THE HOUSEFLY (MUSCA DOMESTICA LINNAEUS)* By Robert J. DelVecchio Department of Blology, Fordham University Frew (1929) studied changes in the glucose content during metamorphosis of the blowfly (species not given). His results in- dicate that glucose increases in concentration just prior to pupa- tion, and decreases rapidly immediately afterward. He also re- ported the occurrence of sudden increases in glucose content for definite points during pupal life. These results have been inter- preted as indicating that a synthesis of glucose occurs during metamorphosis. Frew suggests that the glucose is derived from protein during the first half and from fat the last half of the pupal period. Courtois-Drilhon (1931) reported an increase in the glucose content of the early pupae of three species of Lepidop- tera ( Attacus pernyi, Sphinx ligustri and Saturnia pyri). This increase continued from the time of pupation in August, until December, and was followed by a steady decrease until emergence the following April. Crescitelli and Taylor (1935) studied the bee-moth, Galleria mellonella, and found that the period of spin- ning (prepupal stage) is one during which increasing concentra- tions of reducing substances are found. During pupal life, which lasted for seven days at 30° C., the concentration of reducing sub- stances decreases at first, then rises. A final drop in concentra- tion occurs just prior to the emergence of the adult. Ludwig mid Rothstein (1949) found that in the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica, the glucose content decreased from 0.52 per cent in the 3rd instar larva to 0.42 per cent in the early prepupa, but in- creased in the newly-molted pupa to 0.79 per cent. During the first day of pupal life, at 25° C., there was a small but significant * Submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science at Fordham University The author is indebted to Professor Daniel Ludwig under whose direction this investigation was carried out, and to Doctor Bertram A. Sacktor, from whom the insects were obtained. 10 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxiii drop to 0.68 per cent. It remained constant for about 2 days and then increased slowly throughout the remainder of the pupal stage, reaching a value of 0.86 per cent in the 9-day pupa. Emer- gence was associated with an actual loss of glucose but, because of the loss of weight which occurs at that time, the percentage value increased. The increase in glucose and glycogen which was observed at the time of pupation was considered by the authors to be the result of a breakdown of insoluble proteins which occurs at that time, the degradation products being temporarily stored as carbohydrates. This review indicates that the concentrations of reducing com- pounds may vary greatly in different insects during metamorpho- sis. In some forms there is an actual loss of this constituent; whereas in other forms its concentration increases significantly. Because of this variation, it was decided to study the changes in reducing compounds during the growth, metamorphosis and imaginal life of the housefly, Musca domestica. MATERIAL AND METHODS The larvae of the housefly were raised on whole milk. A finger- bowl containing cotton saturated with whole milk served as the feeding medium. Twenty-four hours after the eggs were laid on this saturated cotton, they were transferred to a humidifier regu- lated at approximately 30° C. and a humidity near saturation. The eggs hatched in approximately 24 hours under these condi- tions, and the time of hatching was recorded. In this manner carefully timed records, within 24 hours, were obtained for each group of experimental animals. Readings on glucose were made on groups of five larvae at the following stages: one, two, three,, four, five and six days after hatching; on groups of four pupae,, one, two, three and four days after puparium formation ; and on groups of two newly-emerged adults and groups of two old-adults (7 to 10 days after emergence). Determinations of reducing substances, expressed as glucose,, were made by the Hagedorn and Jensen procedure (see Hawk, Oser and Summerson, 1947, p. 528). OBSERVATIONS The results of the glucose determinations are given in Table 1. The table contains the average weights of the insects and the aver- 1955] DelVecchio: Reducing Substances 11 age percentages (by weight) of glucose present at each day of growth and metamorphosis. These values are averages obtained from ten determinations. Since the amount of glucose is greater in the larger insects, the percentage values at different stages are considered more reliable than those for weights. There is no dif- ference in the amount of glucose present in the one- and two-day larva. However, between the second and third days there is a decrease from 0.36 to 0.23 per cent. This decrease is followed by an increase in concentration in the four-day larva to 0.26 per cent. TABLE 1 Stage in development Number of insects Average weight in mg. per group Average weight of glucose in mg per group Glucose as per cent weight and standard errors 1-day larvae 50 25. 9.0 0.36 ±.0085 2-day larvae 50 72. 25.7 0.36 ±.0289 3-day larvae 50 124. 28.0 0.23 ±.0066 4-day larvae 50 89. 23.4 0.26 ±.0106 5-day larvae 50 33. 5.5 0.17 ±.0069 6-day larvae 50 75. 20.6 0.27 ±.0117 1-day pupae 40 53. 19.5 0.37 ± .0142 2-day pupae 40 54. 21.0 0.39 ±.0157 3-day pupae 40 . 53. 21.3 0.40 ± .0174 4-day pupae 40 40. 16.9 0.42 ±.0177 newly-emerged adults 20 37. 31.2 0.84 ±.0108 old adults 20 17. 20.4 1.20 ±.0075 A second drop to 0.17 per cent occurs in the five-day larva, fol- lowed by an increase in the six-day larva to 0.27 per cent. The glucose then rises to its former value of 0.37 per cent following puparium formation. There is a steady increase in the concen- tration of glucose in the pupal stage reaching a high of 0.42 per cent in the four-day pupa. There is an increase in weight ex- hibited by the newly emerged adults, within the first 24 hours after emergence. This increase may be explained by the fact that these adults had already fed. However, as the adult ages, it loses weight resulting in a further increase in the percentage value of 12 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII glucose. Glucose increases in the adult stage from 0.84 in the newly-emerged to 1.20 per cent in the old adult. In Table 2 is given a statistical analysis of these results. Begin- ning with the second day, there are significant changes between successive days of the larval period. In the pupal period, the TABLE 2 Stages compared Difference between means Standard error of difference Difference Standard error of difference LARVAE 1 and 3 day 0.13 ± .0107 12.0 3 and 4 day 0.03 ±.0125 2.4 4 and 5 day 0.09 ±.0126 7.1 6 and 1 day 0.10 ±.0184 5.4 pupa PUPAE 1 and 2 day 0.02 ±.0211 0.9 2 and 3 day 0.01 ±.0234 0.4 3 and 4 day 0.02 ± .0248 0.8 1 and 4 day 0.05 ±.0231 2.1 ADULTS newly-emerged and old adults 0.36 ±.0131 27.5 only statistical significance observed is that found when the one and four-day pupae are compared. A significant change is also found between the newly-emerged and old adults. DISCUSSION The irregular increases and decreases in the concentration of glucose throughout growth may have significance when correlated with the physiological activities of the organism. Thus, for ex- ample, an increase in the percentage of glucose from 0.37 per cent in the one-day pupa to 1.20 per cent in the old adult may be in- dicative of an endogenous synthesis of glucose, or other reducing compounds. Moreover, decreases in the concentration of glucose can similarly be associated with carbohydrate utilization. The results indicate a gradual increase in the concentration of reducing compounds during the pupal period. Similar increases 1955] DelVecchio: Reducing Substances 13 were found by Frew (1929) ; Crescitelli and Taylor (1935) and Ludwig and Rothstein (1949). In the present study, there is no evidence of increases followed by decreases in concentration such as reported by Frew (1929) ; Courtois-Drilhon (1931) ; Crescitelli and Taylor (1935) and Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) . Hitchcock and Haub (1941) in the blowfly Phormia regina, found a steady decrease in the concentration of reducing substances during the pupal period. These findings are in direct opposition with those found in the present study. However, there is agreement in the fact that the concentration of reducing substances increases with the transition from the pupa to the adult. Frew (1929), correlated the marked synthesis of glucose dur- ing the pupal stage, with the respiratory quotient. If this glucose were all oxidized to C02 and H20, the expected respiratory quo- tient would be about 0.7 to 0.8 depending on whether the glucose is formed from protein or fat. Frew postulated that it is improb- able that the glucose formed is entirely used in respiration ; some must almost certainly be used in building up the growing imaginal tissue. Frew further stated that there is definite evidence of a vigorous synthesis of glucose during the whole of the pupal period. He holds that this must be regarded as the most probable explanation of the low respiratory quotient obtained, namely, 0.651. Ludwig (1931) showed a decrease in the rate of oxygen consumption during the last four or five days of the prepupal stage, which continued for several days of the pupal stage. The respiratory quotient of the larva varied from 0.7 to 0.97. It gradually decreased during metamorphosis and, in the pupa, varied from 0.4 to 0.7. He also stated that the low respiratory quotients may possibly be associated with the synthesis of glu- cose from protein or fat. Since the work of Ludwig and Rothstein (1949) indicates that glycogen supplies the energy required dur- ing the pupal stage, there seems to be no definite correlation between the respiratory quotient and the type of metabolism occurring in the insect. Taylor and Steinbach (1931) also give a discussion of the respiratory quotient and its importance during pupal metabolism. These authors point out that the oxidation of fats cannot occur without the oxidation of carbohydrate. Hence, it is false to assume that a quotient of 0.69 (the value obtained in their work) represents an exclusive oxidation of fat. 14 New York Entomological Society [Vol. lxiii Schneiderman (1953) studying the respiration of diapausing pupa of the moth, Platysamia cecropia, found that metabolic carbon dioxide is retained within the insect and released during brief periods. He further states that the discontinuous release of carbon dioxide is apparently a widespread phenomenon in dia- pausing pupa. Schneiderman goes on to say that this fact is evi- dently responsible for the extremely low and apparently errone- ous values reported for the respiratory quotients for diapausing pupa (0.78 found by Schneiderman, over a two day period). Buck, Keister and Specht (1953) confirm these results using pupae of Agapema (species not given), during diapause. To the author’s knowledge no other studies have been made on the concentration of reducing compounds during the larval growth of insects. SUMMARY Determinations were made on the glucose content of the house- fly Musca domestica, at the following stages : one, two, three, four, five and six-day larvae; one, two, three and four-day pupae; newly-emerged and old adults. The glucose content of the one-day larva was 0.36 per cent. It decreased to 0.23 per cent in the three-day larva, and to 0.17 in the five-day larva. It then increased to 0.37 per cent in the one-day pupa. The per cent of glucose increased during the pupal stage, reaching 0.42 per cent in the four-day pupa. At the time of emergence there is a loss of weight. However, the percentage value of glucose is increased from 0.84 in the newly- merged adults to 1.20 per cent in the late adults. Literature Cited Buck, J., M. Keister, and H. Specht. 1953. Discontinuous respiration in diapausing Agapema pupae. Anat. Rec. 117: 541. Courtois-Drilhon. 1931. Etudies bioehcemiques sur la metamorphose des Lepidopteres. Ann. physiol, physicochimie biol. 7: 496-636. Crescitelli, F., and I. R. Taylor. 1935. Changes in the concentration of reducing substances during the metamorphosis of Galleria mellonella (bee-moth). Jour. Biol. Chem. 108: 349-353. Frew, J. G. H. 1929. Studies in the metabolism of insect metamorphosis. Brit. Jour. Exper. Biol. 6: 205-218. Hawk, P. B., B. L. Oser, and W. H. Summerson. 1947. Practical Physio- logical Chemistry. Philadelphia: Blakiston Co. Hitchcock, F. A., and J. G. Haub. 1941. The interconversion of food- stuffs in the blowfly ( Phormia regina ) during metamorphosis. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 34: 32-37. 1955] DelVecchio: Eeducing Substances 15 Ludwig, D. 1931. Studies on the metamorphosis of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zool. 60: 309-323. Ludwig, D., and F. Eothstein. 1949. Changes in the carbohydrate and fat content of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) during metamorphosis. Physiol. Zool. 22: 308-317. Schneiderman, H. A. 1953. The discontinuous release of carbon dioxide by diapausing pupal insects. Anat. Eec. 117: 540. Taylor, I. E., and H. B. Steinbach. 1931. Eespiratory metabolism during pupal development of Galleria mellonella (bee-moth). Physiol. Zool. 4: 604-619. CHANGE IN PUBLICATION ARRANGEMENTS Beginning with Volume 62 of the Journal, the Society found it necessary to change publishers. Announcement of and rea- sons for the change were given in Vol. 62, (2) June, 1954, p. 98. Unfortunately, it soon became apparent that equal service to that provided by the former publishers could not be achieved. Unreasonable delays occurred, in spite of every effort on the parts of the editor and the various officers of the Society to main- tain a reasonable publication schedule. The four issues of vol- ume 62 were published over a period of more than two years. Obviously this was not fair to the subscribers nor to the Society and it became necessary finally, to again make a change in pub- lishers. The situation has been met by return of the Journal to the previous publishers, Business Press Inc. The entire Volume 63 is here presented in one issue. It is planned also to publish Volume 64 (1956) in one issue and, if possible, to revert back to four separate issues with the 1957 Volume, 65. Throughout this difficult period your officers have been very much encouraged with the show of patience and understanding by the subscribers. It is the desire of the editor, other officers and Business Press to present the Journal on time, just as soon as possible. The Volume Title Page, Table of Contents and Index to the Volume were omitted from the December 1954 issue. Publica- tion in that issue would have resulted in further delay. This volume carries Title Pages, Tables of Contents and Indices for both Volumes 62 and 63. It is hoped that this might prove satis- factory for those subscribers who desire to bind the Journal. — F. A. Soraci. 16 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII ( Continued from page 8) Eiders. He reviewed the history of rocky mountain spotted fever on the island and traced the tick-host relationships. His most interesting and controversial contribution was the fact that ticks are present only in limited areas, chiefly along roadsides. As a result, periodical applications of in- secticides with hand sprayers and spray trucks are much more effective and economical than airplane dusting. A lively discussion on tick problems in neighboring States followed and brought out the fact that there is a considerable lack of knowledge ia re- gard to tick habits and habitats in the eastern United States. Dr. Collins ’ talk was illustrated with slides and motion-pictures. The meeting adjourned at 9:50 P.M. Loms MarkS; Secretary Meeting of October 21, 1952 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Clausen presiding. There were 7 members present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Members present then proceeded to report on their respective collecting activities during the past summer period. Dr. Vishniac has been photographing plankton in full color for an illus- trated magazine article. He had to solve numerous interesting problems in the course of this undertaking, involving underwater photography and even taxonomy. Standard descriptions of plankton are based on formalin-pre- served specimens and taxonomists cannot, with any certainty, identify liv- ing material. Dr. Hagan spent the summer preparing two papers on Eciton, an army ant, particularly making studies on the ovarioles and oocytes of the queen. Dr. Clausen exhibited kodachromes of lepidoptera, coleoptera and some other insects. She also called attention to the membership of a new Labo- ratory Manual by Drs. Mullen and Marks. At this point Dr. Vishniac assumed the Chair. Soraci reported the presence of the alfalfa weevil, Hypera postica, in New Jersey. This is a new record for the State. The weevil is a serious pest in some localities. The assumption is that the infestation started with the importation of mountain hay for race horses at local tracks. He also called attention to Mr. Teale’s new book “ Green Treasury,” an anthology of natural history writing. Dr. Eehn then spoke of his work for the U. S. Army, particularly in the matter of tick control at Forts Dix, Drum and Devens. He mentioned that a DC-3 airplane will not give adequate coverage when using insecticides. A helicopter is far superior for this purpose. He mentioned that the year 1952 was a heavy house-fly year. None of the flies at the various military posts showed any resistance to DDT. He postulates that inadequate cov- erage and poor testing accounts for the real reason for the existence of the so-called resistant strains. Dr. Eehn also reported on the occurrence of the Lone Star tick on Staten Island, the first such appearance since 1850. ( Continued on page 20) 1955] Creighton : Pseudomyrmex 17 OBSERVATIONS ON PSEUDOMYRMEX ELONGATA MAYR (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) By Wm. S. Creighton Department of Biology, City College, New York The purpose of this note is to report the presence of Pseudo- myrmex elongata Mayr in southern Texas and northeastern Mexico and to attempt a clarification of certain points in the taxonomy of this species. During 1951 and 1952 the writer took seven colonies of elongata, all of them in areas from which the insect has not been previously reported.1 These records are as follows : Texas: Monte Alto (60') Hidalgo County, one colony in Prosopis juliflora. 26 miles north of Raymondsville, one colony in Quercus vir- giniana. Nuevo Leon: El Pastor (2200') west of Montemorelos, two colo- nies in Quercus fusiformis. Tamaulipas: Canyon de el Abra (1000') north of Antiguo More- los, one colony in hollow stem. San Luis Potosi: 3 miles north of Ciudad Valles (300'), one colony in hollow twig. Rio Amahac, Tamazunchale (300'), one colony in dead twig. The above records are of interest since they extend the range of elongata on the western side of the Gulf of Mexico by almost fifteen hundred miles. The previous northern record for this region was Costa Rica. It is now clear that elongata reaches approximately the same latitude on either side of the Gulf, for the Texas stations and those where elongata has been secured in southern Florida are all close to Latitude 26°. This makes neces- sary a modification of the view that the writer published in 1950 (1) that elongata probably reached Florida by way of the An- tilles. The writer still feels that the above explanation is the most likely one, but the presence of elongata in northeastern Mexico and south Texas makes it possible that at one time the 1 Field work done on a Guggenheim Fellowship. 18 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII range of elongata included the entire Gulf Coast. If so, its pres- ence in southern Florida could be due to a regression to the south rather than to a migration to the north. Because slight structural variations were found in the material coming from Texas and Mexico, the writer examined all avail- able material belonging to this species. This examination has led to a different view from that which I published in 1950. At that time I accepted Wheeler’s concept that the Cuban and Antillean representatives of elongata (the variety cubaensis Forel) were significantly different from the Florida population, which Wheeler treated as the typical elongata. I no longer believe this to be the case. Since I have seen no material of elongata coming from the southern part of its range, which extends to Colombia, the observations which follow may not apply to such specimens, although it seems probable that they do. But the population of elongata which occurs in southern Florida, the Bahamas, Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, south Texas and northeastern Mexico cannot, in my opinion, be divided into geographical races. It is not that this population is invariable in structure, for there are minor differences in size, color, the width of the head and the shape of the petiolar node. But these differences occur in all parts of the range mentioned above. Unfortunately, these same variations were used by Forel as the basis for the recognition of the varie- ties cubaensis and tandem. Thus cubaensis was supposedly marked by a narrower head and a narrower and lower petiole, while tandem represented the opposite condition where the head is broader and the petiole shorter and higher. There is no diffi- culty in recognizing the variants that Forel described, but to assign to either of them a distinctive geographical range seems to the writer to be impossible. I propose, therefore to treat cubaensis and tandem as synonyms of the typical elongata. The synonymy of this species would be as follows : Ps. elongata Mayr, Sitz. ber. Akad. Wien, Vol. 61, p. 413 (1870) § Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 21, p. 85 (1905) ?? Secretary Meeting of December 2, 1952 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Clausen presiding. There were 15 members and nine guests present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The minutes of the recent meeting of the Executive Committee were read. In these minutes note was made of a gift to the Society of $500.00 by Mr. Herbert F. Schwarz. The gift is to be used to help defray the indebtedness accrued through the publication of the Journal. Dr. Clausen publicly thanked Mr. Schwarz for his contribution on behalf of the entire Society. Dr. Clausen appointed a nominating committee consisting of Dr. Forbes (Chairman), Mr. Schwarz and Dr. Cazier. The Secretary called attention to the several notices regarding the Society and its members activities as broadcast over the French edition of the Voice of America by our fellow member, Lucien L. Pohl. Dr. Vishniac then introduced Mr. John C. Pallister of the American Mu- seum staff who spoke on his recent exploring and collecting expedition tO' Yucatan, Mexico. The trip was made under the auspices of the Explorers’ Club of New York. The talk was illustrated with many kodachromes and three reels of motion pictures, the last of which, through an unforeseen breakdown of the projection apparatus, was only partly shown. As a result of this very fine presentation the members of the Society went away with a better understanding of the ecology, geography and natural history of Yucatan. The meeting adjourned at 9:40 P.M. LouIS g. Marks, Secretary Meeting of December 16, 1952 A regular meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Clausen presiding. There were 8 members and 6 guests present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and ap- proved. ( Continued on page 52) 1955] De Coursey: Anopheles 43: THE EFFECT OF SUBMERGED PINE NEEDLES ON THE OVIPOSITION AND DEVELOPMENT OF ANOPHELES QUADRIMACULATUS SAY1 By J. D. De Coursey2 Department of Entomology Naval Medical Field Research Laboratory Camp Lejeune, North Carolina INTRODUCTION A study of the effect of submerged pine needles on the oviposi- tion and development of mosquitoes was instigated by a report from T. J. Roe, CWO, USN. Mr. Roe noticed that sand buckets filled with rain water and containing pine needles harbored no mosquito larvae, while those without needles produced several hundred larvae of Culex quinquefasciatus Say. It was hypothe- sized that the submerged pine needles could either cause the water to be unsuitable for oviposition, or to retard or inhibit larval development. Various products from pine trees have been utilized as insect repellents and insecticides. Davis and Turner (1918) found that pine sawdust had a decidedly repellent effect on cutworms. Bishopp et al (1923) noted that various pine oils have a definite repellent value against flies, and Cory (1928) stated that volatile emanations from crude pine oil alone and in emulsions were markedly repellent to ants. Pine oil possesses definite repellent value against certain Aedes mosquitoes according to MacNay (1939), although not as effective as other materials tested. Studies by Blagoveschenskii and coworkers (1943) on d-x-pinene, ob- tained as a waste product in the process of purification of juniper oil in Central Asia, indicated that it was repellent to mosquitoes. With reference to insecticidal properties of pine tree products, Headlee (1929) found one of the fractions obtained by the de- This work is not to be construed as necessarily reflecting the views of the Department of the Navy. 1 The author wishes to express his appreciation to LCDR R. S. Leopold, MSC, USN; LCDR M. R. Lewis, MSC, USN; LTJG R. H. Kathan, MSC, USN; G. H. Amerine, T/Sgt, USMC; L. L. Buck, HN, USNR; and Miss E. McIntosh for their kind assistance in the conduct of this study. 2 CDR MSC USN. 44 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII structive distillation of pine stumps, roots and branches with caustic soda to be effective in trunk treatments to kill overwin- tering codling moth larvae. Barnes (1925) showed that “pine oil, though very toxic to mosquito larvae is not suitable for use on water, as the film it forms breaks up too rapidly for practical purposes.” He concluded that pine oil has a powerful soporific or paralyzing effect upon the larvae and pupae and results in their death either directly or apparently by drowning while under the effects of the drug. According to Shugar and Wyrap (1942) and Shesterikova and Bushurova (1942) extracts from the distillation of pine wood are toxic to mosquito larvae. Very little is to be found in the literature about the insecticidal properties of pine needles. Lagereva (1947) discussed the free- ing of cattle of Psoroptes by rubbing the affected parts with a liniment prepared from pine needles and crude cresol. Barnes (1925) found that the eggs of Anopheles quadrimaculatus are not uniformly destroyed by the film formed by pine oil and kero- sene. With reference to the composition of pine oil, Wirth (1943) stated that it is obtained by the steam distillation of the wood of Pinus palustris Miller and other species of Pinus. It is a volatile oil composed chiefly of tertiary and secondary terpene alcohols. Pearson (1935) gives its composition as mainly terpenes, alco- hols, ethers and ketones. According to Bau (1921) the residue left by steam distillation of pine needles is a wax containing cetyl, ceryl and myricly alcohols; palmitic, phdroxypalmitic (A) and steric acids ; phytesterol ; obeitic acid ; dihydroxystearic acid and lower fatty acids, including butyric. Working with Philip- pine pine needle oil from Pinus insularis de Santos, West and Esquerra (1931) gave an analysis of the oil as largely A and B pinene and a small percent of esters calculated as bornyl acetate. MATERIALS Tests with submerged pine needles were conducted with Anoph- eles quadrimaculatus Say. eggs, larvae, pupae and adults. The needles were from large Loblolly pine trees, Pinus taeda L. Ovi- position studies were conducted by placing pine needles in Petri dishes containing tap water in cages with adult female mosqui- toes. Larval and pupal studies were conducted in 250 ml. beak- 1955] De Coursey: Anopheles 45 ers and 8 by 12 inch stainless steel pans. The larvae were fed measured amounts of ground commercial dog food. All experi- ments were carried on at room temperature 76-80° F. The pine needles averaged seven inches in length and included the en- circling sheath at the base (groups of three needles). PROCEDURE Oviposition preference was determined by placing 10, 20, and 30 pine needles in separate Petri dishes containing tap water. The needles were cut into approximately one-fourth inch lengths. The three dishes were placed three inches apart in a line across the center of the floor of a 19 by 19 inch screened cage containing approximately 500 adult Anopheles quadrimaculatus. Three dishes containing tap water as controls were placed individually in front and against each of the dishes containing the needles also three inches apart. All dishes were left overnight in the cage and removed after 21 hours. The results are shown in Table 1. TABLE l Effect of Submerged Pine Needles on Oviposition and Early Larval Development of Anopheles quadrimaculatus Number of needles Num- ber of eggs Num- ber hatched Per- cent Mortality of larvae age in days Per- cent dead hatched 1 2 3 4 5 10 259 206 79.5 142 184 198 204 206 100 Control 4,155 3,812 91.7 58 81 150 160 4.2 20 313 200 63.9 143 192 200 100 Control 1,607 O rH 91.5 44 61 4.1 30 204 68 33.3 57 68 100 Control 3,086 2,831 91.7 50 1.8 Collectively, the three dishes containing pine needles con- tained 776 eggs compared with 8,848 in the controls or only eight per cent of the eggs were deposited on the pine needle water. However, subsequent tests involving 30 pine needles indicated that the mosquitoes laid as many eggs in the pine needle water as they did in the controls. The number of eggs laid on the water in the three dishes containing needles were not appreciably 46 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII different. An average of 61 per cent of the eggs laid in the pine needle water ultimately hatched, compared with 92 per cent in the controls. In individual cases, the percentage of eggs that hatched decreased from 80 per cent in the dish with 10 pine needles to 33 in the one with 30 needles, while the controls re- mained constant at 92 per cent hatch. Apparently, the eggs that were laid during the first few hours were deposited on the water before the wax film was completely formed. Those de- posited later were on top of the film, and although slightly moist, did not hatch. This would account for the decreased percent- ages of hatch as the number of needles increased, forming a film more rapidly and of greater density. The number of days to complete larval mortality decreased from five days for 10 needles to two for 30 needles, indicating a more rapid death rate with increased numbers of needles. In preliminary tests with older larvae, a large number of green and dry (fallen) pine needles (300 each, 7 inches long) were cut into one-half inch lengths, ground separately in 200 ml. tap water and sand with mortar and pestle, and the supernatant liquid was placed in 250 ml. beakers. Fifty larvae 2 days old were placed in each beaker. Those in the liquid from green pine needles showed 68 per cent apparently dead in 2 hours and those in the liquid from dry needles, 50 per cent. In five hours, the green needle-water produced 72 per cent mortality while the dry needle water remained at the 50 per cent level. In twenty-one hours (over night) all were dead in both groups while the con- trols attained only 15 per cent mortality. Subsequent tests on the basis of whole green and dry needles indicated that the green needles produced greater mortality in 48 hours than the dry. For this reason all further observations were conducted with green needles. The results for green needles are given in Table 2. In order to determine the number of needles necessary to pro- duce mortality in five day old larvae, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 needles cut into half inch lengths were placed in separate 250 ml. beakers containing 200 ml. of water. Fifty larvae were placed in each beaker. The larvae were fed measured amounts of ground dog food. As shown in Table 2, ninety-six to ninety-eight per cent mortality was produced in nine days with 30 to 40 needles re- spectively. Fifty needles yielded 100 per cent mortality in five TABLE 2 Mortality of Larvae Exposed to Submerged Green Pine Needles 1955] De Coursey: Anopheles 47 oo to so CO OS a 05 CO CO OO 05 rH Cq (M 00 O CO CO N 05 H (M N Tjl ■<# O 1-1 o cq 1—1 CO CO 05 cq cq Tfri tjh oo o 05 O cq lO 00 rH i—l 00 i— i i— i cq rfl tih eqcococooot^o i— I i—l rH CO tH io no o cq o cq i—l 05 05 O i— ( rH cq OOCOOIOOIOO rH 1— I cq "^1 -rtH Ttl th o ® 05 cq 05 05 05 i—l O 05 CO 50 00 i— I io oo r— i i— i cq co i+i ^ i o co cq 00 OO 00 i—l ^05c0cq000r^0000 H cq CO Tji Tti lO lO o i-H Sr C5 O Id o o o o o o o o rH cq cq ci © 2 ® o > ci > o o cq © © IO o o o o o o h H C] CO H io h o Q m § S U o o o o cq co 48 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII days. Fourteen per cent mortality occurred in the controls. Seven day old larvae exposed to 30, 50, 70 and 100 one-fourth inch needles under the same conditions reached 100 per cent mortality in five, two, two and one day respectively with 20 per cent mortality in the controls after five days. Since needles cut into one-fourth inch lengths produced mor- tality in a shorter time than those one-half inch long, tests were made in 8 x 12 inch stainless steel pans containing 800 ml. of water to determine the mortality over a larger surface area. One hundred to 200 five day old larvae were used per pan. The needles in one-fourth inch lengths were placed in the pans at the rates of 100, 200, and 300 needles per pan. The mortality reached 100 per cent in eight, seven and five days respectively with 11 per cent dead in the controls. Fifty-two pupae devel- oped in the controls, but none developed in the pans containing pine needles. The results indicate that Anopheles quadrimaculatus larvae in 800 ml. of water with a surface area of 96 square inches do not reach maturity in the presence of 100 pine needles under labora- tory conditions, and that the time necessary for death decreases as the number of needles is increased. The needles produce a wax-like film over the surface of the water which is similar to a coating of very thin paraffin. The ac- tions of the larvae in attempting to remain at the surface of the water, indicate that drowning may play a part in causing death, although the decrease in egg hatch may indicate a toxic action also. Oviposition will occur on water saturated with turpen- tine, but very few eggs hatch. In very dilute solutions of tur- pentine, the eggs hatch, but the larvae die shortly thereafter. It is possible, therefore, that the terpene alcohols may be a promi- nent factor in larval mortality. Starvation may also be a factor since the larvae were unable to feed at the surface and food would not spread over the surface. In order to determine the effect of pine cones on larval develop- ment, 15 young cones one inch long by one-fourth inch in diam- eter were placed in 200 ml. of water in a 250 ml. beaker with 50 larvae. Ninety-six per cent of the larvae were dead in four days. Pine gum in water did not cause mortality to larvae. One-half inch lengths of one-fourth inch diameter limbs (from 1955] De Coursey: Anopheles 49 section of limb eight inches long producing pine needles) gave 28 per cent mortality to 50 larvae in 200 ml. of water (250 ml. beaker) in 48 hours and only 66 per cent in 11 days. Pupal mortality was determined by placing 100 pupae in 800 ml. of tap water in each of three 8 by 12 inch pans containing 100, 200 and 300 submerged green pine needles respectively. The needles were cut into approximately one-fonrth inch lengths. The pupae were from larvae that had pupated within 24 hours of the experiment. The control consisted of 100 pupae in the same type pan in tap water. Mortality counts were made 24, 48, and 72 hours following initiation of the test. The results are given in Table 3. TABLE 3 The Effect of Submerged Pine Needles on Pupal Mortality and Adult Emergence Number of needles Number of Percent pupal mortality by days Percent adults from remaining pupae pupae 1 2 3 1 day 2 days 3 days 100 100 7 24* 25* .01 86.8 100 200 100 8 15** 19* .00 63.5* 100 300 100 5 21* 26* .01 56.9* 100 Control 100 4 7 7 .01 82.8 100 * Significant at the .001 percent level of confidence (Significance of dif- ference between proportions). ** Significant at the .01 percent level of confidence. The pupal mortality in each of the pans containing submerged needles was significantly greater than the mortality in the con- trol pan on the second and third days. On the second day the adult emergence from the pan containing 100 needles was not significantly greater than the controls, but the emergence from the pans containing 200 and 300 needles was significantly less than the emergence from the 100 needle and control pans. This indicates that submerged pine needles cause some increase in mortality and retard adult emergence. However, 100 per cent of the remaining pupae had produced adults by the third day in all cases. In order to observe the effect of pine needle water on adult 50 New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII mosquitoes, 290 green needles were boiled for 30 minutes in a loosely capped beaker. Twenty adult females were sprayed with the supernatant fluid with an atomizer until the insects were wet. There was no mortality in 24 hours. Similarly 20 females sprayed with supernatant fluid from uncut needles allowed to stand in water 24 hours produced no mortality. Material from green pine needles cut into one-half inch lengths and ground in water with sand produced no mortality when sprayed on adult females. The controls were sprayed with tap water and remained normal. Organic solvent extraction might help clarify the question of insecticidal activity against adult mosquitoes and the mode of action on larval forms since the material released by the needles is relatively insoluble in water. CONCLUSIONS Anopheles quadrimaculatus females exhibit no aversion to ovi- position on water containing green pine needles. The needles produce a wax-like cover over the surface of the water. The number of eggs that hatch decrease as the number of pine needles in the water is increased. The death rate of the larvae increases as the number of pine needles becomes greater. The larvae are killed in water containing either green or dry needles, but greater mortality is produced by the green needles. The detrimental action of needles is enhanced by cutting them into one-fourth inch lengths. One hundred needles are required to kill larvae in nine days in 800 ml. of water with a surface area of 96 square inches. The time is reduced to five days when 300 needles are utilized. Since egg hatch and larval mortality are adversely affected by dilute solutions of turpentine, it is possible that terpene alcohols in the pine needles may be a prominent factor in larval mor- tality. Drowning, due to the film over the water, and starvation, due to inability to obtain surface food, may also contribute to mortality. Young pine cones have been shown to inhibit larval develop- ment. Small branches cut into short lengths show some detri- mental effect on larvae. Pine gum did not cause larval mor- tality. Submerged pine needles caused some pupal mortality on the second and third days, and retarded emergence on the second 1955] De Coursey: Anopheles 51 clay. However, all remaining pupae emerged on the third day. There is no evidence that the water from submerged pine needles is toxic when sprayed on adult mosquitoes. Organic sol- vent extracts might clarify the question of insecticidal activity since the material released by the needles is relatively insoluble in water. Field tests of this method of mosquito control are warranted, and it appears to provide an alternate method of field control under certain conditions. However, rain, wind, and other fac- tors could conceivably nullify the effect of the wax film on the water. References Barnes, M. E. 1925. The toxic action of oil films upon mosquito larvae with particular reference to pine oil films. Amer. J. Hygiene 5: 315-329. Bau, A. 1921. Determination of oxalic acid. Woch. Brau. 38: 113-115, 122-124. Bishop, F. C., F. C. Cook, D. C. Parman and E. W. Laake. 1923. Progress report of investigations relating to repellents, attractants and larvicides for the screw-worm and other flies. J. Econ. Entom. 16: 222-224. Blagoveschenskii, D. I., N. G. Bregetova and A. S. Monchadskii. 1943. New deterrent substances for protecting man against attacks of mo- squitoes. Compt. rend. Acad. Science U.R.S.S. (N.S.) 40: 119-122. Cory, E. N. 1928. Experiments with pine oil preparations. Bull. Maryland Agric. Expt. Sta. 298: 184-186. Davis, J. J. and C. F. Turner. 1918. Popular and practical entomology, experiments with cutworm baits. Canad. Ent. 1: 187-192. Headlee, T. J. 1929. Report of the Department of Entomology. Rep. New Jersey Agri. Exp. Sta. 1927-28: 125-189. Lagereva, M. G. 1947. Treatment of skin diseases in agricultural animals. Veterinariya 24: 42-44. Moscow. MacNay, C. G. 1939. Studies on repellents for biting flies. Canad. Ent. 71: 38-44. Pearson, A. M. 1935. The role of pine oil in cattle fly sprays. Bull. Del. Agric. Expt. Sta. 196: p. 63. Santos, I. de., A. P. West and P. D. Esguerra. 1931. Philippine pine- needle oil from Pinus insularis (Endlicher) Philippine J. Sci. 46: 1-7. Shesterikova, A. A. and A. A. Bushurova. 1942. The effect of bituminous by-products and some vegetable poisons on mosquito larvae. Med. Para- sitol. and Paras. Dis. 11: 23-24. Moscow. Shugar, N. A. and H. A. Wyrap. 1942. A new method for the preparation of paris green suspensions. Med. Parasitol. and Paras. Dis. 11: 87-88. Wirth, E. H. 1943. Pine oil. Nation. Formulary Bull. 11: 168-169. New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXIII 52 ( Continued from page 42) Dr. Clausen appointed an Auditing Committee consisting of Dr. Gertscli and Mr. Huntington. The paper of the evening was given by Dr. Harold Hagan of the College of the City of New York, a past President of the New York Entomological Society. His topic was ‘ 1 Evolutionary Sequences in the Development of Reproductive Systems ’ \ Dr. Hagan distinguishes between what he calls balanced and unbalanced systems. A balanced system is one which has all parts and organs equipped to perform a function to get an end product. An unbalanced system is one which has lost one or more of these factors, be it an organ or a function. By use of the development of the reproductive systems of various orders of insects, Dr. Hagan was able to show certain trends that have taken place. The primitive reproductive system utilized only mesoderm in its origin and was laid down metamerically, terminating in a primitive gonopore. Later modifications utilize the invagination of ectodermal tissue, at least twice in the phylogeny of the system resulting in subsequent displacement of the original primitive gonopore. A discussion followed the presentation of this paper. The meeting adjourned at 9:45 P.M. Louis S. Marks, Secretary Meeting of January 6, 1953 The annual meeting of the Society was held at the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Clausen presiding. There were 11 members and 10 guests present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and ap- proved. The Secretary certified that a quorum was present. There were no officers’ reports. Dr. Forbes reporting for the Nominating Committee proposed the follow- ing slate of officers for the coming year : President — Dr. Lucy Clausen Vice President — Dr. Roman Vishniac Secretary — Dr. Louis S. Marks Asst. Secretary — Dr. Frederick Rindge Treasurer — Mr. Arthur Roensch Asst. Treasurer — Mrs. Patricia Vaurie Editor — Mr. Frank Soraci Editor Emeritus — Dr. Harry B. Weiss Asst. Editor — Mr. Herbert F. Schwarz Trustees — Messrs. Huntington, Teale, Drs. Klots and Cazier. There were no other nominations and those presented were seconded and duly elected. Dr. Vishniac introduced the speaker of the evening, Mr. Jay Fox of Sea- ford, Long Island, who spoke on “ Motion Picture Photograph in Nature.” He illustrated his remarks with prize-winning motion pictures which utilized ( Continued on page 58) 1955] Frost & Brown: Mecoptera 53 A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF PENNSYLVANIA MECOPTERA By S. W. Frost and Joanne Pepper Brown HISTORY Early references were made to Mecoptera by Pliny and Aris- totle. They spoke of them as winged scorpions which no doubt referred to these insects. The first definite reference to Mecop- tera is that of Aldrovandi (1602) who placed them in the Dip- tera. In the tenth edition of Systema Naturae (1758) Linnaeus grouped them in the genus Panorpa and the order Neuroptera. Latrielle (1801) placed them in a separate family, the Panorpa- tae. The order Mecaptera was established by Packard (1886) and this was changed by Comstock (1895) to Mecoptera as it stands today. The Mecoptera form a small group and comparatively few papers have been published on this order. The best and most comprehensive is that by Carpenter (1931) on the revision of the Nearctic species. Setty (1940) contributed considerable on the family Bittacidae. Carpenter and Tillyard have published sev- eral articles on the fossil species. Many notes on individual species have been published, but no extensive papers have ap- peared since 1931. IMPORTANCE OF GROUP They are interesting insects and at times and in certain local- ities are frequently abundant. However, they have been col- lected and studied by comparatively few entomologists. This is partly due to the fact that they are of little economic importance except as food for other animals or in their capacity as scaven- gers. Although not of direct importance to man, it is significant that they do not destroy foliage or vegetation and do not bite or inconvenience him in any way. The Mecoptera are valuable in fundamental taxonomic studies. Their primitive structure and ancient origin has aided in study- Authorized for publication May 25, 1954 as paper No. 1877 in the Journal series of the Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station. 54 New York Entomological Society [Yol. lxiii ing the development of morphological structures in closely re- lated orders. As a matter of fact, these studies have served to bring this, one of the smallest of insect orders, into prominence. Based on numerous fossil remains obtained from the Carbonif- erous, Permian, Triassic and Jurassic periods, Tillyard (1935) has shown that the Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera and prob- ably the Siphonaptera have all originated with the Mecoptera from a common ancestor. It is also interesting to note that the Mecoptera were more abundant during the Permian period than at the present. Carpenter (1930) gives figures to show that they constituted 9.0 per cent of the total insects in the Permian, 3.3 per cent in the Tertiary and only .035 per cent at the present. CLASSIFICATION Approximately 300 species of Mecoptera are known from the world. Three-fourths of them are found in temperate and sub- tropical regions. Their distribution includes Australia, New Zealand, Europe, Central, South and North America. About 70 species have been described from North America and twenty- three are definitely known from Pennsylvania. Six families of Mecoptera are recognized : The Notiothaumidae, Nannochoristidae, Meropidae, Bittacidae, Panorpidae, and Bore- idae. Only the last four of these occur in Pennsylvania. The largest number of species belong to the family Panorpidae which is found over the entire Holarctic region and in parts of the tropics. The Bittacidae is the next largest family and is found in both the temperate and tropical regions of both hemispheres. The Boreidae are represented by 12 species in Europe and North America. Only a single species of the Family Meropidae is known and this occurs in Eastern United States. COMMON NAMES The Mecoptera are popularly known as scorpion flies, however, only the males of the Panorpidae have a scorpion-like appearance. Some workers therefore prefer to call them snout flies. The Boreidae are frequently called snow scorpion flies or snow fleas because they are commonly found on the snow. The Bittacidae, which resemble craneflies in their manner of hanging by their front legs, are often called hanging snout flies. 1955] Frost & Brown: Mecoptera 55 HABITATS Mecoptera are generally found in damp, shady and well for- ested areas especially near streams. They are frequently associ- ated with blackberry, nettle, jewelweed, goldenrod, ferns, grasses, mosses and broad leaved plants. On the other hand they are sometimes collected in open sunny places. The Bittacidae hang from the undersides of the foliage and when disturbed fly close do the ground for some distance and eventually hide in dead leaves or dense foliage. They resemble certain craneflies in their flight and are often mistaken for them. They are essentially predacious and feed primarily upon Diptera, consuming the body fluids and softer parts. The Panorpidae usually rest on the upper surface of the leaves and after being disturbed either drop to the ground or fly a short distance returning to the same gen- eral area. They are principally saprophagous, feeding upon dis- abled or freshly killed insects. Caterpillars and adult flies make rip the larger part of their diet but they occasionally feed on nectar, pollen and parts of flowers or fruit. The Boreidae are found in moss at the bases of trees and are most readily located when there is snow on the ground. They frequent the higher elevations in wooded areas. These snout flies are phytophagous but may feed on Podura, Collembola and other tiny animals in the moss where they occur. The larvae of all species are difficult to locate. They inhabit mosses, dead leaves and soil cover in wooded places. Over 12,000 specimens of Mecoptera have been collected from 73 localities and 30 counties in Pennsylvania representing a rel- atively large part of the state as indicated on the accompanying map. These studies have been based on several hundred speci- mens in the collection of the Pennsylvania State University ; nu- merous specimens in the collection of the Pennsylvania Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; those in the collection of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Harrisburg; and a rather sizeable -collection in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. Records pub- lished by Carpenter (1931) and Hine (1901) have also been included. Twenty-three species have been taken in Pennsyl- vania as indicated by Table 1. Most of these were collected indi- vidually. At times some species such as Panorpa maculosa Hagen